-
1 так, что
•The corresponding expression is zo=..., so that the transient extends a factor of 2 further than...
Русско-английский научно-технический словарь переводчика > так, что
-
2 результат
(см. также факт) result, effect, consequence, finding• Результат более общего типа формулируется следующим образом. - The following is a more general result of the same kind.• Более определенные результаты были сформулированы Смитом [1]. - More definite results have been formulated by Smith [1].• В действительности данный результат означает, что... - This result means, in effect, that...• В результате практически все, работающие в данной области, желали допустить, что... - As a result, practically everyone in the field was willing to admit that...• В результате преобразования уравнение (1) принимает вид... - After simplification equation (1) becomes...• В результате следует заключить, что... - Consequently, one must conclude that...• В результате существовала тенденция... - As a result, there has been a tendency to...• В результате этого происходит заметное уменьшение... - This results in a marked decrease in...• В результате, теперь достаточно лишь доказать, что... - Consequently it is enough to prove that...• В соответствии с данным результатом мы можем определить... - In accordance with this result, we may identify...• В то же самое время, данные результаты указывают, что... - At the same time, the results indicate that...• В этом приложении мы приводим результаты... - In this appendix we present the results of...• Важность данного результата состоит в том, что он четко устанавливает... - The importance of this result is that it clearly establishes...• Возможно, наилучший способ сформулировать результаты - это... - Probably the best way to express the results is to use...• Можно грубо выразить (= сформулировать) тот же результат, говоря, что... - This result is expressed roughly by saying that...• Данный результат должен выглядеть знакомым любому, кто изучал... - This result should look familiar to anyone who has studied...• Данный результат допускает простую геометрическую интерпретацию. - The result admits a simple geometrical interpretation.• Данный результат имеет простую физическую интерпретацию. - This result has a simple physical interpretation.• Данный результат может быть сформулирован в несколько более простой форме следующим образом. - This result can be written in a slightly simpler form as follows.• Данный результат находится в полном согласии с... - The result is in perfect agreement with...• Данный результат объясняет/разъясняет... - This result explains...• Данный результат объясняется и качественно, и количественно предположением, что... - This result is both qualitatively and quantitatively explained by the assumption that...• Данный результат окажется полезным при обсуждении (чего-л). - This result will prove useful in the discussion of...• Данный результат остается справедливым, если... - The result remains true if...• Данный результат принадлежит Гауссу. - This result is due to Gauss.• Данный результат следует немедленно, если мы можем показать, что... - The result will follow immediately if we can show that...• Данный результат согласуется с... - This result is in agreement with...• Данный результат также может быть получен с применением... - This result can also be obtained by the application of...• Данный результат, который можно легко проверить, состоит в том, что... - The result, which may be easily verified, is...• Для того, чтобы доказать этот результат, мы должны, во-первых, вычислить... - In order to prove this result we must first calculate...• Другой интересный результат, принадлежащий Риману, состоит в том, что... - Another interesting result, due to Riemann, is. that...• Другой способ получения того же результата появляется, если заметить, что... - Another way of obtaining the same result is to note that...• Его результаты могут быть подытожены следующей теоремой. - His results may be summed up in the following theorem.• Если мы используем результат (7), то видим, что... - If we make use of the result (7) we see that...• Еще один интересный результат - это... - One further result of interest is that...• Еще одним следствием этих результатов является то, что... - One further consequence of these results is that...• За исключение последнего, все эти результаты немедленно вытекают из того факта, что... - All these results except the last follow immediately from the fact that...• Значение этого последнего результата состоит в том, что... - The significance of this last result is that...• Значительно лучший результат мог быть получен, если использовать... - A much better result would have been obtained using...• Из... можно вывести много полезных результатов. - Many useful results may be deduced from...• Из вышеуказанного утверждения следует дополнительный результат. - The above argument gives us the following additional result.• Из предыдущих результатов вытекает, что... - It follows from the foregoing results that...• Из процитированных выше результатов следует, что... - From the results quoted above it follows that...• Из результатов последнего параграфа становится ясно, что... - It is apparent from the last section that...• Из результатов экспериментов Смит [1] заключил, что... - From the results of experiments, Smith [1] concluded that...• Из этих результатов вытекает, что... - These results imply that...• Используя результат (10), мы видим, что... - Making use of the result (10) we see that...• Используя этот результат... - With this result we can...• Используя этот результат, мы можем заключить... - With the help of this result we can deduce...• Исследование, продолжающееся два десятилетия, принесло удивительно немного результатов относительно... - Research spanning two decades has yielded surprisingly few results on...• Исходя из этих результатов, можно сконструировать... - Prom these results it is possible to construct...• Как мы можем понимать этот результат? - How can we understand this result?• Как мы уже видели, те же самые результаты предсказываются для... - As we have seen, the same results are predicted for...• Как побочный результат теоремы 4... - As a by-product of Theorem 4, we also obtain the convergence of...• Как приложение данного результата, мы покажем, что... -As an application of this result, we show that...• Как это показано ниже, этот результат можно также вывести непосредственно. - This result may also be derived directly as follows.• Количественный анализ этих результатов показывает, что... - A quantitative analysis of these results shows that...• Методом математической индукции этот результат может быть распространен на... - This result can be extended, by mathematical induction, to...• Многие идеи и результаты последней главы могут быть распространены на случай... - Many of the ideas and results of the last chapter can now be extended to the case of...• Многие из наших более ранних результатов могут быть лучше поняты, если... - Many of ounearlier results can be better understood if...• Можно было бы интерпретировать, что эти результаты означают, что... - These results might be interpreted to mean that...• Можно понять эти результаты, рассматривая... - One can understand these results by considering...• Мы используем этот результат, чтобы... - We shall apply this result to...• Мы могли бы взглянуть на данный результат с другой точки зрения. - We may look at this result in another way.• Мы могли бы подытожить эти результаты утверждением, что... - We may summarize these results with the statement that...• Мы могли бы получить этот же результат более просто, заметив, что... - We could have obtained this result more easily by noting that...• Мы могли бы получить этот результат другим способом. - We could obtain this result by a different argument.• Мы можем использовать этот результат, чтобы определить (= ввести)... - We can use this result to define...• Мы можем подытожить предыдущие результаты в простых терминах, замечая, что... - We can summarize the preceding results in simpler terms by noting that...• Мы можем получить данный результат следующим образом. - We can obtain the result as follows.• Мы можем применить некоторые результаты этой главы, чтобы проиллюстрировать... - We may apply some of the results of this chapter to illustrate...• Мы можем сформулировать этот результат в виде теоремы. - We can state the result as a theorem.• Мы не можем ожидать выполнения этого результата в случае... - This result cannot be expected to hold for...• Мы применим наши результаты к одному простому случаю. - We shall apply our results to a simple case.• Мы только что доказали следующий результат. - We have proved the following result.• Мы хотим взглянуть на этот результат с несколько иной точки зрения. - We want to look at this result from a slightly different, point of view.• На основе данных результатов давайте теперь оценим... - On the basis of these results, let us now estimate...• Наиболее важными результатами являются результаты, касающиеся (= связанные с)... - The most important results are those concerning...• Наилучший результат получается, когда/ если... - The best result is obtained when...• Наш основной результат будет заключаться в том, что... - Our main result will be that...• Наш следующий результат демонстрирует, что... - Our next result demonstrates that...• Наши первые результаты описывают соотношения между... - Our first results deal with the relations between...• Наши результаты пересекаются с результатами Смита [1], который... - Our results overlap those of Smith [1], who...• Наши результаты предпочтительны по сравнению с результатами Смита [1]. - Our results compare favorably with those of Smith [1].• Немедленным следствием предыдущего результата является тот факт, что... - An immediate corollary of the above result is the fact that...• Несколько более простой результат получается, если мы... - A somewhat simpler result is obtained if we...• Несомненно, данные результаты не зависят от... - These results are of course independent of...• Нижеследующее является обобщением результата, доказанного Смитом [1]. - The following is a generalization of a result proved by Smith [1].• Объединяя эти результаты, мы видим, что... - On combining these results we see that...• Обычно это происходит в результате... - This usually occurs as a result of...• Однако имеются другие результаты, которые... - There are other results, however, which...• Однако окончательные результаты теории не могут зависеть от... - But the final results of the theory must not depend on...• Однако подобные усилия приносят положительный результат, только если... - Such efforts, however, are successful only if...• Однако у этого результата имеется другое приложение. - However, this result has another application.• Однако этот результат действительно предполагает, что... - The result does assume, however, that...• Одним интересным свойством этих результатов является то, что они указывают... - One interesting feature of these results is that they indicate...• Очевидно, данный результат мог бы быть получен, не используя... - Obviously this result could have been obtained without the use of...• Очевидно, что подобный результат справедлив (и) для... - Obviously a similar result is true for...• Очевидно, что эти результаты выполняются для любого... - These results clearly hold for any...• Очевидной интерпретацией данного результата является... - The straightforward interpretation of this result is...• Перед тем как установить только что упомянутые результаты, необходимо (рассмотреть и т. п.)... - Before establishing the results just mentioned it is necessary to...• По результатам этого и подобных экспериментов обнаружено, что... - From this and similar experiments it is found that...• Подобные результаты убедительно доказывают, что... - Such results conclusively prove that...• В некотором роде подобный результат выполняется для... - A somewhat similar result holds for...• Полученные результаты должны быть таковы, чтобы их можно было сравнить с... - The results obtained should be capable of comparison with...• Помимо прочего, данный результат показывает, что... - Among other things, this result shows that...• Помня об этом результате, давайте проверим... - With this result in mind, let us examine...• Поучительно рассмотреть эти результаты с точки зрения... - It is instructive to consider these results from the standpoint of...• Предыдущие результаты были получены в рамках предположения... - The above results have been obtained under the assumption of...• Предыдущие результаты еще раз иллюстрируют... - The above results once more illustrate...• Предыдущие результаты можно подытожить следующим образом. - The above results may be summarized as follows.• Приведенная выше теория не предсказывает хорошо известный результат, что... - The theory given above does not predict the well-known result that...• Простой иллюстрацией для этого результата является его приложение к... - A simple illustration of this result is its application to...• Результат может быть найден (с помощью и т. п.)... - The output can be found by...• Результат показан ниже. - The result is recorded below.• Результат, представленный формулой (9), очень полезен при выводе свойств (чего-л). - The result (9) is very useful for deducing properties of...• Результат, справедливость которого может быть проверена (самим) читателем, формулируется следующим образом. - The result, which may be verified by the reader, is...• Результатом является представление... - The result is a representation of...• Результаты были получены непосредственным наблюдением... - The results are obtained by direct observation of...• Результаты были разочаровывающими, в основном потому... - The results have been disappointing, mainly because...• Результаты всех этих методов согласуются с... - The results of all these methods are consistent with...• Результаты данной главы позволяют нам... - The results of the present chapter enable us to...• Результаты согласуются с пониманием, что... - The results are consistent with the view that...• Следующий очень важный результат является основой для... - The following very important result is the basis for...• Соответствующий результат справедлив (и) для... - A corresponding result holds for...• Справедливость того же результата можно увидеть геометрически. - The same result can be seen geometrically.• Сравнение с точным результатом (2) показывает, что... - A comparison with the exact result (2) shows that...• Считается хорошей практикой выражать все результаты измерений в метрической системе. - It is considered good practice to express all measurements in metric units.• Таким образом, данный результат доказан. - The result is therefore established.• Таким образом, мы можем обобщить результаты из первого параграфа и сообщить, что... - Thus, we can generalize the results of Section 1 and state that...• Таким образом, получен следующий основной (= центральный) результат... - The following key results are therefore obtained:...• Такого же самого типа рассуждения доказывают следующий результат. - Arguments of the same type prove the following result.• Такой результат более предпочтителен (другому результату). - The outcome is certainly preferable to...• Твердо установленным результатом является, что... - It is a well-established result that...• Тем не менее эта формальная работа привела к конкретному результату. - Nevertheless, this formal work has produced a concrete result.• Теперь мы доказываем два фундаментальных результата. - We now prove two fundamental results.• Теперь мы доказываем один фундаментальный результат. - We now prove a fundamental result.• Теперь мы можем сформулировать следующий результат. - We are now in a position to state the following result.• Теперь мы получаем желаемый результат. - We now have the desired result.• Теперь мы собрали воедино основные определения и результаты (исследования и т. п.)... - We have now assembled the main definitions and results of...• Тот же самый результат может быть получен простым (вычислением и т. п.)... - The same result may be obtained by simply...• Тот же самый результат может быть сформулирован в другой форме. - The same result can be put in a different form.• Тот же самый результат можно вывести из... - The same result may be deduced from...• Физический смысл этого результата состоит в том, что... - The physical significance of this result is that...• Формально этот результат выглядит весьма похожим на... - Formally, the result looks somewhat similar to...• Численные результаты, основанные на соотношении (4), показывают, что... - Numerical computations based on (4) show that...• Читатель мог бы сравнить этот результат с выражением (6). - The reader may compare this result with the expression (6).• Читатель найдет этот результат в любом учебнике... - The reader will find this result in any textbook on...• Чтобы объяснить получившийся результат, мы могли бы предположить, что... - То explain the above result, we could suppose that...• Чтобы получить необходимый результат, мы... - То obtain the required result, let...• Чтобы получить практический результат в подобных случаях, мы... - То obtain a practical result in such cases, we...• Эти два результата имеют существенный интерес. - These two results are of considerable interest.• Эти два результата совместно показывают, что... - These two results together show that...• Эти кажущиеся тривиальными результаты приводят к... - These seemingly trivial results lead to...• Эти результаты имели важные далеко ведущие последствия. - The results were of far reaching importance.• Эти результаты могут быть легко описаны в терминах... - These results can easily be described in terms of...• Эти результаты можно использовать, чтобы установить... - These results can be used to establish...• Эти результаты можно очевидным образом обобщить (на случай и т. п.)... - These results can be extended in an obvious way to...• Эти результаты не изменятся, если мы... - These results are not affected if we...• Эти результаты представлены на рис. 3 и 4. - The results are displayed in Figures 3 and 4.• Эти результаты согласуются с предположением, что... - These results are consistent with the assumption that...• Эти результаты также поддержали точку зрения, что... - The results also lend support to the view that...• Эти результаты теперь могут быть уточнены для случая... - These results can now be specialized to the case of...• Эти результаты часто бывают необходимы. - These results are needed frequently.• Эти результаты являются следствием... - These results are a consequence of...• Эти результаты ясно показывают, что... - These results clearly show that...• Эти результаты в основном согласуются с... - These results are broadly consistent with...• Это важный результат. Он утверждает, что... - This is an important result. It says that...• Это и есть тот самый предсказанный результат. - This is precisely the expected result.• Это интересный результат. - This is an interesting result.• Это интересный результат, так как... - This is an interesting result because...• Это контрастирует с соответствующим результатом для... - This contrasts with the corresponding result for...• Это очень важный результат. Он означает, что... - This is a very important result. It means that...• Это подтверждается приведенными результатами. - This is confirmed by the results shown.• Это результат важен для практики, так как... - The result is important in practical terms since...• Это согласуется с нашим предыдущим результатом. - This is in agreement with our previous result.• Это хорошо подтверждается результатами... - This is strongly supported by the results of...• Это устанавливает данный результат. - This establishes the result.•Это чрезвычайно важный результат, поскольку он позволяет нам... - This is an exceedingly important result, as it enables us to...• Это ясно показано на рис. 1, который представляет результаты (чего-л). - This is clearly demonstrated in Figure 1 which shows the results of...• Этот неверный результат получается вследствие... - This incorrect result is due to...• Этот результат более или менее ожидаем, если исходить из того факта, что... - This result is more or less to be expected from the fact that...• Этот результат был сформулирован довольно неопределенно (= неточно), потому что... - This result has been stated rather vaguely because...• Этот результат было необходимо ожидать, исходя из факта, что... - This result was to be expected from the fact that...• Этот результат вытекает из изучения... - This result follows from a study of...• Этот результат заслуживает более пристального рассмотрения. - This result is worth a more careful look.• Этот результат имеет поразительное сходство с... -. This result bears a striking resemblance to...• Этот результат легко установить. - It is easy to establish this result.• Этот результат легче запомнить... - This result is more easily remembered by...• Этот результат мог бы быть выведен прямо из соотношения (6). - This result could have been deduced directly from (6).• Этот результат мог бы нам позволить... - This result may allow us to...• Этот результат можно было бы получить более легко, увидев, что... - This result could have been obtained more easily by recognizing that...• Этот результат можно использовать без опасений, только если... - It is safe to use this result only if...• Этот результат можно сделать более наглядным с помощью... - The result can be made more explicit by...• Этот результат не зависит ни от каких предположений относительно... - This result is independent of any assumption about...• Этот результат не слишком изменяется, если... - The result is not essentially different if...• Этот результат не является простым, потому что... - The result is not simple because...• Этот результат перестает быть верным, если... - This result no longer holds if...• Этот результат подтверждает интуитивное понимание того, что... - This result confirms the intuitive view that...• Этот результат полезен лишь тогда, когда... - This result is useful only when...• Этот результат поражает тем, что... - The striking thing about this result is that...• Этот результат предлагает естественное обобщение... - This result suggests a natural generalization of...• Этот результат совпадает с полученным с помощью уравнения (4). - The result is exactly the same as that given by equation (4).• Этот результат согласуется с тем фактом, что... - This result is in agreement with the fact that...• Этот результат также можно было бы получить, применяя... - This result may also be obtained by means of...• Этот результат является более или менее ожидаемым, однако исходя из того, что... - This result is more or less to be expected, however, from the fact that... -
3 tam
tam, adv. [orig. acc. fem. of the demonstrative root ta-; cf.: tum, tamen], correlative of quam, so, so much, as.I.As comparative adverb, demonstrative with correlative quam, introducing comparative clauses of like intensity.A.As adjunct of adjectives or participles the intensity of which is expressed by a comparative clause, tam... quam = as... as; negatively, non (neque, nihil, etc.) tam... quam = not so... as.1.In comparison between two adjj.:2.tam esse clemens tyrannus quam rex importunus potest,
a tyrant may be as mild as a king may be harsh, Cic. Rep. 1, 33, 50 (B. and K. bracket rex):non tam solido quam splendido nomine,
id. Fin. 1, 18, 61:tam culpae hostium justus existimator quam gloriosus victor,
Val. Max. 3, 8, 1:adjuro, tam me tibi vera referre Quam veri majora fide,
things as true as they are beyond belief, Ov. M. 3, 659:quorum vires quam repentinae tam breves,
Sen. Q. N. 6, 7, 2.—Negatively:non enim tam praeclarum est scire Latine quam turpe nescire,
Cic. Brut. 37, 140:ut illa... non tam mirabilia sunt, quam conjecta belle,
id. Div. 2, 31, 66; 2, 36, 76: nec tam Turpe fuit vinci [p. 1836] quam contendisse decorum est, Ov. M. 9, 5. —Tam preceded by comp. clause:maximeque eam pestilentiam insignem mors quam matura tam acerba M. Furi fecit,
Liv. 7, 1, 8:quam magni nominis bellum est, tam difficilem existimaritis victoriam fore,
id. 21, 43, 11:donec quam felices seditiones, tam honorati seditionum auctores essent,
id. 4, 2, 4. —In a comparison between degrees of intensity, etc., of the same adjective.a.As in relative clauses, the adjective repeated (so esp. in Plaut.;b.not repeated in English): tam liquidus est quam liquida tempestas esse solet,
as serene as the weather is wont to be, Plaut. Most. 3, 2, 64:quam placida'st aqua,
id. ib. 3, 2, 165:tam frictum ego illum reddam quam frictum est cicer,
id. Bacch. 4, 4, 7.—Negatively:nemo orator tam multa scripsit quam multa sunt nostra,
Cic. Or. 30, 168:tametsi non tam multum in istis rebus intellego quam multa vidi,
id. Verr. 2, 4, 43, § 94.—The adjective not repeated.(α).The terms of comparison being nouns or pronouns:(β).tam ego fui ante liber quam gnatus tuus ( = quam liber gnatus tuus est),
Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 60:fieret corium tam maculosum quam est nutricis pallium,
id. Bacch. 3, 3, 30:tam mihi mea vita quam tua Tibi cara est,
id. Cas. 3, 6, 43:ni illam mihi tam tranquillam facis quam mare est,
id. Poen. 1, 2, 145:tam crebri ad terram decidebant quam pira,
id. ib. 2, 38:tam excoctam reddam atque atram quam carbo'st,
Ter. Ad. 5, 3, 63:quom fervit maxume, tam placidum (eum) quam ovem reddo,
id. ib. 4, 1, 18:tam sum misericors quam vos, tam mitis quam qui lenissimus,
Cic. Sull. 31, 87:tam gratum mihi id erit quam quod gratissimum,
id. Fam. 13, 3:nulla ingenia tam prona ad invidiam sunt quam eorum qui genus ac fortunam suam animis non aequant,
Liv. 45, 22:nihil est tam violentum quam magna vis aquae,
Sen. Q. N. 3, 30, 6:(cum sit) tam aurum et argentum quam aes Corinthium ( = cum aurum et argentum tam sit Corinthium quam aes),
Quint. 8, 2, 8:(ira) tam inutilis animi minister est quam miles qui signum receptui neglegit,
Sen. Ira, 1, 9, 2.—Negatively: neque opes nostrae tam sunt validae quam tuae,
Plaut. Cist. 2, 1, 20:nihil esse tam detestabile tamque pestiferum quam voluptatem,
Cic. Sen. 12, 41:neque tam condenso corpore nubes esse queunt quam sunt lapides, neque autem tam tenues quam nebulae,
Lucr. 6, 101.—Virtually negative:quod enim tam infidum mare quam blanditiae principum? ( = nullum tam infidum mare, etc.),
Plin. Pan. 66. — With comp. pregn. (very rare): istam dextram non tam in bellis et proeliis quam in promissis et fide firmiorem, i. e. whose superior trustworthiness is not so much in wars, etc., Cic. Deiot. 3, 8:vectigal ex agro eorum capimus, quod nobis non tam fructu jucundius est, quam ultione,
Liv. 28, 39, 13. —With quam in subst.-clause:(γ).quicquid mali hic Pisistratus non fecerit, tam gratum est quam si alium facere prohibuerit,
Cic. Att. 8, 16, 2.—Negatively:juris interpretatio, quae non tam mihi molesta sit propter laborem quam quod dicendi cogitationem auferat,
Cic. Leg. 1, 4, 12. —Virtually negative: quid autem tam exiguum quam est munus hoc eorum qui consuluntur?
Cic. Leg. 1, 4, 14.—With quam in adverb.-clause:B.cupam facito tam crassam quam modioli postulant,
Cato, R. R. 21, 1:si era mea sciat tam socordem esse quam sum,
Plaut. Cist. 4, 2, 5:tua est imago: tam consimili'st quam potest,
id. Men. 5, 9, 4:sororem tam similem quam lacte lacti est,
id. Mil. 2, 2, 87.—Tam with advv.: tam... quam = as ( so)... as; negatively = not so... as.1.Comparing an adv. with another adv. or adverb. clause: satin' istuc mihi exquisitum est...? Ar. Tam satis quam numquam hoc invenies secus, with as full certainty as that you will never find this otherwise, Plaut. Capt. 3, 4, 106.—Virtually negative:2.quis umquam obeundi negotii studio tam brevi tempore tot loca adire potuit, quam celeriter Cn. Pompejo duce tanti belli impetus navigavit?
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 12, 34. —After quam:nam dictaturam quam pertinaciter ei deferebat populus, tam constanter repulit,
Vell. 2, 89, 5 (the repetition of the adverb is especially frequent in tam diu... quam diu; v. tamdiu).—The adverb understood after quam: sed tu novisti fidicinam? Tr. Tam facile quam me (quam facile me novi), Plaut. Ep. 3, 4, 72:C.tam facile vinces quam pirum volpes comest,
id. Most. 3, 1, 26:tam hercle certe quam ego ted, ac tu me vides,
id. Merc. 1, 2, 77:tam audacter (ibis intro) quam domum ad te,
id. Truc. 1, 2, 109:tam facile quam tu arbitraris,
Cic. Div. 1, 6, 10:tam cito evertetur quam navis, etc.,
id. Rep. 1, 34, 51:nihil tam cito redditur quam a speculo imago,
Sen. Q. N. 1, 4, 2. —Negatively: (ira) quia non tam cito in alium quam vult erumpit,
Sen. Ira, 1, 19, 4.—Virtually negative (very freq.):quasi vero quidquam sit tam valde, quam nihil sapere, vulgare,
Cic. Div. 2, 39, 81. — With sup. adv.: quam potes tam verba confer maxime ad compendium = as much as you can (hence the idiomatic expression: quam maxime = as much as possible), Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 184. —With verbs: tam... quam = as much... as, as well... as; negatively: non tam... quam, not so much... as.1.One verb compared with another:2.nam quod edit tam duim quam perduim,
for what he can eat I would give as much as lose, Plaut. Aul. 4, 6, 6:vellem tam domestica ferre possem quam ista contemnere,
Cic. Att. 13, 20, 4:utinam tam non pigeat ista facere quam non displicebit,
Quint. 2, 5, 17:Tyrus et ipsa tam movetur quam diluitur,
Sen. Q. N. 6, 26, 5.—Negatively:fit quoque enim interdum ut non tam concurrere nubes frontibus adversis possint quam de latere ire,
Lucr. 6, 115.—The same verb repeated or understood after quam; the compared terms being,(α).Nouns or pronouns: tam mihi quam illi libertatem hostilis eripuit manus;(β).tam ille apud nos servit quam ego hic apud te servio,
Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 61:tam hic scit me habere (pecuniam) quam egomet (i. e. scio),
id. Aul. 3, 6, 12:quam tu filium tuum, tam me pater me meus desiderat,
id. Capt. 2, 2, 6:tam huic loqui licere oportet quam isti,
id. Cas. 2, 6, 58:tam tibi istuc credo quam mihi,
id. Ep. 1, 2, 25:haec tibi tam sunt defendenda quam moenia,
Cic. Ac. 2, 44, 137:tam moveor quam tu, Luculle,
id. ib. 2, 46, 141:tamque id... tuendum conservandumque nobis est quam illud, etc.,
id. Off. 3, 4, 17: amurcam periti agricolae tam in doliis condunt quam oleum aut vinum ( as well as), Varr. R. R. 1, 61:tam natura putarem vitam hominis sustentari quam vitis, quam arboris,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 24, 56:sicut pueris, qui tam parentibus amissis flebunt quam nucibus,
Sen. Ira. 1, 12, 4:meliorque tam sibi quam aliis faciendus (est),
id. ib. 1, 15, 1:tam solstitium quam aequinoctium suos dies rettulit (i. e. solstitium tam rettulit dies quam rettulit aequinoctium),
id. Q. N. 3, 16, 3:quoniam orationis tam ornatus quam perspicuitas aut in singulis verbis est aut in pluribus positus (i. e. ornatus tam positus est quam perspicuitas),
Quint. 8, 3, 15. — This construction passes into mere co - ordination: tam vera quam falsa cernimus, as well... as, almost = both... and, Cic. Ac. 2, 34, 111: repentina res, quia quam causam nullam tam ne fidem quidem habebat ( = ut causam nullam, sic ne fidem quidem; cf.sic),
Liv. 8, 27, 10; so Sall. J. 31, 16; id. H. 1, 41, 24 Dietsch; cf. Liv. 33, 17, 9; Sen. Q. N. 4, 13, 4. —Negatively: non tam meapte causa Laetor quam illius,
Ter. Heaut. 4, 3, 8:nihil est quod tam obtundat elevetque aegritudinem... quam meditatio condicionis humanae,
Cic. Tusc. 3, 16, 34:quae compararat non tam suae delectationis causa quam ad invitationes adventusque nostrorum hominum,
id. Verr. 2, 2, 34, § 83:cujus me facti paenituit non tam propter periculum meum quam propter vitia multa quae,
id. Fam. 7, 3, 2:qua nulla in re tam utor quam in hac civili et publica,
id. Att. 2, 17, 2:neque eos tam istius hominis perditi subita laetitia quam hominis amplissimi nova gratulatio movebat,
id. Verr. 1, 8, 21:Iliensibus Rhoeteum addiderunt, non tam ob recentia ulla merita quam originum memoria,
Liv. 38, 39, 10.—Object-inff.:(γ).qualis est istorum oratio qui omnia non tam esse quam videri volunt,
Cic. Ac. 2, 14, 44:quid enim tam pugnat, quam non modo miserum, sed omnino quidquam esse qui non sit,
id. Tusc. 1, 7, 13:virtute ipsa non tam multi praediti esse quam videri volunt,
id. Lael. 26, 98.—Subject-inff. or dependent clauses:(δ).ego illud argentum tam paratum filio Scio esse, quam me hunc scipionem contui ( = tam scio, argentum paratum esse, quam scio me, etc.),
Plaut. As. 1, 1, 109:Parmenonis tam scio esse hanc techinam quam me vivere,
Ter. Eun. 4, 4, 51:tam teneor dono quam si dimittar onustus,
Hor. Ep. 1, 7, 18:Acrisium Tam violasse deum quam non agnosse nepotem Paenitet,
Ov. M. 4, 613:tam perdis operam cum illi irasceris, quam cum illum alteri precaris iratum,
Sen. Ira, 2, 30, 2.—Negatively (so most freq.):nihil est quod tam deceat quam in omni re gerenda servare constantiam,
Cic. Off. 1, 34, 125:eundum igitur est, nec tam ut belli quam ut fugae socii simus,
id. Att. 9, 2, a, 3:nec tam quaerendum est, dolor malumne sit, quam firmandus animus ad dolorem ferendum,
id. Tusc. 2, 12, 28:non tam ut prosim causis elaborare soleo, quam ut ne quid obsim,
id. Or. 2, 72, 295:cum ego te non tam vitandi laboris mei causa quam quia tua id interesse arbitrarer, hortatus essem,
id. Top. 1, 2:auxilia convenerant non tam Vejentium gratia concitata, quam quod in spem ventum erat, etc.,
Liv. 2, 44, 7:Boji defecerunt, nec tam ob veteres in populum Romanum iras, quam quod, etc.,
id. 21, 25, 2. — So with causal clauses, Cic. Div. in Caecil. 7, 24; id. Or. 3, 30, 119; id. Sest. 64, 135; Liv. 8, 19, 3. —With quam in adverb.-clause:(ε).tam confido quam poti'st,
Plaut. Stich. 3, 2, 1; and in Cicero's epistolary style, tam esse with predicative force (like ita esse, sic esse;v. sic): atque ego haec tam esse quam audio non puto ( = tam male esse),
Cic. Q. Fr. 1, 2, 3, § 9.—Tam with a neg. is sometimes followed by sed with an independent clause, instead of a comp. clause:D.quidam autem non tam id reprehendunt, si remissius agatur, sed tantum studium tamque multam operam ponendam in eo non arbitrantur,
Cic. Fin. 1, 1, 1 Madv. ad loc.; cf.:quae (suaviloquentia) quidem non tam est in plerisque... sed est ea laus eloquentiae certe maxima,
id. Brut. 15, 58.—With esse and predic. noun:E. F.tam ea est quam poti'st nostra erilis concubina,
Plaut. Mil. 2, 5, 47:equidem tam sum servos quam tu,
id. Capt. 3, 4, 11:tam ego homo sum quam tu,
id. As. 2, 4, 83:nam id nobis tam flagitium'st quam illa Non facere,
Ter. Ad. 3, 3, 68:tam es tu judex quam ego senator,
Cic. Rab. Post. 7, 17:tam sum amicus rei publicae quam qui maxime,
id. Fam. 5, 2, 6.—With prep. and its case as predicate:tam hoc quidem tibi in proclivi quam imber quando pluit,
Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 86:qui non defendit, nec obsistit, si potest, injuriae, tam est in vitio quam si parentes, etc., deserat,
Cic. Off. 1, 7, 23. —Negatively: nihil est tam contra naturam quam turpitudo,
Cic. Off. 3, 8, 35. —Quam... tam with compp. = quanto... tanto or quo... eo (ante-class. and poet.): quam magis aerumna urget, tam magis ad malefaciendum viget, Enn. ap. Quint. 9, 3, 15 (Trag. Rel. v. 303 Vahl.):G.quam magis adspecto, tam magis est nimbata,
Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 138:magis quam id reputo, tam magis uror quae meus filius turbavit,
id. Bacch. 5, 1, 5:quam magis te in altum capessis, tam aestus te in portum refert,
id. As. 1, 3, 6:quo quaeque magis sunt aspera semina eorum, Tam magis in somnis eadem saevire necessust,
Lucr. 4, 999:quae quanto magis inter se perplexa coibant, Tam magis expressa ea quae mare... efficerent,
id. 5, 453:tam magis illa fremens et tristibus effera flammis, Quam magis effuso crudescunt sanguine pugnae,
Verg. A. 7, 787.—With quanto for quam:quanto magis aetheris aestus cogebant terram, Tam magis, etc.,
Lucr. 5, 484. —With rel. adv. for quam:verum ubicumque magis denso sunt agmine nubes, tam magis hinc... fremitus fit,
Lucr. 6, 99. — Ellips. of tam:quam magis specto. minus placet mihi hominis facies,
Plaut. Trin. 4, 2, 19.—Quam... tam with superll. = quanto... tanto or quo... eo (mostly anteclass.; cf.H.the class.: ut quisque maxime... ita maxime): quam citissime conficies, tam maxime expediet,
Cato, R. R. 64 (65):oleum quam diutissime in amurca erit, tam deterrimum erit,
id. ib. 64 (65):quam acerbissima olea oleum facies, tam oleum optumum erit,
id. ib. 65 (66): quam plurimum [p. 1837] erit, tam citissime canus fiet, id. ib. 157 (158) med.:quam ad probos propinquitate proxume te adjunxeris, tam optumum est,
Plaut. Aul. 2, 2, 59:quam maxime huic vana haec suspicio erit, tam facillime patris pacem in leges conficiet suas,
Ter. Heaut. 5, 2, 44:quam vos facillime agitis, quam estis maxume Potentes, dites, fortunati, nobiles: tam maxime vos aequo animo aequa noscere Oportet,
id. Ad. 3, 4, 56:quam paucissimos reliqueris, tam optimi fiunt in alendo,
Varr. R. R. 2, 9:quam quisque pessume fecit, tam maxume tutus est,
Sall. J. 31, 14. —With quam in immediate succession (to be distinguished from the conj. tamquam, as if):II.nam, si a mare abstinuissem, tam quam hoc uterer ( = tam illo uterer quam hoc),
Plaut. Mil. 4, 7, 26:tam quam proserpens bestia (iste) est bilinguis et scelestus ( = tam bilinguis quam, etc.),
id. Fers. 2, 4, 28: esne tu huic amicus? To. Tam quam di omnes qui caelum colunt, id. ib. 4, 4, 32: vide, homo ut hominem noveris. Sy. Tam quam me, id. Trin. 4, 2, 68: nostine? Da. Tam quam te, Ter. Phorm. 1, 2, 15 (for tam diu, with or without quam, quam diu, etc., v. tamdiu).With a comp. clause understood.A.With a comp. clause to be supplied from a preceding sentence:B.quae faciliora sunt philosophis... quia tam graviter cadere non possunt (sc. quam alii),
Cic. Off. 1, 21, 73:cur corporis curandi causa quaesita sit ars, animi autem medicina nec tam desiderata sit..., nec tam culta (i. e. quam corporis medicina),
id. Tusc. 3, 1, 1:nihil umquam tam eleganter explicabunt (i. e. quam Plato),
id. ib. 1, 23, 55:non conturbat me expectatio tua, etsi nihil est eis, qui placere volunt, tam adversarium,
id. Ac. 2, 4, 10:sed ea (plebs) nequaquam tam laeta Quinctium vidit (i. e. quam ejus amici),
Liv. 3, 26, 12: nec minora consequi potuit (Maecenas);sed non tam concupivit (sc. quam Agrippa),
Vell. 2, 88, 2: nec tibi tam longis opus est ambagibus usquam, nec me tam multam hic operam consumere par est (i. e. quam consumere opus sit, si haec tractare velim), Lucr 6, 1079; so, tam gratia est (colloq.) = non accipio, sed tam gratia est quam esset si acciperem, I thank you just as much; no, thank you:bene vocas (ad prandium): tam gratia'st,
Plaut. Men. 2, 3, 36: cenabis apud me. Ep. Locata'st opera nunc quidem:tam gratia'st,
id. Stich. 3, 2, 18: quin tu, quidquid opus'st, audacter imperas? Ps. Tam gratia'st. Bene est tibi;nolo tibi molestos esse nos,
id. Ps. 2, 4, 23 (in this formula, however, tam is explained by some as a shortened form for tamen; cf. Brix ad Plaut. Men. 386, and v. IV. infra).—With a general comp. clause understood ( = sic, ita), so ( so much) as I do, as you do, as he did, as I said before, as he is, as you are, etc.1.With adjj.: ut vos servem sedulo, quos tam grandi sim mercatus pecunia, have bought you at so high a price, i. e. as I have, Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 8: qui nummi exciderunt quod terram sic obtuere? quid vos maestos tam tristisque conspicor? (sc. as I do, as you are), id. Bacch. 4, 4, 17:2.equidem miror, tam catam, tam doctam te et bene eductam, non scire stulte facere,
id. Most. 1, 3, 29:ordine cum videas tam certo multa creari,
Lucr. 5, 735:deus ille fuit qui ista in tam tranquillo et tam clara luce locavit,
id. 5, 12:quorsum igitur tam multa de voluptate?
Cic. Sen. 12, 44:ut mihi quidem, qui tam magno animo fuerit innocens damnatus esse videatur,
id. Tusc. 1, 42, 100:inter ista tam magnifica verba tamque praeclara,
id. Fin. 2, 23, 77:quis est qui complet aures meas tantus et tam dulcis sonus?
as I hear, id. Rep. 6, 18, 18:tollite hanc: nullam tam pravae sententiae causam reperietis,
id. Phil. 14, 1, 3: et tamen veremur ut hoc quod a tam multis perferatur natura patiatur? ( as it is, sc. suffered), id. Tusc. 2, 20, 46:ut tam in praecipitem locum non debeat se sapiens committere,
id. Ac. 2, 21, 68:tam necessario tempore, tam propinquis hostibus,
at so urgent a time as this, Caes. B. G. 1, 16, 6:supra triginta quinque milia hostium fuerant, ex quibus tam exigua pars pugnae superfuit,
Liv. 39, 31, 14:tam constantem defensionem Scipionis universus senatus comprobavit,
Val. Max. 3, 7, 1: ceterum... ne tam praeclara lex... oblitteraretur, id. 2, 8, 1:qui tam crudelem tyrannum occideret,
id. 3, 1, 2:ne illo quidem tam misero tamque luctuoso tempore civitas nostra virtutis suae oblita est,
id. 3, 2, 7:tam contraria est pestis,
Plin. 8, 38, 57, § 136:tam parvo distat ibi tanta rerum naturae diversitas,
id. 5, 11, 12, § 65; so, tamne (cf. sicine):tamne indignus videar?
Plaut. Merc. 1, 2, 77.—And with sup.:nondum erat vestris tam gravissimis tamque multis judiciis concisus,
of so great weight, Cic. Phil. 12, 5, 11.—With advv.:3.alienus quom ejus incommodum tam aegre feras, quid me patrem par facere est?
Plaut. Capt. 1, 2, 37:quid est negotii quod tu tam subito domo abeas?
id. Am. 1, 3, 4:unde ego nunc tam subito huic argentum inveniam miser?
Ter. Phorm. 3, 3, 1:quia (anima cum corpore) tam conjuncta atque leniter apta'st,
Lucr. 5, 559:jam mallem Cerberum metueres quam ista tam inconsiderata diceres,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 6, 12:ista tam aperte et per versa et falsa,
id. Ac. 2, 18, 60:cum ex co quaereretur cur tam diu vellet esse in vita,
id. Sen. 5, 13:me pudet tam cito de sententia esse dejectum,
id. Tusc. 2, 5, 14:etsi hoc quidem est in vitio, dissolutionem naturae tam valde perhorrescere,
id. Fin. 5, 11, 31:an melius fuerit rationem non dari omnino, quam tam munifice et tam largiter,
as I have shown, id. N. D. 3, 27, 69:nam quod jus civile tam vehementer amplexus es,
id. Or. 1, 55, 274:quid tu, inquit, tam mane?
id. Rep. 1, 9, 14: cur hunc tam temere ( as mentioned before) quisquam ab officio discessurum judicaret? Caes. B. G. 1, 40:quod sua victoria tam insolenter gloriarentur,
id. ib. 1, 14:cum tam procul a finibus Macedoniae absint,
Liv. 39, 27, 6: non digna exempla quae tam breviter ( as I am going to do) nisi majoribus urgerer, referrentur, Val. Max. 2, 7, 5:qualis esset quem tam diu tamque valde timuissent,
Nep. Eum. 11, 2; and with sup.: tam maturrime comparavisse, Cato ap. Charis. p. 184 P.—With adverb. abl.: tam crepusculo fere ut amant, Plaut. Fragm. ap. Varr. L. L. 7, 77; cf.:tam vesperi,
Ter. Heaut. 1, 1, 15; v. III. B. 3. infra.—With verbs:4.ut, ni meum gnatum tam amem, tua jam virgis latera lacerentur probe,
Plaut. Bacch. 4, 5, 10:quid, cedo, te, obsecro, tam abhorret hilaritudo?
id. Cist. 1, 1, 55:quid tam properas?
id. Pers. 4, 6, 11:cum te video nostrae familiae Tam ex animo factum velle ( = te tam velle nostrae familiae ex animo factum),
Ter. Ad. 5, 7, 21:age, quaeso, ne tam obfirma te, Chreme,
id. Heaut. 5, 5, 8:non pol temere'st quod tu tam times,
id. Phorm. 5, 8 (9), 9: Sy. Eamus, namque hic properat in Cyprum. Sa. Ne tam quidem, implying a corresponding gesture, id. Ad. 2, 4, 14:quam si explicavisset, non tam haesitaret,
i. e. as he does, Cic. Fin. 2, 6, 18.—Sometimes with an adv. to be supplied:quid ergo hanc, quaeso, tractas tam ( = tam male, or implying a corresponding gesture),
Plaut. Cas. 4, 4, 31:Graecos in eo reprehendit quod mare tam secuti sunt ( = tam vulgo. or tam temere),
Cic. Att. 6, 2, 3; cf. id. Q. Fr. 1, 2, 3, § 9; v. I. C. 2. d, supra. — With esse and predic. noun:numquam ego te tam esse matulam credidi,
Plaut. Pers. 4, 3, 72.—Preceded and strengthened by a demonstrative adjective (order: 1. demonstr., 2. tam, 3. adjective, 4. noun; or, 1. demonstr., 2. noun, 3. tam, 4. adjective).(α).After hic:(β).etiamne haec tam parva civitas, tam procul a manibus tuis remota, praedae tibi et quaestui fuit?
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 37, § 85:hunc hominem tam crudelem, tam sceleratum, tam nefarium nolunt judicare,
id. ib. 2, 2, 31, §77: hunc tamen hominem tam audacem, tam nefarium, tam nocentem,
id. Clu. 14, 42:haec mea oratio tam longa aut tam alte repetita,
id. Sest. 13, 31:in hoc tam exiguo vitae curriculo,
id. Arch. 11, 28:hanc tam taetram, tam horribilem tamque infestam rei publicae pestem,
id. Cat. 1, 5, 11:in hac tam clara re publica natus,
id. Rep. 1, 19, 31:hanc rem publicam tam praeclare fundatam,
id. Par. 1, 2, 10:haec tam crebra Etruriae concilia,
Liv. 5, 5, 8:in his tam parvis atque tam nullis,
Plin. 11, 2, 1, § 2:quorsum haec tam putida tendant,
Hor. S. 2, 7, 21:hac tam prospera pugna nuntiata,
Curt. 3, 11, 16.—After ille:(γ).ille homo tam locuples, tam honestus,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 6, § 11: illud argentum tam praeclarum ac tam nobile, id. ib. 2, 4, 20, §44: illud tam grave bellum,
Val. Max. 5, 6, ext. 1:ne illo quidem tam misero tamque luctuoso tempore,
id. 3, 2, 7.—After iste:(δ).tamenne ista tam absurda defendes?
Cic. N. D. 1, 29, 81:ista admonitio tua tam accurata,
id. Att. 6, 1, 20:quae est ista tam infesta ira?
Liv. 7, 30, 15:iste tam justus hostis, tam misericors victor,
Curt. 4, 10, 34.—After id ipsum:(ε).id ipsum tam mite ac tam moderatum imperium,
Liv. 1, 48, 9.—After tot:(ζ).jacere necesse sit tot tam nobiles disciplinas,
Cic. Ac. 2, 48, 147:tot tam valida oppida,
Liv. 5, 54, 5:tot tam opulenti tyranni regesque,
id. 25, 24, 13:inter tot tam effrenatarum gentium arma,
id. 21, 9, 3:tot tam praeclaris imperatoribus uno bello absumptis,
id. 28, 28, 12; 25, 27, 13; 26, 13, 17; cf.:cum tot ac tam validae eluctandae manus essent,
id. 24, 26, 13; 8, 12, 4.—After hic talis:III.da operam ut hunc talem, tam jucundum, tam excellentem virum videas,
Cic. Fam. 16, 21, 3.As demonstr. adv. of intensity, correlative with ut, that, and its equivalents (qui, quin); so only with adjj. and advv. (not with verbs).A.Without a negation ( = ita, adeo;B.rare before the Aug. period): ni erit tam sincerum (tergum), ut quivis dicat ampullarius Optumum esse operi faciundo corium et sincerissimum,
Plaut. Rud. 3, 4, 51:quae (maturitas) mihi tam jucunda est ut, quo propius ad mortem accedam, quasi terram videre videar,
Cic. Sen. 19, 71. de qua tam variae sunt doctissimorum hominum sententiae, ut magno argumento esse debeat, etc., id. N. D. 1, 1, 1:ad eum pervenit tam opportuno tempore, ut simul Domitiani exercitus pulvis cerneretur, et primi antecursores Scipionis viderentur,
Caes. B. C. 3, 36:tam parandus ad dimicandum animus, ut, etc.,
id. B. G. 2, 21:tamen tam evidens numen rebus adfuit Romanis, ut putem, etc.,
Liv. 5, 51, 4: infimam plebem natura ipsa tam abjecto tamque imo loco collocavit ut nulla ratione erigi aut sublevari possit, Ps.-Cic. Cons. 6, 22:tam multa sunt, tamque misera quae perferunt ut nemo sit quin mori saepissime cupiat,
id. ib. 16, 59:quem constat tam certa acie luminum usum esse ut a Lilybaeo portu Carthaginienses egredientes classes intueretur,
Val. Max. 1, 8, ext. 14:tam alacri animo suos ad id proelium cohortatus est ut diceret: Sic prandete, etc.,
id. 3, 2, ext. 3:in Theophrasto tam est loquendi nitor ille divinus ( = tam divinus est) ut ex eo nomen quoque traxisse videatur,
Quint. 10, 1, 83:(Scipio) bellum in Africam transtulit, tam lentus ut opinionem luxuriae segnitiaeque malignis daret,
Sen. Ira, 1, 11, 6; id. Q. N. 1, 15, 5:3, 21, 1: tam parvulis in faucibus... ut non sit dubium, etc.,
Plin. 10, 29, 43, § 82:ipsum Macedonem tam graviter palma percussit ut paene concideret,
Plin. Ep. 3, 14, 7.—With a negation, or in a question implying a negation.1.Before ut (very freq. in the class. period; cf. adeo, poet., e.g. Hor. Ep. 1, 1, 39):2.numquam tam dices commode ut tergum meum Tuam in fidem committam,
Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 33:non tam viva tamen, calidus queat ut fieri fons,
Lucr. 6, 887:quis umquam praedo fuit tam nefarius, quis pirata tam barbarus ut, etc.,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 50, 146:non sum tam stultus, ut te usura falsi gaudii frui velim,
id. Fam. 6, 12, 1:nec, cum id faciebamus tam eramus amentes ut explorata nobis esset victoria,
id. ib. 6, 1, 3:non essem tam inurbanus ac paene inhumanus uti in eo gravarer quod vos cupere sentirem,
id. Or. 2, 90, 365:non puto tam expeditum negotium futurum ut non habeat aliquid morae,
id. Att. 13, 31, 1:nec vero eram tam indoctus ignarusque rerum ut frangerer animo propter, etc.,
id. Phil. 2, 15, 37:quis tam demens ut sua voluntate maereat?
id. Tusc. 3, 29, 71; so id. Off. 3, 20, 82; id. Tusc. 1, 1, 2; id. Phil. 3, 4, 10:non enim proferremus vino oppressos... tam absurde, ut tum diceremus, etc.,
id. Ac. 2, 17, 53:non se tam barbarum ut non sciret, etc.,
Caes. B. G. 1, 44, 17:nulli sunt tam feri et sui juris affectus ut non disciplina perdomentur,
Sen. Ira, 2, 12, 3:nemo tam divos habuit faventes, crastinum ut posset sibi polliceri,
id. Thyest. 619.—With a negation (esp. nemo), followed by qui ( = ut is; class. and freq.); nec quisquam sit tam opulentus qui mihi obsistat in via, [p. 1838] Plaut. Curc. 2, 3, 5:3.generi lenonio Numquam deus ullus tam benignus fuit, qui fuerit propitius,
id. Pers. 4, 4, 34:an ille tam esset stultus qui mihi mille nummum crederet?
id. Trin. 4, 2, 42:nemo inventus est tam amens, qui illud argentum tam praeclarum ac tam nobile eriperet, nemo tam audax qui posceret, nemo tam impudens qui postularet ut venderet,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 20, § 44:nemo Agrigenti neque aetate tam affecta neque viribus tam infirmis fuit, qui non illa nocte surrexerit,
id. ib. 2, 4, 43, §95: nemo est tam senex qui se annum non putet posse vivere,
id. Sen. 7, 24:nihil tam absurde dici potest, quod non dicatur ab aliquo philosophorum,
id. Div. 2, 58, 119:nulla gens tam immanis umquam fuit in qua tam crudelis hostis patriae sit inventus,
id. Sull. 27, 76:quae est anus tam delira quae timeat ista?
id. Tusc. 1, 21, 48:ecquem tam amentem esse putas qui illud quo vescatur deum esse credat?
id. N. D. 3, 16, 41:sed neque tam docti tum erant, ad quorum judicium elaboraret, et sunt, etc.,
id. Fin. 1, 3, 7; so id. Sen. 19, 67; id. Lael. 7, 23; id. Tusc. 1, 6, 11; 1, 15, 33; 2, 17, 41; id. Sest. 14, 32; id. Fin. 2, 20, 63; id. Fam. 9, 2, 2; id. Off. 2, 5, 16:neque tam remisso animo quisquam fuit qui ea nocte conquierit,
Caes. B. C. 1, 21:in bello nihil tam leve est quod non magnae interdum rei momentum faciat,
Liv. 25, 18, 3:ut nemo tam humilis esset cui non aditus ad eum pateret,
Nep. Milt. 8, 4:ecquid esse tam saevum potest quod superet illum?
Sen. Thyest. 196. —With a negation, followed by quin ( = ut is non;IV.class. and freq.): nec sacrum nec tam profanum quidquam est quin ibi ilico adsit,
Plaut. Merc. 2, 3, 27:nihil mihi tam parvi est quin me id pigeat perdere,
id. Pers. 4, 6, 8:nec quisquam est tam ingenio duro, neque tam firmo pectore quin sibi faciat bene,
id. As. 5, 2, 94:numquam tam mane egredior, neque tam vesperi Domum revortor, quin te... conspicer Fodere,
Ter. Heaut. 1, 1, 15:nil tam difficile'st quin quaerendo investigari possiet,
id. ib. 4, 2, 8:ut nullus umquam dies tam magna tempestate fuerit, quin... solem homines viderint,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 10, § 26:numquam tam male est Siculis quin aliquid facete et commode dicant,
id. ib. 2, 4, 43, §95: nemo est tam afflictus quin possit navare aliquid et efficere,
id. Fam. 6, 1, 7:ut nemo tam ferus fuerit, quin ejus causam lacrimarit,
Nep. Alcib. 6, 4.Tam, ante-class., sometimes = tamen:V.antiqui tam etiam pro tamen usi sunt,
Fest. p. 360: bene cum facimus, tam male cupimus...; quamquam estis nihili, tam ecastor simul vobis consului, Titin. ap. Fest. l. l.; so,etsi illi aliter nos faciant quam aequom sit, tam pol noxiae nequid magis sit... nostrum officium meminisse decet,
Plaut. Stich. 1, 1, 44 Fleck., Ritschl:tam si nihil usus esset, jam non dicerem,
id. Merc. 4, 3, 32 Ritschl; v. Prol. Trin. p. 14 ib.; Brix ad Plaut. Men. 2, 3, 36; Curt. in Rhein. Mus. 6, 84; 6, 93; but cf. contra, Corss. Beitr. p. 272 sqq.In the dialect of Praeneste: tam modo, just now ( = modo): ilico hic ante ostium;Tam modo, inquit Praenestinus,
Plaut. Trin. 3, 1, 8 Brix ad loc.; cf. Fest. s. v. tammodo, p. 359; Ritschl, opusc. 2, 372. -
4 νόμος
νόμος, ου, ὁ (νέμω; [Zenodotus reads ν. in Od. 1, 3] Hes.+; loanw. in rabb.—On the history of the word MPohlenz, Nomos: Philol 97, ’48, 135–42; GShipp, Nomos ‘Law’ ’78; MOstwald, Nomos and the Beginnings of Athenian Democracy ’69). The primary mng. relates to that which is conceived as standard or generally recognized rules of civilized conduct esp. as sanctioned by tradition (Pind., Fgm. 152, 1=169 Schr. νόμος ὁ πάντων βασιλεύς; cp. SEG XVII, 755, 16: Domitian is concerned about oppressive practices hardening into ‘custom’; MGigante, ΝΟΜΟΣ ΒΑΣΙΛΕΥΣ [Richerche filologiche 1] ’56). The synonym ἔθος (cp. συνήθεια) denotes that which is habitual or customary, especially in reference to personal behavior. In addition to rules that take hold through tradition, the state or other legislating body may enact ordinances that are recognized by all concerned and in turn become legal tradition. A special semantic problem for modern readers encountering the term ν. is the general tendency to confine the usage of the term ‘law’ to codified statutes. Such limitation has led to much fruitless debate in the history of NT interpretation.—HRemus, Sciences Religieuses/Studies in Religion 13, ’84, 5–18; ASegal, Torah and Nomos in Recent Scholarly Discussion, ibid., 19–27.① a procedure or practice that has taken hold, a custom, rule, principle, norm (Alcman [VII B.C.], Fgm. 93 D2 of the tune that the bird sings; Ocellus [II B.C.] c. 49 Harder [1926] τῆς φύσεως νόμος; Appian, Basil. 1 §2 πολέμου ν., Bell. Civ. 5, 44 §186 ἐκ τοῦδε τοῦ σοῦ νόμου=under this rule of yours that governs action; Polyaenus 5, 5, 3 ν. πόμπης; 7, 11, 6 ν. φιλίας; Sextus 123 τοῦ βίου νόμος; Just., A II, 2, 4 παρὰ τὸν τῆς φύσεως ν.; Ath. 3, 1 νόμῳ φύσεως; 13, 1 θυσιῶν νόμῳ)ⓐ gener. κατὰ νόμον ἐντολῆς σαρκίνης in accordance w. the rule of an external commandment Hb 7:16. εὑρίσκω τὸν νόμον I observe an established procedure or principle or system Ro 7:21 (ν. as ‘principle’, i.e. an unwritten rightness of things Soph., Ant. 908). According to Bauer, Paul uses the expression νόμος (which dominates this context) in cases in which he prob. would have preferred another word. But it is also prob. that Paul purposely engages in wordplay to heighten the predicament of those who do not rely on the gospel of liberation from legal constraint: the Apostle speaks of a principle that obligates one to observe a code of conduct that any sensible pers. would recognize as sound and valid ὁ νόμος τ. νοός μου vs. 23b (s. νοῦς 1a). Engaged in a bitter struggle w. this νόμος there is a ἕτερος νόμος which, in contrast to the νοῦς, dwells ἐν τοῖς μέλεσίν μου in my (physical) members vs. 23a, and hence is a νόμος τῆς ἁμαρτίας vs. 23c and 25b or a νόμος τ. ἁμαρτίας καὶ τ. θανάτου 8:2b. This sense prepares the way for the specific perspectiveⓑ of life under the lordship of Jesus Christ as a ‘new law’ or ‘system’ of conduct that constitutes an unwritten tradition ὁ καινὸς ν. τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 2:6; in brief ν. Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ IMg 2 (cp. Just., D. 11, 4; 43, 1; Mel., P. 7, 46). Beginnings of this terminology as early as Paul: ὁ ν. τοῦ Χριστοῦ =the standard set by Christ Gal 6:2 (as vs. 3 intimates, Christ permitted himself to be reduced to nothing, thereby setting the standard for not thinking oneself to be someth.). The gospel is a νόμος πίστεως a law or system requiring faith Ro 3:27b (FGerhard, TZ 10, ’54, 401–17) or ὁ ν. τοῦ πνεύματος τῆς ζωῆς ἐν Χρ. Ἰ. the law of the spirit (=the spirit-code) of life in Chr. J. 8:2a. In the same sense Js speaks of a ν. βασιλικός (s. βασιλικός) 2:8 or ν. ἐλευθερίας vs. 12 (λόγος ἐλ. P74), ν. τέλειος ὁ τῆς ἐλευθερίας 1:25 (association w. 1QS 10:6, 8, 11 made by EStauffer, TLZ 77, ’52, 527–32, is rejected by SNötscher, Biblica 34, ’53, 193f. On the theme of spontaneous moral achievement cp. Pind., Fgm. 152 [169 Schr.] 1f νόμος ὁ πάντων βασιλεὺς | θνατῶν τε καὶ ἀθανάτων | ἄγει δικαιῶν τὸ βιαιότατον| ὑπερτάτᾳ χειρί=custom is lord of all, of mortals and immortals both, and with strong hand directs the utmost power of the just. Plut., Mor. 780c interprets Pindar’s use of νόμος: ‘not written externally in books or on some wooden tablets, but as lively reason functioning within him’ ἔμψυχος ὢν ἐν αὐτῷ λόγῳ; Aristot., EN 4, 8, 10 οἷον ν. ὢν ἑαυτῷ; Diod S 1, 94, 1 ν. ἔγγραπτος; cp. also Ovid, Met. 1, 90 sponte sua sine lege fidem rectumque colebat; Mayor, comm. ‘Notes’ 73.—RHirzel, ΑΓΡΑΦΟΣ ΝΟΜΟΣ 1903.). Some would put ὁ νόμος Js 2:9 here (s. LAllevi, Scuola Cattol. 67, ’39, 529–42), but s. 2b below.—Hermas too, who in part interprets Israel’s legal tradition as referring to Christians, sees the gospel, exhibited in Christ’s life and words, as the ultimate expression of God’s will or ‘law’. He says of Christ δοὺς αὐτοῖς (i.e. the believers) τὸν ν., ὅν ἔλαβε παρὰ τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτοῦ Hs 5, 6, 3, cp. Hs 8, 3, 3. Or he sees in the υἱὸς θεοῦ κηρυχθεὶς εἰς τὰ πέρατα τῆς γῆς, i.e. the preaching about the Son of God to the ends of the earth, the νόμος θεοῦ ὁ δοθεὶς εἰς ὅλον. τ. κόσμον 8, 3, 2. Similarly to be understood are τηρεῖν τὸν ν. 8, 3, 4. ὑπὲρ τοῦ ν. παθεῖν 8, 3, 6. ὑπὲρ τοῦ ν. θλίβεσθαι 8, 3, 7. ἀρνησάμενοι τὸν νόμον ibid. βλασφημεῖν τὸν ν. 8, 6, 2.② constitutional or statutory legal system, lawⓐ gener.: by what kind of law? Ro 3:27. ν. τῆς πόλεως the law of the city enforced by the ruler of the city (ν. ἐν ταῖς πόλεσι γραπτός Orig., C. Cels. 5, 37, 2); the penalty for breaking it is banishment Hs 1:5f. τοῖς ν. χρῆσθαι observe the laws 1:3; πείθεσθαι τοῖς ὡρισμένοις ν. obey the established laws Dg 5:10; νικᾶν τοὺς ν. ibid. (νικάω 3). Ro 7:1f, as well as the gnomic saying Ro 4:15b and 5:13b, have been thought by some (e.g. BWeiss, Jülicher) to refer to Roman law, but more likely the Mosaic law is meant (s. 3 below).ⓑ specifically: of the law that Moses received from God and is the standard according to which membership in the people of Israel is determined (Diod S 1, 94, 1; 2: the lawgiver Mneves receives the law from Hermes, Minos from Zeus, Lycurgus from Apollo, Zarathustra from the ἀγαθὸς δαίμων, Zalmoxis from Hestia; παρὰ δὲ τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις, Μωϋσῆς receives the law from the Ἰαὼ ἐπικαλούμενος θεός) ὁ ν. Μωϋσέως Lk 2:22; J 7:23; Ac 15:5. ν. Μωϋσέως Ac 13:38; Hb 10:28. Also ὁ ν. κυρίου Lk 2:23f, 39; GJs 14:1. ὁ ν. τοῦ θεοῦ (Theoph. Ant. 2, 14 [p. 136, 4]) Mt 15:6 v.l.; Ro 8:7 (cp. Tat. 7, 2; 32, 1; Ath. 3:2). ὁ ν. ἡμῶν, ὑμῶν, αὐτῶν etc. J 18:31; 19:7b v.l.; Ac 25:8. κατὰ τὸν ἡμέτερον ν. 24:6 v.l. (cp. Jos., Ant. 7, 131). ὁ πατρῷος ν. 22:3. τὸν ν. τῶν ἐντολῶν Eph 2:15. Since the context of Ac 23:29 ἐγκαλούμενον περὶ ζητημάτων τοῦ νόμου αὐτῶν points to the intimate connection between belief, cult, and communal solidarity in Judean tradition, the term νόμος is best rendered with an hendiadys: (charged in matters) relating to their belief and custom; cp. ν. ὁ καθʼ ὑμᾶς 18:15. Ro 9:31 (CRhyne, Νόμος Δικαιοσύνης and the meaning of Ro 10:4: CBQ 47, ’85, 486–99).—Abs., without further qualification ὁ ν. Mt 22:36; 23:23; Lk 2:27; J 1:17; Ac 6:13; 7:53; 21:20, 28; Ro 2:15 (τὸ ἔργον τοῦ νόμου the work of the law [=the moral product that the Mosaic code requires] is written in the heart; difft. Diod S 1, 94, 1 ν. ἔγγραπτος, s. 1b, above), 18, 20, 23b, 26; 4:15a, 16; 7:1b, 4–7, 12, 14, 16; 8:3f; 1 Cor 15:56; Gal 3:12f, 17, 19, 21a, 24; 5:3, 14; 1 Ti 1:8 (GRudberg, ConNeot 7, ’42, 15); Hb 7:19 (s. Windisch, Hdb. exc. ad loc.), 28a; 10:1; cp. Js 2:9 (s. 1b above); μετὰ τὸν ν. Hb 7:28b; οἱ ἐν τῷ ν. Ro 3:19; κατὰ τὸν ν. according to the (Mosaic) law (Jos., Ant. 14, 173; 15, 51 al.; Just., D. 10, 1) J 19:7b; Ac 22:12; 23:3; Hb 7:5; 9:22. παρὰ τ. νόμον contrary to the law (Jos., Ant. 17, 151, C. Ap. 2, 219; Ath. 1, 3 παρὰ πάντα ν.) Ac 18:13.—νόμος without the art. in the same sense (on the attempt, beginning w. Origen, In Ep. ad Ro 3:7 ed. Lomm. VI 201, to establish a difference in mng. betw. Paul’s use of ὁ νόμος and νόμος s. B-D-F §258, 2; Rob. 796; Mlt-Turner 177; Grafe [s. 3b below] 7–11) Ro 2:13ab, 17, 23a, * 25a; 3:31ab; 5:13, 20; 7:1a (s. above); Gal 2:19b; 5:23 (JRobb, ET 56, ’45, 279f compares κατὰ δὲ τῶν τοιούτων οὐκ ἔστι νόμος Aristot., Pol. 1284a). δικαίῳ νόμος οὐ κεῖται, ἀνόμοις δὲ … 1 Ti 1:9. Cp. ἑαυτοῖς εἰσιν νόμος Ro 2:14 (in Pla., Pol. and in Stoic thought the wise person needed no commandment [Stoic. III 519], the bad one did; MPohlenz, Stoa ’48/49 I 133; II 75). Used w. prepositions: ἐκ ν. Ro 4:14; Gal 3:18, 21c (v.l. ἐν ν.); Phil 3:9 (ἐκ νόμου can also mean corresponding to or in conformity with the law: PRev 15, 11 ἐκ τῶν νόμων); cp. ἐκ τοῦ νόμου Ro 10:5. διὰ νόμου Ro 2:12b; 3:20b; 4:13; 7:7b; Gal 2:19a, 21; ἐν ν. (ἐν τῷ ν. Iren. 3, 11, 8 [Harv. II 49, 9]) Ro 2:12a, 23; Gal 3:11, 21c v.l.; 5:4; Phil 3:6. κατὰ νόμον 3:5; Hb 8:4; 10:8 (make an offering κατὰ νόμον as Arrian, Anab. 2, 26, 4; 5, 8, 2); χωρὶς ν. Ro 3:21a; 7:8f; ἄχρι ν. 5:13a. ὑπὸ νόμον 6:14f; 1 Cor 9:20; Gal 3:23; 4:4f, 21a; 5:18 (cp. Just., D. 45, 3 οἱ ὑπὸ τὸν ν.).—Dependent on an anarthrous noun παραβάτης νόμου a law-breaker Ro 2:25b ( 27b w. art.); Js 2:11. ποιητὴς ν. one who keeps the law 4:11d (w. art. Ro 2:13b). τέλος ν. the end of the law Ro 10:4 (RBultmann and HSchlier, Christus des Ges. Ende ’40). πλήρωμα ν. fulfilment of the law 13:10. ν. μετάθεσις a change in the law Hb 7:12. ἔργα ν. Ro 3:20a, 28; 9:32 v.l.; Gal 2:16; 3:2, 5, 10a.—(ὁ) ν. (τοῦ) θεοῦ Ro 7:22, 25a; 8:7 because it was given by God and accords w. his will. Lasting Mt 5:18; Lk 16:17 (cp. Bar 4:1; PsSol 10:4; Philo, Mos. 2, 14; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 277).—Used w. verbs, w. or without the art.: ν. ἔχειν J 19:7a; Ro 2:14 (ApcSed 14:5). πληροῦν ν. fulfill the law Ro 13:8; pass. Gal 5:14 (Mel., P. 42, 291). πληροῦν τὸ δικαίωμα τοῦ ν. fulfill the requirement of the law Ro 8:4. φυλάσσειν τὸν ν. observe the law Ac 21:24; Gal 6:13. τὰ δικαιώματα τοῦ ν. φυλάσσειν observe the precepts of the law Ro 2:26; διώκειν ν. δικαιοσύνης 9:31a; πράσσειν ν. 2:25a. ποιεῖν τὸν ν. J 7:19b; Gal 5:3; Ro 2:14b, s. below; τὸν ν. τηρεῖν Js 2:10. τὸν ν. τελεῖν Ro 2:27. φθάνειν εἰς ν. 9:31b. κατὰ ν. Ἰουδαϊσμὸν ζῆν IMg 8:1 v.l. is prob. a textual error (Pearson, Lghtf., Funk, Bihlmeyer, Hilgenfeld; Zahn, Ign. v. Ant. 1873 p. 354, 1 [difft. in Zahn’s edition] all omit νόμον as a gloss and are supported by the Latin versions; s. Hdb. ad loc.). τὰ τοῦ ν. ποιεῖν carry out the requirements of the law Ro 2:14b (ApcSed 14:5; FFlückiger, TZ 8, ’52, 17–42). καταλαλεῖν νόμου, κρίνειν ν. Js 4:11abc. ἐδόθη ν. Gal 3:21a.—Pl. διδοὺς νόμους μου εἰς τὴν διάνοιαν αὐτῶν Hb 8:10; cp. 10:16 (both Jer 38:33).—Of an individual stipulation of the law ὁ νόμος τοῦ ἀνδρός the law insofar as it concerns the husband (Aristot., Fgm. 184 R. νόμοι ἀνδρὸς καὶ γαμετῆς.—SIG 1198, 14 κατὰ τὸν νόμον τῶν ἐρανιστῶν; Num 9:12 ὁ ν. τοῦ πάσχα; Philo, Sobr. 49 ὁ ν. τῆς λέπρας) Ro 7:2b; cp. 7:3 and δέδεται νόμῳ vs. 2a (on the imagery Straub 94f); 1 Cor 7:39 v.l.—The law is personified, as it were (Demosth. 43, 59; Aeschin. 1, 18; Herm. Wr. 12, 4 [the law of punishment]; IMagnMai 92a, 11 ὁ ν. συντάσσει; b, 16 ὁ ν. ἀγορεύει; Jos., Ant. 3, 274) J 7:51; Ro 3:19.③ a collection of holy writings precious to God’s people, sacred ordinanceⓐ in the strict sense the law=the Pentateuch, the work of Moses the lawgiver (Diod S 40, 3, 6 προσγέγραπται τοῖς νόμοις ἐπὶ τελευτῆς ὅτι Μωσῆς ἀκούσας τοῦ θεοῦ τάδε λέγει τ. Ἰουδαίοις=at the end of the laws this is appended: this is what Moses heard from God and is telling to the Jews. ὁ διὰ τοῦ ν. μεταξὺ καθαρῶν καὶ ἀκαθάρτων διαστείλας θεός Iren. 3, 12, 7 [Harv. II 60, 3]; cp. Hippol., Ref. 7, 34, 1) τὸ βιβλίον τοῦ νόμου Gal 3:10b (cp. Dt 27:26). Also simply ὁ νόμος (Jos., Bell. 7, 162 ὁ ν. or 2, 229 ὁ ἱερὸς ν. of the holy book in a concrete sense) Mt 12:5 (Num 28:9f is meant); J 8:5; 1 Cor 9:8 (cp. Dt 25:4); 14:34 (cp. Gen 3:16); Gal 4:21b (the story of Abraham); Hb 9:19. ὁ ν. ὁ ὑμέτερος J 8:17 (cp. Jos., Bell. 5, 402; Tat. 40, 1 κατὰ τοὺς ἡμετέρους ν.). ἐν Μωϋσέως νόμῳ γέγραπται 1 Cor 9:9. καθὼς γέγραπται ἐν νόμῳ κυρίου Lk 2:23 (γέγραπται ἐν νόμῳ as Athen. 6, 27, 23c; IMagnMai 52, 35 [III B.C.]; Mel., P. 11, 71; cp. Just., D. 8, 4 τὰ ἐν τῷ ν. γεγραμμένα); cp. vs. 24. ἔγραψεν Μωϋσῆς ἐν τῷ νόμῳ J 1:45 (cp. Cercidas [III B.C.], Fgm. 1, 18f Diehl2 [=Coll. Alex. p. 204, 29=Knox p. 196] καὶ τοῦθʼ Ὅμηρος εἶπεν ἐν Ἰλιάδι).—The Sacred Scriptures (OT) referred to as a whole in the phrase ὁ ν. καὶ οἱ προφῆται (Orig., C. Cels. 2, 6, 4; cp. Hippol., Ref. 8, 19, 1) the law (הַתּוֹרָה) and the prophets (הַנְּבִיאִים) Mt 5:17; 7:12; 11:13; 22:40; Lk 16:16; Ac 13:15; 24:14; 28:23; Ro 3:21b; cp. Dg 11:6; J 1:45. τὰ γεγραμμένα ἐν τῷ ν. Μωϋσέως καὶ τοῖς προφήταις καὶ ψαλμοῖς Lk 24:44.ⓑ In a wider sense=Holy Scripture gener., on the principle that the most authoritative part gives its name to the whole (ὁ ν. ὁ τοῦ θεοῦ Theoph. Ant. 1, 11 [p. 82, 15]): J 10:34 (Ps 81:6); 12:34 (Ps 109:4; Is 9:6; Da 7:14); 15:25 (Ps 34:19; 68:5); 1 Cor 14:21 (Is 28:11f); Ro 3:19 (preceded by a cluster of quotations fr. Psalms and prophets).—Mt 5:18; Lk 10:26; 16:17; J 7:49.—JHänel, Der Schriftbegriff Jesu 1919; OMichel, Pls u. s. Bibel 1929; SWesterholm, Studies in Religion 15, ’86, 327–36.—JMeinhold, Jesus u. das AT 1896; MKähler, Jesus u. das AT2 1896; AKlöpper, Z. Stellung Jesu gegenüber d. Mos. Gesetz, Mt 5:17–48: ZWT 39, 1896, 1–23; EKlostermann, Jesu Stellung z. AT 1904; AvHarnack, Hat Jesus das atl. Gesetz abgeschafft?: Aus Wissenschaft u. Leben II 1911, 225–36, SBBerlAk 1912, 184–207; KBenz, D. Stellung Jesu zum atl. Gesetz 1914; MGoguel, RHPR 7, 1927, 160ff; BBacon, Jesus and the Law: JBL 47, 1928, 203–31; BBranscomb, Jes. and the Law of Moses 1930; WKümmel, Jes. u. d. jüd. Traditionsged.: ZNW 33, ’34, 105–30; JHempel, D. synopt. Jesus u. d. AT: ZAW 56, ’38, 1–34.—Lk-Ac: JJervell, HTR 64, ’71, 21–36.—EGrafe, D. paulin. Lehre vom Gesetz2 1893; HCremer, D. paulin. Rechtfertigungslehre 1896, 84ff; 363ff; FSieffert, D. Entwicklungslinie d. paul. Gesetzeslehre: BWeiss Festschr. 1897, 332–57; WSlaten, The Qualitative Use of νόμος in the Pauline Ep.: AJT 23, 1919, 213ff; HMosbech, Pls’ Laere om Loven: TT 4/3, 1922, 108–37; 177–221; EBurton, ICC, Gal 1921, 443–60; PFeine, Theol. des NT6 ’34, 208–15 (lit.); PBenoit, La Loi et la Croix d’après S. Paul (Ro 7:7–8:4): RB 47, ’38, 481–509; CMaurer, D. Gesetzeslehre des Pls ’41; PBläser, D. Gesetz b. Pls ’41; BReicke, JBL 70, ’51, 259–76; GBornkamm, Das Ende d. Gesetzes ’63; HRaisänen, Paul and the Law2 ’87; PRichardson/SWesterholm, et al., Law in Religious Communities in the Rom. Period, ’91 (Torah and Nomos); MNobile, La Torà al tempo di Paolo, alcune ri-flessioni: Atti del IV simposio di Tarso su S. Paolo Apostolo, ed. LPadovese ’96, 93–106 (lit. 93f, n. 1).—Dodd 25–41.—B. 1358; 1419; 1421. DELG s.v. νέμω Ic. Schmidt, Syn. I 333–47. M-M. EDNT. TW. Sv. -
5 πολύς
πολύς, πολλή, πολύ, gen. πολλοῦ, ῆς, οῦ (Hom.+; ins, pap, LXX, pseudepigr., Philo, Joseph., apolog.) ‘much’.—Comparative πλείων, πλεῖον (18 times in the NT, 4 times in the Apost. Fathers [including Hv 3, 6, 4; Hs 8, 1, 16] and Ath. 12, 3) or πλέον (Lk 3:13 and Ac 15:28 μηδὲν πλέον; otherwise, πλέον in the NT only J 21:15; 14 times in the Apost. Fathers [incl. μηδὲν πλέον Hs 1, 1, 6]; Ar. twice; Just. 6 times; Tat. once; Ath. 7 times), ονος; pl. πλείονες, and acc. πλείονας contracted πλείους, neut. πλείονα and πλείω (the latter Mt 26:53 [πλεῖον, πλείου vv.ll.]; B-D-F §30, 2; Mlt-H. 82; Thackeray p. 81f; Mayser p. 68f) ‘more’ (Hom.+; ins, pap, LXX; TestAbr B 7 p. 111, 27=Stone p. 70 [πλείον]; TestJob 35:2; TestGad 7:2 [πλεῖον]; AscIs 3:8; [πλέον]; EpArist; apolog. exc. Mel.).—Superlative πλεῖστος, η, ον ‘most’ (Hom.+).① pert. to being a large number, many, a great number ofⓐ positive πολύς, πολλή, πολύα. adj., preceding or following a noun (or ptc. or adj. used as a noun) in the pl. many, numerous δυνάμεις πολλαί many mighty deeds Mt 7:22b. δαιμονιζόμενοι πολλοί 8:16. Cp. vs. 30; 9:10; 13:17; 24:11; 27:52, 55; Mk 2:15a; 6:13; 12:41; Lk 4:25, 27; 7:21b; 10:24; J 10:32; 14:2; Ac 1:3; 2:43; 8:7b; 14:22; Ro 4:17f (Gen 17:5); 8:29; 12:4; 1 Cor 8:5ab; 11:30; 12:12a, 20; 1 Ti 6:12; 2 Ti 2:2; Hb 2:10; 1J 4:1; 2J 7; Rv 5:11; 9:9; 10:11; 1 Cl 55:3ab. ἔτη πολλά many years: Lk 12:19b (εἰς ἔτη π.); Ac 24:10 (ἐκ π. ἐτῶν); Ro 15:23 (ἀπὸ π. [v.l. ἱκανῶν] ἐτῶν).—αἱ ἁμαρτίαι αἱ πολλαί Lk 7:47a. αἱ εὐεργεσίαι αἱ π. 1 Cl 21:1.—πολλὰ καὶ βαρέα αἰτιώματα many serious charges Ac 25:7 (cp. Ps.-Pla., Sisyph. 1, 387a πολλά τε καὶ καλὰ πράγματα; B-D-F §442, 11; Rob. 655). πολλὰ καὶ ἄλλα σημεῖα J 20:30 (on the form X., Hell. 5, 4, 1 πολλὰ μὲν οὖν … καὶ ἄλλα λέγειν καὶ Ἑλληνικὰ καὶ βαρβαρικά; Dionys. Hal. 2, 67, 5; Ps.-Demetr. 142 πολλὰς κ. ἄλλας χάριτας; Jos., Ant. 3, 318; Tat. 38, 1. On the subject-matter Bultmann 540, 3; also Porphyr., Vi. Pyth. 28 after a miracle-story: μυρία δʼ ἕτερα θαυμαστότερα κ. θειότερα περὶ τἀνδρὸς … εἴρηται κτλ.).—ἄλλοι πολλοί many others IRo 10:1. ἄλλαι πολλαί Mk 15:41. ἄλλα πολλά (Jos., Bell. 6, 169, Ant. 9, 242; Just., D. 8, 1) J 21:25. ἕτεροι πολλοί Ac 15:35. ἕτερα πολλά (Jos., Vi. 39) Lk 22:65.—Predicative: πολλοί εἰσιν οἱ ἐισερχόμενοι Mt 7:13.—Mk 5:9; 6:31; Gal 4:27 (Is 54:1). AcPl Ha 5, 16.—οὐ πολλοί not many=( only) a few οὐ πολλαὶ ἡμέραι (Jos., Ant. 5, 328, Vi. 309) Lk 15:13; J 2:12; Ac 1:5; AcPl Ha 11, 1. οὐ πολλοὶ σοφοί not many wise (people) 1 Cor 1:26a; cp. bc. οὐ πολλοί πατέρες not many fathers 4:15.β. subst.א. πολλοί many i.e. persons—without the art. Mt 7:22; 8:11; 12:15; 20:28; 24:5ab; 26:28; Mk 2:2; 3:10 (Mt 12:15 has ascensive πάντας; other passages to be compared in this connection are Mk 10:45=Mt 20:28 πολλῶν and 1 Ti 2:6 πάντων. Cp. the double tradition of the saying of Bias in Clem. of Alex., Strom. 1, 61, 3 πάντες ἄνθρωποι κακοὶ ἢ οἱ πλεῖστοι τ. ἀνθρώπων κακοί.—On Mk 10:45 s. OCullmann, TZ 4, ’48, 471–73); 6:2; 11:8; Lk 1:1 (cp. Herm. Wr. 11, 1, 1b and see JBauer, NovT 4, ’60, 263–66), 14; J 2:23; 8:30; Ac 9:42; Ro 16:2; 2 Cor 11:18; Gal 3:16 (πολλοί= a plurality); Tit 1:10; Hb 12:15; 2 Pt 2:2. AcPl Ha 5, 8; 7, 5; 11, 3. Opp. ὀλίγοι Mt 22:14; 20:16 v.l. (cp. Pla., Phd. 69c ναρθηκοφόροι μὲν πολλοί, βάκχοι δέ τε παῦροι=the thyrsus-bearers [officials] are many, but the truly inspired are few)—W. a partitive gen. πολλοὶ τῶν Φαρισαίων Mt 3:7. π. πῶν υἱῶν Ἰσραήλ Lk 1:16.—J 4:39; 12:11; Ac 4:4; 8:7a; 13:43; 18:8; 19:18; 2 Cor 12:21; Rv 8:11.—W. ἐκ and gen. (AscIs 3:1; Jos., Ant. 11, 151) πολλοὶ ἐκ τῶν μαθητῶν J 6:60, 66.—10:20; 11:19, 45; 12:42; Ac 17:12. ἐκ τοῦ ὄχλου πολλοί J 7:31 (Appian, Iber. 78 §337 πολλοὶ ἐκ τοῦ πλήθους).ב. πολλά—many things, much without the art.: γράφειν write at length B 4:9. διδάσκειν Mk 4:2; 6:34b. λαλεῖν Mt 13:3. μηχανᾶσθαι MPol 3. πάσχειν (Pind., O. 13, 63 al.; Jos., Ant. 13, 268; 403) Mt 16:21; Mk 5:26a; 9:12; Lk 9:22; 17:25; B 7:11; AcPl Ha 8, 19. ποιεῖν Mk 6:20 v.l. United w. another neut. by καί (Lucian, Icar. 20 πολλὰ κ. δεινά; Ael. Aristid. 46 p. 345 D.: πολλὰ κ. καλά; Ps.-Demetr., El. 70 πολλὰ κ. ἄλλα; likew. Appian, Bell. Civ. 5, 13 §53; Arrian, Anab. 6, 11, 2) πολλὰ κ. ἕτερα many other things Lk 3:18. πολλὰ ἂν κ. ἄλλα εἰπεῖν ἔχοιμι Dg 2:10 (Eur., Ep. 3, 2, πολλὰ κ. ἕτερα εἰπεῖν ἔχω; Diod S 17, 38, 3 πολλὰ δὲ καὶ ἄλλα … διαλεχθείς). ἐν πολλοῖς in many ways (Diod S 26, 1, 2; OGI 737, 7 [II B.C.]; Just., D. 124, 4 [of line of proof]) 2 Cor 8:22a. ἐπὶ πολλῶν (opp. ἐπὶ ὀλίγα) over many things Mt 25:21, 23.—W. art. (Pla., Apol. 1, 17a) τὰ πολλὰ πράσσειν transact a great deal of business Hs 4:5b.γ. elliptical δαρήσεται πολλά (sc. πληγάς) will receive many (lashes) Lk 12:47 (B-D-F §154; 241, 6).ⓑ comparative πλείων, πλεῖονα. adj. w. a plural (Diod S 14, 6, 1 μισθοφόρους πλείους=many mercenaries) πλείονας πόνους (opp. οὐχ ἕνα οὐδὲ δύο) 1 Cl 5:4. ἐπὶ ἡμέρας πλείους for a (large) number of days, for many days (Jos., Ant. 4, 277; cp. Theophr. in Apollon. Paradox. 29 πλείονας ἡμ.) Ac 13:31.—21:10 (Jos., Ant. 16, 15); 24:17; 25:14; 27:20. οἱ μὲν πλείονές εἰσιν γεγονότες ἱερεῖς the priests of former times existed in greater numbers Hb 7:23. ἑτέροις λόγοις πλείοσιν in many more words (than have been reported) Ac 2:40. ταῦτα καὶ ἕτερα πλείονα MPol 12:1.—W. a gen. of comparison (Just., A I 53, 3; Tat. 3, 2) ἄλλους δούλους πλείονας τῶν πρώτων other slaves, more than (he had sent) at first Mt 21:36. πλείονα σημεῖα ὧν more signs than those which J 7:31. Also w. ἤ: πλείονας μαθητὰς ἤ more disciples than 4:1. After πλείονες (-α) before numerals the word for ‘than’ is omitted (B-D-F §185, 4; Kühner-G. II 311; Rob. 666; Jos., Ant. 14, 96) ἐτῶν ἦν πλειόνων τεσσεράκοντα ὁ ἄνθρωπος the man was more than 40 years old Ac 4:22. πλείους τεσσεράκοντα 23:13, 21. Cp. 24:11; 25:6 (Jos., Ant. 6, 306 δέκα οὐ πλείους ἡμέρας).—The ref. is to relative extent (cp. 2bα) in τὰ ἔργα σου τὰ ἕσχατα πλείονα τῶν πρώτων your deeds, the latter of which are greater than the former Rv 2:19.β. subst.א. (οἱ) πλείονες, (οἱ) πλείους the majority, most (Diog. L. 1, 20; 22; Jos., Ant. 10, 114) Ac 19:32; 27:12. W. ἐξ: ἐξ ὧν οἱ πλείονες most of whom 1 Cor 15:6. W. gen. and a neg. (litotes) οὐκ ἐν τ. πλείοσιν αὐτῶν ηὐδόκησεν ὁ θεός God was pleased with only a few of them 10:5. This is perh. (s. ג below) the place for 1 Cor 9:19; 2 Cor 2:6; 9:2. Phil 1:14; MPol 5:1.ב. (οἱ) πλείονες, (οἱ) πλείους (even) more πλείονες in even greater numbers Ac 28:23. πολλῷ πλείους ἐπίστευσαν many more came to believe J 4:41.—διὰ τῶν πλειόνων to more and more people=those who are still to be won for Christ 2 Cor 4:15.ג. (οἱ) πλείονες, (οἱ) πλείους. In contrast to a minority οἱ πλείονες can gain the sense the others, the rest (so τὰ πλείονα Soph., Oed. Col. 36; τὸ πλέον Thu. 4, 30, 4; Jos., Ant. 12, 240; B-D-F §244, 3). So perh. (s. א above) ἵνα τ. πλείονας κερδήσω (opp. the apostle himself) 1 Cor 9:19; 2 Cor 2:6 (opp. the one who has been punished too severely.—In this case [s. א above] his punishment would have been determined by a unanimous vote of the Christian assembly rather than by a majority). Cp. 9:2; Phil 1:14; MPol 5:1.ד. πλείονα (for πλεῖον) more Mt 20:10 v.l.; various things Lk 11:53. ἐκ τοῦ ἑνὸς πλείονα 1 Cl 24:5 (s. as adv. ParJer 7:26).ⓒ superl. adj. πλείστη w. a plural most of αἱ πλεῖσται δυνάμεις Mt 11:20 (difft. B-D-F §245, 1).② pert. to being relatively large in quantity or measure, much, extensiveⓐ positive πολύς, πολλή, πολύα. adj. preceding or following a noun (or ptc. or adj. used as a noun)א. in the sg. much, large, great πολὺς ἀριθμός Ac 11:21. W. words that in themselves denote a plurality (Appian, Bell. Civ. 5, 80 §338 στρατὸς πολύς) πολὺς ὄχλος (s. ὄχ. 1a) Mt 14:14; 20:29; 26:47; Mk 5:21, 24; 6:34a; 8:1; 9:14; 12:37 (ὁ π. ὄχ.); Lk 5:29; 6:17a; 8:4; J 6:2, 5 (for the expression ὁ ὄχλος πολύς, in which π. follows the noun, J 12:9, 12, cp. Arrian, Anab. 1, 9, 6 ὁ φόνος πολύς); Ac 6:7; Rv 7:9; 19:1, 6. πολὺ πλῆθος (s. pl. 2bα) Mk 3:7f; Lk 5:6; 6:17b; 23:27; Ac 14:1; 17:4; 1 Cl 6:1. λαὸς πολύς many people Ac 18:10. Of money and its value, also used in imagery μισθὸς πολύς Mt 5:12; Lk 6:23, 35 (all three predicative, as Gen 15:1). ἐργασία π. Ac 16:16. π. κεφάλαιον 22:28. χρυσοῦ πολλοῦ … τρυφῆς πολλῆς AcPl Ha 2, 19.—Of things that occur in the mass or in large quantities (Diod S 3, 50, 1 πολλὴ ἄμπελος) γῆ πολλή Mt 13:5; Mk 4:5; θερισμὸς π. Mt 9:37; Lk 10:2 (both pred.). χόρτος π. J 6:10; καρπὸς π. (Cyranides p. 121, 11) 12:24; 15:5, 8.—λόγος π. a long speech (Diod S 13, 1, 2; Just., D. 123, 7) Ac 15:32; 20:2. περὶ οὗ πολὺς ἡμῖν ὁ λόγος about this we have much to say Hb 5:11 (cp. Pla., Phd. 115d).—Of time: πολὺς χρόνος a long time (Hom. et al.; Demetr.(?): 722 Fgm. 7; Jos., Ant. 8, 342; 19, 28; Just., A II, 2, 11) J 5:6 (s. ἔχω 7b); Hs 6, 4, 4 (pred.). μετὰ πολὺν χρόνον (Jos., Ant. 12, 324) Mt 25:19. Differently Mk 6:35ab (s. 3aα).ב. adj. w. a noun in the pl. many, large, great, extensive, plentiful ὄχλοι πολλοί great crowds or probably better many people (as Diod S 20, 59, 2; Ps.-Clem., Hom. 10, 3. For the corresponding mng. of ὄχλοι s. ὄχλος 1a) Mt 4:25; 8:1; 13:2; 15:30a; 19:2; Lk 5:15; 14:25. κτήματα πολλά a great deal of property Mt 19:22; Mk 10:22 (cp. Da 11:28 χρήματα π.). ὕδατα πολλά much water, many waters (Maximus Tyr. 21, 3g of the Nile ὁ πολὺς ποταμός, likew. Procop. Soph., Ep. 111) J 3:23; Rv 1:15; 14:2; 17:1; 19:6b. θυμιάματα πολλά a great deal of incense 8:3. τὰ πολλὰ γράμματα Ac 26:24. πολλοὶ χρόνοι long periods of time (Plut., Thes. 6, 9). πολλοῖς χρόνοις for long periods of time (SIG 836, 6; pap) Lk 8:29; 1 Cl 44:3. χρόνοις πολλοῖς AcPlCor 2:10. ἐκ πολλῶν χρόνων (Diod S 3, 47, 8; Jos., Ant. 14, 110; 17, 204) 1 Cl 42:5.β. subst.א. πολλοί many i.e. pers.—w. the art. οἱ πολλοί the many, of whatever appears in the context Mk 6:2 v.l. (the many people who were present in the synagogue); 9:26b (the whole crowd). Opp. ὁ εἷς Ro 5:15ac, 19ab; the many who form the ἓν σῶμα the one body 12:5; 1 Cor 10:17. Paul pays attention to the interests of the many rather than to his own vs. 33 (cp. Jos., Ant. 3, 212).—The majority, most (X., An. 5, 6, 19; Appian, Maced. 7, Bell. Civ. 4, 73 §309; 2 Macc 1:36; En 104:10; AscIs 3:26; Jos., Ant. 17, 72; Just., D. 4, 3) Mt 24:12; Hb 12:15 v.l. W. a connotation of disapproval most people, the crowd (Socrat., Ep. 6, 2; Dio Chrys. 15 [32], 8; Epict. 1, 3, 4; 2, 1, 22 al.; Plut., Mor. 33a; 470b; Plotinus, Enn. 2, 9, 9; Philo, Rer. Div. Her. 42) 2 Cor 2:17; Pol 2:1; 7:2.—Jeremias, The Eucharistic Words of Jesus3, tr. NPerrin, ’66, 179–82; 226–31, and TW VI 536–45: πολλοί.ב. πολύ much ᾧ ἐδόθη πολύ, πολὺ ζητηθήσεται παρʼ αὐτοῦ, καὶ ᾧ παρέθεντο πολὺ κτλ. Lk 12:48 (Just., A I, 17, 4 twice πλέον). Cp. 16:10ab; 2 Cl 8:5; καρποφορεῖν π. bear much fruit Hs 2:3. πολὺ κατὰ πάντα τρόπον much in every way Ro 3:2 (Ael. Aristid. 34, 43 K.=50 p. 562 D. gives answer to a sim. quest. asked by himself: πολλὰ καὶ παντοῖα).—Js 5:16.—As gen. of price πολλοῦ for a large sum of money (Menand., Fgm. 197 Kö.; PRyl 244, 10. S. στρουθίον.) Mt 26:9.—Of time: ἐπὶ πολύ ( for) a long time (JosAs 19:3; Ar. 65, 3; s. also ἐπί 18cβ) Ac 28:6; AcPl Ha 10, 21. μετʼ οὐ πολύ soon afterward Ac 27:14 (μετά B 2c).—ἐπὶ πολύ more than once, often (Is 55:7) Hm 4, 1, 8.—Before a comp. (as Hom. et al.; B-D-F §246; Rob. 664) in the acc. πολὺ βέλτιον much better Hs 1:9. π. ἐλάττων v 3, 7, 6 (Ar. 6, 2). π. μᾶλλον much more, to a much greater degree (Dio Chrys. 2, 10; 17; 64 al.; Ael. Aristid. 34, 9 K.=50 p. 549 D.; Just., A II, 8, 3; D. 95, 1 al.) Hb 12:9, 25 (by means of a negative it acquires the mng. much less; cp. Diod S 7, 14, 6 πολὺ μᾶλλον μὴ … =even much less); Dg 2:7b. π. πλέον 2:7a (Ar. 11, 7). π. σπουδαιότερος 2 Cor 8:22b. Cp. π. τιμώτερον 1 Pt 1:7 v.l.; in the dat. of degree of difference πολλῷ μᾶλλον (Thu. 2, 51, 4; UPZ 42, 48 [162 B.C.]; EpArist 7; 24 al.; Sir prol. ln. 14; Jos., Ant. 18, 184; Just., A I, 68, 9; Tat. 17, 4) Mt 6:30; Mk 10:48b; Lk 18:39; Ro 5:9f, 15b, 17; 1 Cor 12:22; 2 Cor 3:9, 11; Phil 2:12. πολλῷ μᾶλλον κρείσσον 1:23 (v.l. without μᾶλλον). πολλῷ πλείους J 4:41. πολλῷ στρουθίων as v.l. Mt 20:31 and Lk 12:7 (both N.25 app.; on the strong ms. support for this rdg. s. RBorger, TRu 52, ’87, 21–24).—W. the art. τὸ πολύ (opp. τὸ ὀλίγον as X., An. 7, 7, 36) 2 Cor 8:15 (cp. Ex 16:18).ג. πολύς (Diod S 14, 107, 4 πολὺς ἦν ἐπὶ τῇ τιμωρίᾳ=he was strongly inclined toward punishing) μὴ πολὺς ἐν ῥήμασιν γίνου do not be profuse in speech, do not gossip 1 Cl 30:5 (Job 11:3).—Παπίας ὁ πολύς Papias (7), prob. to be understood as ὁ πάνυ; s. πάνυ d.ⓑ comp. πλείων, πλεῖον; adv. πλειόνωςα. adj., w. a singular (TestJob 35:2 διὰ πλείονος εὐωδίας) καρπὸν πλείονα more fruit J 15:2, 8 P66; Hs 5, 2, 4. τὸ πλεῖον μέρος τοῦ ὄχλου the greater part of the throng 8, 1, 16. ἐπὶ πλείονα χρόνον for a longer time (PTebt 6:31 [II B.C.]) Ac 18:20. Foll. by gen. of comparison: πλείονα τιμήν more honor Hb 3:3b.—IPol 1:3a. Foll. by παρά τινα for comparison Hb 3:3a; 11:4; Hs 9, 18, 2. ὅσῳ πλείονος κατηξιώθημεν γνώσεως, τοσούτῳ μᾶλλον 1 Cl 41:4.—τὸ πλεῖον μέρος as adv. acc. for the greater part Hv 3, 6, 4a.β. as subst. πλεῖον, πλέον more τὸ πλεῖον the greater sum (cp. Diod S 1, 82, 2=the greater part; Ps 89:10) Lk 7:43. πλεῖον λαμβάνειν receive a larger sum Mt 20:10. W. partitive gen. ἐπὶ πλεῖον προκόψουσιν ἀσεβείας they will arrive at an ever greater measure of impiety=become more and more deeply involved in impiety 2 Ti 2:16. W. a gen. of comparison πλεῖον τῆς τροφῆς someth. greater (more important) than food Mt 6:25; Lk 12:23. πλεῖον Ἰωνᾶ Mt 12:41; cp. vs. 42; Lk 11:31, 32. ἡ χήρα πλεῖον πάντων ἔβαλεν the widow put in more than all the rest Mk 12:43; Lk 21:3. μηδὲν πλέον nothing more (Jos., Bell. 1, 43; cp. Just., D. 2, 3 οὐδὲν πλέον); the words than, except following are expressed by παρά and the acc. Lk 3:13 or by πλήν w. gen. Ac 15:28, w. εἰ μή Hs 1:6.—The acc. is used as an adv. more, in greater measure, to a greater degree (Herm. Wr. 13, 21 Nock after the mss.) Lk 7:42; IRo 1:1; IEph 6:2; w. a gen. of comparison Mt 5:20 (περισσεύω 1aβ); J 21:15; IPol 5:2 (s. Ad’Alès, RSR 25, ’35, 489–92). τριετίαν ἢ καὶ πλεῖον for three years or even more Ac 20:18 D (cp. TestAbr B 7 p. 111, 27 [Stone p. 70, 27]).—ἐπὶ πλεῖον any farther (of place) Ac 4:17 (TestGad 7:2; Ath. 12 [ἐπί 4bβ]); (of time) at length Ac 20:9 (ἐπί 18cβ) or any longer, too long 24:4; 1 Cl 55:1 (ἐπί 18cβ); any more, even more (ἐπί 13) 2 Ti 3:9; 1 Cl 18:3 (Ps 50:4). Strengthened πολὺ πλέον much more, much rather (4 Macc 1:8; cp. X., An. 7, 5, 15; BGU 180, 12f [172 A.D.] πολλῷ πλεῖον; Ar. 11, 7 πολλῷ πλεῖον) Dg 2:7; 4:5.—Also w. indications of number (s. 1bα) πλεῖον ἢ ἄρτοι πέντε Lk 9:13 (the words πλ. ἤ outside the constr. as X., An. 1, 2, 11). In πλείω δώδεκα λεγιῶνας ἀγγέλων more than twelve legions of angels Mt 26:53 the text is uncertain (B-D-F §185, 4; s. Rob. 666).—The adv. can also be expressed by πλειόνως (Aeneas Tact. 237; Jos., Ant. 17, 2; Leontios 24, p. 52, 10) more ὅσον … πλειόνως the more … the more IEph 6:1.ⓒ superl. πλεῖστος, ονα. adj.א. superlative proper τὸ πλεῖστον μέρος the greatest part w. partitive gen. Hs 8, 2, 9; 9, 7, 4. As adv. acc. for the greatest part 8, 5, 6; 8, 10, 1 (s. μέρος 1d).ב. elative (s. Mayser II/1, 1926, 53) very great, very large (ὁ) πλεῖστος ὄχλος Mt 21:8 (ὁ πλεῖστος ὄχλος could also be the greatest part of the crowd, as Thu. 7, 78, 2; Pla., Rep. 3, 397d); Mk 4:1.β. subst. οἱ πλεῖστοι the majority, most Ac 19:32 D (Just., D. 1, 4; cp. D. 48, 4 πλεῖστοι).③ pert. to being high on a scale of extentⓐ positive πολύς, πολλή, πολύα. as simple adj., to denote degree much, great, strong, severe, hard, deep, profound (Diod S 13, 7, 4 πολὺς φόβος; schol. on Apollon. Rhod. 4, 57; 58 p. 265, 3 πολλὴ δικαιοσύνη; Eccl 5:16 θυμὸς π.; Sir 15:18 σοφία; TestAbr A 20 p. 103, 4 [Stone p. 54] ἀθυμία; Just., D. 3, 1 ἠρεμία) ἀγάπη Eph 2:4. ἀγών 1 Th 2:2. ἄθλησις Hb 10:32. ἁπλότης Hv 3, 9, 1. ἀσιτία Ac 27:21. βία 24:6 [7] v.l. γογγυσμός J 7:12. διακονία Lk 10:40. δοκιμή 2 Cor 8:2. δόξα Mt 24:30; Hv 1, 3, 4; 2, 2, 6. δύναμις Mk 13:26. ἐγκράτεια strict self-control Hv 2, 3, 2. εἰρήνη complete or undisturbed peace (Diod S 3, 64, 7; 11, 38, 1) Ac 24:2. ἔλεος 1 Pt 1:3. ἐπιθυμία 1 Th 2:17. ζημία Ac 27:10. ζήτησις 15:7. θλῖψις 2 Cor 2:4a; 1 Th 1:6. καύχησις 2 Cor 7:4b (pred.). μακροθυμία Ro 9:22. ὀδυρμός Mt 2:18. παράκλησις 2 Cor 8:4. παρρησία (Wsd 5:1) 3:12; 7:4a (pred.); 1 Ti 3:13; Phlm 8. πεποίθησις 2 Cor 8:22c. πλάνη 2 Cl 1:7. πληροφορία 1 Th 1:5. πόνος Col 4:13. σιγή a great or general hush (X., Cyr. 7, 1, 25; Arrian, Anab. 5, 28, 4) Ac 21:40. στάσις 23:10. τρόμος 1 Cor 2:3. φαντασία Ac 25:23. χαρά 8:8; Phlm 7. ὥρα πολλή late hour (Polyb. 5, 8, 3; Dionys. Hal. 2, 54; Jos., Ant. 8, 118) Mk 6:35ab.β. subst. πολλά in the acc. used as adv. greatly, earnestly, strictly, loudly, often etc. (X., Cyr. 1, 5, 14; Diod S 13, 41, 5; Lucian, Dial. Deor. 19, 2; Aelian, VH 1, 23; 4 Km 10:18; Is 23:16; TestSol 1:1; GrBar; ApcMos; Jos., Ant. 14, 348) ἀλαλάζειν πολλά Mk 5:38 (s. ἀλαλάζω). πολλὰ ἁμαρτάνειν Hs 4:5c (ApcMos 32). π. ἀνακρίνειν Ac 28:18 v.l. π. ἀπορεῖν Mk 6:20 (Field, Notes 29). π. ἀσπάζεσθαι 1 Cor 16:19 (s. ἀσπάζομαι 1a). δεηθῆναι π. (GrBar 4:14; Jos., Vi. 173; 343) Hs 5, 4, 1. διαστέλλεσθαι Mk 5:43 (s. διαστέλλω). π. ἐπιτιμᾶν 3:12. π. ἐρωτᾶν earnestly pray Hv 2, 2, 1. κατηγορεῖν π. Mk 15:3 (s. κατηγορέω 1a). κηρύσσειν π. talk freely 1:45. κλαίειν bitterly Ac 8:24 D (ApcMos 39). κοπιᾶν (ApcMos 24; CIG IV 9552, 5 … μοι πολλὰ ἐκοπίασεν, cp. Dssm., LO 266, 5 [LAE 317]) work hard Ro 16:6, 12; 2 Cl 7:1b. νηστεύειν π. fast often Mt 9:14a. ὀμνύναι π. Mk 6:23. παρακαλεῖν Mk 5:10, 23; Ac 20:1 D; 1 Cor 16:12. π. πταίειν make many mistakes Js 3:2. π. σπαράσσειν convulse violently Mk 9:26a.—W. the art. ἐνεκοπτόμην τὰ πολλά I have been hindered these many times (cp. Ro 1:13 πολλάκις) Ro 15:22 (v.l. πολλάκις here too).γ. subst. πολύ in the acc. used as adv. greatly, very much, strongly (Da 6:15, 24 Theod.) ἀγαπᾶν πολύ show much affection, love greatly Lk 7:47b. κλαίειν π. weep loudly Rv 5:4.—Mk 12:27; Ac 18:27.ⓑ superlative, the neut. acc. πλεῖστον, α as adv. (sing. Hom. et al.; pl. Pind. et al.)α. pl. πλεῖστα in the formula of greeting at the beginning of a letter πλεῖστα χαίρειν (POxy 742; 744; 1061 [all three I B.C.]; PTebt 314, 2 [II A.D.] and very oft. in pap.—Griech. pap ed. Ltzm.: Kl. Texte 142, 1910, p. 4, 5, 6, 7 al.; Preis. II s.v. πλεῖστος) heartiest greeting(s) IEph ins; IMg ins; ITr ins; IRo ins; ISm ins; IPol ins.β. sing. τὸ πλεῖστον at the most (Aristoph., Vesp. 260; Diod S 14, 71, 3 πεμπταῖοι ἢ τὸ πλ. ἑκταῖοι; POxy 58, 17; PGiss 65:9) κατὰ δύο ἢ τὸ πλ. τρεῖς (word for word like Περὶ ὕψους 32, 1) 1 Cor 14:27.—B. 922f. DELG. M-M. EDNT. TW. -
6 приводить
reduce, reduce to, bring, cite, deduce, list, adduce, enter• Были приведены дальнейшие аргументы, показавшие, что... - Further arguments were given which showed that...• Было бы легко привести значительно больше примеров... - It would be easy to give many more examples of...• В основном, различные подходы приводят к... - Different approaches will, in general, lead to...• В свою очередь это может привести к тому, что... - This in turn can lead to...• В таблице 1 мы приводим вместе все данные относительно... - In Table 1 we summarize the...• В этом приложении мы приводим результаты... - In this appendix we present the results of...• Все эти данные приводили к очевидному требованию, что... - All this evidence led to a clear requirement that...• Дальнейшее рассуждение затем привело бы к идее... - Further argument would then lead to the idea of...• Данная процедура может быть продолжена, она приводит к... - The procedure can be continued, yielding...• Здесь мы приводим другой пример (чего-л). - We give here another example of...• Здесь мы приводим некоторые формулы для... - Неге we give some formulae for...• Исследование каждого случая отдельно приводит к... - Examination of each individual case leads to...• Можно привести еще одно замечание. - One further observation may be made.• Мы можем привести геометрическую интерпретацию для... -It is possible to give a geometric interpretation of...• Мы не можем привести здесь полный ответ. - We cannot give a complete answer here.• Мы не приводим это рассуждение со всеми подробностями по следующим причинам. - We do not present this argument in detail for the following reasons.• Мы приводим ниже значения для... - We quote below the values of...• Мы теперь приведем приложение уравнения (5). - We now give an application of (5).• Это привело нас к предложению, что... - We are led to the suggestion that...• Наши рассуждения в предыдущем параграфе могли бы привести нас к предположению, что... - Our work in the previous section might lead us to suspect that...• Однако здесь можно привести очень грубый довод. - A very rough reason, however, can be given here.• Описанный здесь метод всегда приводит... - The procedure described here always yields...• Перед тем как продолжить приводить примеры, мы приведем важное замечание, что... - Before proceeding to give examples, we make the important observation that...• Подобные повреждения могут привести к потере... - Such injuries can result in a loss of...• Понятно, что только один этот процесс не мог бы привести к... - Clearly such a process alone could not lead to...• Предыдущее обсуждение приводит к идее, что... - The preceding discussion leads to the idea that...• Приведем более полное доказательство, данное Гильбертом [2]. - A fuller proof, given by Hilbert [2], is as follows.• Приведем исключения, которые указывает Смит [1]. - Smith [1] points out certain exceptions as follows.• Приведем некоторый основной критерий для... - Let us list some major criteria for...• Приведем соответствующие численные величины:... - The corresponding numerical values are as follows:...• Приведем теперь пример, в котором... - We now give an example in which...• Процесс приводит к замене в... - The process leads to a change in...• Следовательно, мы обязаны попытаться развить теорию, которая приводит к... - Hence, we must try to develop a theory that leads to...• Смит [1] приводит убедительный пример существования... - Smith [l] makes a persuasive case for the existence of...• Сначала мы приведем некоторый дополнительный материал относительно... - We begin with some additional material relating to...• Сначала мы приведем один результат из... - We first quote a result from...• Такая практика приводит к серьезным недоразумениям. - This practice leads to serious confusion.• Тем не менее эта формальная работа привела к конкретному результату. - Nevertheless, this formal work has produced a concrete result. I• Тем самым нас довольно настойчиво приводит к идее, что... - This suggests quite strongly that...• Теперь мы приведем некоторые экспериментальные данные относительно... - We shall now give some experimental data concerning...• Теперь мы приведем список наиболее важных тождеств, включающих... - We shall now list the most important identities involving...• Теперь мы приведем явную характеристику... - We now give an explicit characterization of...• Теперь приведем несколько конкретных примеров. - A few concrete examples are in order.• Чтобы привести еще более простой пример, мы можем рассмотреть... - То take an even simpler example, we can consider...• Элегантное доказательство, которое мы здесь приводим, в основном принадлежит Гильберту. - The elegant proof we give is essentially due to Hilbert.• Эти кажущиеся тривиальными результаты приводят к... - These seemingly trivial results lead to...• Эти результаты мы приводим в таблице 1 для трех значений г. - The results are set out in Table 1 for three values of r.• Это выражение можно привести к более удобному виду. - This expression can be put in a more convenient form.• Это доказательство слишком сложное, чтобы приводить его здесь. - The proof is too complicated to give here.• Это естественным образом приводило к различным схемам для... - It led naturally to various schemes for...• Это заключение базируется на тех же самых идеях, которые приводят к... - This conclusion is based on the same ideas that lead to...• Это могло бы также привести к лучшему пониманию... - This could also lead to a better understanding of...• Это не приведет к ошибке, потому что... - This will not give rise to confusion because...• Это не приводит ни к каким концептуальным трудностям, однако... - This introduces no conceptual difficulties, but...• Это нестрогое рассуждение приводит нас к... - This crude argument leads to...• Это позволяет нам привести уравнение (1) к следующему виду... - This enables us to reduce (1) to the form...• Это привело нескольких авторов к заключению, что... - This has led several authors to believe that...• Это приводит к возникновению так называемого... - This gives rise to the so-called...• Это приводит к возрастанию... - This involves an increase in...• Это приводит к выводу, что... - This carries the implication that...• Это приводит к концепции... - This leads to a conception in which...• Это приводит к новым концепциям. - This leads to new conceptions.• Это приводит к полезным методам обращения с... - This leads to useful ways of dealing with...• Это приводит к противоречию, и, следовательно, доказательство закончено. - This gives a contradiction, and the proof is complete.• Это приводит к рассмотрению темы... - This leads into the topic of...• Это приводит к следующему определению. - This motivates the following definition.• Это приводит к тому, что известно как... - This leads to what is known as...• Это приводит нас к важному свойству... - This leads us to an important property of...• Это приводит нас к идее постулировать существование... - This leads us to postulate the existence of...• Этот результат автоматически приводит к необходимости изучения... - This result automatically leads to a study of... -
7 μέτωπον
Grammatical information: n.Meaning: `the space between the eyes, forehead, brow', metaph. `front, front of an army' (Il.); also plantname = χαλβάνη (Dsc.).Compounds: Compp., e.g. εὑρυ-μέτωπος `with broad forehead' (Hom.).Derivatives: μετώπιος `on the forehead' (L 95, P 739; can also be subst. = `forehead'; s. below), - ιον n. `front' (Priene IVa), `fore-head-bandage etc.' (Gal.), name of a salve prepared from the plant μ. etc. (Dsc., Gal.); μετωπ-ίδιος `of the forehead' (Hp., A P), but προ-, περιμετωπ-ίδιος `on the forehead' (Hdt., X.), resp. `covering the forehead' (Hp.) from the corresponding prepositional terms; - ιαῖος `id.' (medic.; Chantraine Form. 49); - ίας m. `with a typical forehead' (pap.); μετωπίς ἱατρικὸς ἐπίδεσμος H.; μετωπ-ηδόν (Hdt., Th.), - ᾰδόν (Opp.) `forming a front'. -- To the PN Μέτωπος Sommer Nominalkomp. 8 n. 2.Origin: GR [a formation built with Greek elements]Etymology: After Arist. HA 49 1b 12 prop. = μεταξὺ τῶν ὀμμάτων, `space between the eyes', so hypostasis from μετά and (ὤψ), ὦπ-α `eye, face' with themat. vowel. μετώπ-ιον `forehead (?), front' may be a parallel formation with ιο-suffix. The expression becomes esp. clear, if one starts from the head of an animal with his eyes on the sides (Sommer 115 n. 1).Page in Frisk: 2,221-222Greek-English etymological dictionary (Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά ετυμολογική λεξικό) > μέτωπον
-
8 εἶδος
A that which is seen: form, shape, freq. in Hom., of the human form or figure, esp. abs. in acc. with Adjs., εἶδος ἄριστος, ἀγητός, κακός, Il.3.39,5.787, 10.316;ἀλίγκιος ἀθανάτοισιν Od.8.174
; opp. φρένες, 17.454; opp. βίη, Il.21.316; δευτέρα πεδ' Ἀγιδὼν τὸ εἶ. Alcm.23.58; , etc.; appearance, of a dog, Od.17.308;ὄφιες ποικίλοι τὰ εἴδεα Hdt.3.107
;εἴδεα [τῶν θεῶν] σημήναντες Id.2.53
;γυνὴ τό γ' εἶδος Ar.Th. 267
: hence, periphr. for person, S.El. 1177;τὸ ἐπ' εἴδει καλόν Pl.Smp. 210b
.b esp. of beauty of person, comeliness,εἴδεος ἐπαμμένος Hdt.1.199
;πλούτῳ καὶ εἴδει προφέρων Id.6.127
.c Medic., physique, habit of body, constitution, Hp.Nat.Hom.9, Hum.1: more freq. in pl., Id.Aër.3, al.; εἴδεα εὔχροά τε καὶ ἀνθηρά ib.5.2 generally, shape,σχῆμα καὶ εἶδος Id.Off.3
, cf. Mochl.6, etc.; pattern, of 'figurate' numbers, Arist. Ph. 203a15;ἡ μονὰς εἶδος εἰδῶν τυγχάνει Theol.Ar.4
, cf. 17; decorative pattern or figure, Plu. Them.29 (pl.); of a musical scale,τοῦ διὰ τεσσάρων τρία εἰδη Aristox.Harm.p.74
M. (identified with σχῆμα, ibid.): in pl., shapes, i.e. various kinds of atoms (cf. ἰδέα), Democr. ap. Thphr. Sens.51.b Geom., δύο εἴδη τῷ εἴδει δεδομένα two figures given in species, Euc.Dat.53, etc.; esp. in central conics, rectangle formed by a transverse diameter and the corresponding parameter, Apollon.Perg. Con.1.14,21, al.; also, species of numbers, of the terms in an algebraical expression involving different powers of the unknown quantity, Dioph.Def.11.II form, kind, or nature,τῶν ἀλλέων παιγνιέων τὰ εἴδεα Hdt.1.94
;τὸ εἶ. τῆς νόσου Th.2.50
, etc.; ἐν ἁρμονίας εἴδει εἶναι, γενέσθαι, to be or become like.., Pl.Phd. 91d, cf. Cra. 394d; ὡς ἐν φαρμάκου εἴδει by way of medicine, Id.R. 389b; νόμων ἔχει εἶδος is in the province of law, Arist.Pol. 1286a3; situation, state of things,σκέψασθε ἐν οἵῳ εἴδει.. τοῦτο ἔπραξαν Th.3.62
; plan of action, policy,ἐπὶ εἶδος τρέπεσθαι Id.6.77
, 8.56; ἐπ' ἄλλ' εἶδος τρέπεσθαι take up another line, Ar.Pl. 317; specific notion, meaning, idea,ἂν παρέχῃ τὸ ἓν εἶ. δύο ὀνόματα.., περὶ ἑνὸς εἴδεος δύο ὀνόματα οὐ τὰ αὐτά Aen.Tact.24.1
; department, Hp.VM12 (but also, elementary nature or quality, ib. 15); type, sort,πυρετῶν Id.Epid.3.12
;αὐγῆς Id.Off.3
, etc.: Rhet., style of writing,τὰ εἴδη τῶν λόγων Isoc.13.17
, cf. Arist.Rh.Al. 1441b9 (pl.); later, definite literary form, Men.Rh.init., Procl.Chrest. p.243 W., EM295.52; also, example of a style,ὅλοις εἴδεσι Isoc.15.74
; later, single poem, applied to Pindar's odes by Sch.; also, written statement,ἀναγνωσθέντος εἴδους PAmh.2.65.11
(ii A.D.), cf. PTeb.287.12 (ii A.D.).III class, kind,πᾶν τὸ τῶν πίστεων εἶδος Isoc.15.280
, cf. D.24.192: freq. in Pl., περὶ παντὸς τοῦ εἴδους.. ἐν ᾧ .. Tht. 178a; ἑνὶ εἴδει περιλαβεῖν ib. 148d; εἰς ταὐτὸν ἐμπέπτωκεν εἶδος ib. 205d, etc.; logical species, Sph. 235d;ἓν εἶδος ἀποχωρίζειν Plt. 262e
; τὰς διαφορὰς ὁπόσαιπερ ἐν εἴδεσι κεῖνται, ib. 285b, al., cf. Arist.Metaph. 1057b7, al., Cat. 2b7; as a subdivision of γένος, Id.Rh. 1393a27; ἐπὶ τοῦ αὐτοῦ γένους πεύκη, εἴδει διαφέρουσα, Dsc.1.69.3 form, opp. matter ([etym.] ὕλη), Id.Ph. 187a18, al., Metaph. 1029a29: hence, formal cause, essence, ib. 1032b1, etc.IV in later Gr., wares of different kinds, goods, POxy.109.1 (iii/iv A.D.), PFay.34.7 (ii A.D.): hence, payments in kind, opp. χρυσίον, Just.Nov.17.8, cf. Cod.Just.1.4.18, al.; spices, Lyd.Mag.3.61; groceries, Anon.post Max.p.120 L.; εἶ. ἰατρικόν drug, Hsch. s.v. νίτρον, cf. Hippiatr.129.54 and v. ἑξάειδος, τετράειδος, τρίειδος; of a chemical reagent, Zos.Alch.p.205 B. -
9 λόγος
λόγος, ὁ, verbal noun of λέγω (B), with senses corresponding to λέγω (B) II and III (on the various senses of the word v. Theo Sm.pp.72,73 H., An.Ox.4.327): common in all periods in Prose and Verse, exc. Epic, in which it is found in signf. derived from λέγω (B) 111, cf.infr. VI. 1 a:1 account of money handled,σανίδες εἰς ἃς τὸν λ. ἀναγράφομεν IG12.374.191
; ἐδίδοσαν τὸν λ. ib.232.2;λ. δώσεις τῶν μετεχείρισας χρημάτων Hdt.3.142
, cf. 143;οὔτε χρήματα διαχειρίσας τῆς πόλεως δίδωμι λ. αὐτῶν οὔτε ἀρχὴν ἄρξας οὐδεμίαν εὐθύνας ὑπέχω νῦν αὐτῆς Lys.24.26
;λ. ἀπενεγκεῖν Arist.Ath.54.1
;ἐν ταῖς εὐθύναις τοῦ τοιούτου λ. ὑπεχέτω Pl.Lg. 774b
;τὸν τῶν χρημάτων λ. παρὰ τούτων λαμβάνειν D.8.47
;ἀδικήματα εἰς ἀργυρίου λ. ἀνήκοντα Din.1.60
; συνᾶραι λόγον μετά τινος settle accounts with, Ev.Matt.18.23, etc.; δεύτεροι λ. a second audit, Cod.Just.1.4.26.1; ὁ τραπεζιτικὸς λ. banking account, Theo Sm.p.73 H.: metaph.,οὐκ ἂν πριαίμην οὐδενὸς λ. βροτόν S.Aj. 477
.b public accounts, i. e. branch of treasury, ἴδιος λ., in Egypt, OGI188.2, 189.3, 669.38; also as title of treasurer, ib.408.4, Str.17.1.12;ὁ ἐπὶ τῶν λ. IPE2.29
A ([place name] Panticapaeum); δημόσιος λ., = Lat. fiscus, OGI669.21 (Egypt, i A.D.), etc. (but later, = aerarium, Cod.Just.1.5.15); alsoΚαίσαρος λ. OGI669.30
; κυριακὸς λ. ib.18.2 generally, account, reckoning, μὴ φῦναι τὸν ἅπαντα νικᾷ λ. excels the whole account, i.e. is best of all, S.OC 1225 (lyr.); δόντας λ. τῶν ἐποίησαν accounting for, i.e. paying the penalty for their doings, Hdt.8.100;λ. αἰτεῖν Pl.Plt. 285e
;λ. δοῦναι καὶ δέξασθαι Id.Prt. 336c
, al.;λαμβάνειν λ. καὶ ἐλέγχειν Id.Men. 75d
;παρασχεῖν τῶν εἰρημένων λ. Id.R. 344d
;λ. ἀπαιτεῖν D.30.15
, cf. Arist. EN 1104a3; λ. ὑπέχειν, δοῦναι, D.19.95;λ. ἐγγράψαι Id.24.199
, al.;λ. ἀποφέρειν τῇ πόλει Aeschin.3.22
, cf. Eu. Luc.16.2, Ep.Hebr.13.17;τὸ παράδοξον τῶν συμβεβηκότων ὑπὸ λόγον ἄγειν Plb.15.34.2
; λ. ἡ ἐπιστήμη, πολλὰ δὲ ὁ λ. the account is manifold, Plot.6.9.4; ἔχων λόγον τοῦ διὰ τί an account of the cause, Arist.APo. 74b27; ἐς λ. τινός on account of,ἐς χρημάτων λ. Th.3.46
, cf. Plb.5.89.6, LXX 2 Ma1.14, JRS 18.152 ([place name] Jerash); λόγῳ c. gen., by way of, Cod.Just.3.2.5. al.; κατὰ λόγον τοῦ μεγέθους if we take into account his size, Arist.HA 517b27;πρὸς ὃν ἡμῖν ὁ λ. Ep.Hebr.4.13
, cf. D.Chr.31.123.3 measure, tale (cf. infr. 11.1),θάλασσα.. μετρέεται ἐς τὸν αὐτὸν λ. ὁκοῖος πρόσθεν Heraclit.31
;ψυχῆς ἐστι λ. ἑαυτὸν αὔξων Id.115
; ἐς τούτου (sc. γήραος) λ. οὐ πολλοί τινες ἀπικνέονται to the point of old age, Hdt.3.99, cf.7.9.β; ὁ ξύμπας λ. the full tale, Th.7.56, cf. Ep.Phil.4.15; κοινῷ λ. νομίσαντα common measure, Pl.Lg. 746e; sum, total of expenditure, IG42(1).103.151 (Epid., iv B.C.); ὁ τῆς οὐσίας λ., = Lat. patrimonii modus, Cod.Just.1.5.12.20.4 esteem, consideration, value put on a person or thing (cf. infr. VI. 2 d), οὗ πλείων λ. ἢ τῶν ἄλλων who is of more worth than all the rest, Heraclit.39; βροτῶν λ. οὐκ ἔσχεν οὐδέν' A.Pr. 233;οὐ σμικροῦ λ. S.OC 1163
: freq. in Hdt.,Μαρδονίου λ. οὐδεὶς γίνεται 8.102
;τῶν ἦν ἐλάχιστος ἀπολλυμένων λ. 4.135
, cf. E.Fr.94;περὶ ἐμοῦ οὐδεὶς λ. Ar.Ra.87
; λόγου οὐδενὸς γίνεσθαι πρός τινος to be of no account, repute with.., Hdt.1.120, cf.4.138; λόγου ποιήσασθαί τινα make one of account, Id.1.33; ἐλαχίστου, πλείστου λ. εἶναι, to be highly, lowly esteemed, Id.1.143, 3.146; but also λόγον τινὸς ποιεῖσθαι, like Lat. rationem habere alicujus, make account of, set a value on, Democr.187, etc.: usu. in neg. statements,οὐδένα λ. ποιήσασθαί τινος Hdt.1.4
, cf. 13, Plb.21.14.9, etc.;λ. ἔχειν Hdt.1.62
, 115;λ. ἴσχειν περί τινος Pl.Ti. 87c
;λ. ἔχειν περὶ τοὺς ποιητάς Lycurg.107
;λ. ἔχειν τινός D.18.199
, Arist.EN 1102b32, Plu.Phil.18 (but also, have the reputation of.., v. infr. VI. 2 e);ἐν οὐδενὶ λ. ποιήσασθαί τι Hdt.3.50
; ἐν οὐδενὶ λ. ἀπώλοντο without regard, Id.9.70;ἐν σμικρῷ λ. εἶναι Pl.R. 550a
; ὑμεῖς οὔτ' ἐν λ. οὔτ' ἐν ἀριθμῷ Orac. ap. Sch.Theoc.14.48; ἐν ἀνδρῶν λ. [εἶναι] to be reckoned, count as a man, Hdt.3.120; ἐν ἰδιώτεω λόγῳ καὶ ἀτίμου reckoned as.., Eus.Mynd.Fr. 59;σεμνὸς εἰς ἀρετῆς λ. καὶ δόξης D.19.142
.II relation, correspondence, proportion,1 generally, ὑπερτερίης λ. relation (of gold to lead), Thgn.418 = 1164;πρὸς λόγον τοῦ σήματος A.Th. 519
; κατὰ λόγον προβαίνοντες τιμῶσι in inverse ratio, Hdt.1.134, cf. 7.36;κατὰ λ. τῆς ἀποφορῆς Id.2.109
; τἄλλα κατὰ λ. in like fashion, Hp.VM16, Prog.17: c. gen., κατὰ λ. τῶν πρόσθεν ib. 24;κατὰ λ. τῶν ἡμερῶν Ar. Nu. 619
;κατὰ λ. τῆς δυνάμεως X. Cyr.8.6.11
;ἐλάττω ἢ κατὰ λ. Arist. HA 508a2
, cf. PA 671a18;ἐκ ταύτης ἐγένετο ἐκείνη κατὰ λ. Id.Pol. 1257a31
; cf. εὔλογος: sts. with ὁ αὐτός added, κατὰ τὸν αὐτὸν λ. τῷ τείχεϊ in fashion like to.., Hdt.1.186; περὶ τῶν νόσων ὁ αὐτὸς λ. analogously, Pl.Tht. 158d, cf. Prm. 136b, al.; εἰς τὸν αὐτὸν λ. similarly, Id.R. 353d; κατὰ τὸν αὐτὸν λ. in the same ratio, IG12.76.8; by parity of reasoning, Pl.Cra. 393c, R. 610a, al.; ἀνὰ λόγον τινός, τινί, Id.Ti. 29c, Alc.2.145d; τοῦτον ἔχει τὸν λ. πρὸς.. ὃν ἡ παιδεία πρὸς τὴν ἀρετήν is related to.. as.., Procl.in Euc.p.20 F., al.2 Math., ratio, proportion (ὁ κατ' ἀνάλογον λ., λ. τῆς ἀναλογίας, Theo Sm.p.73 H.), Pythag. 2;ἰσότης λόγων Arist.EN 113a31
;λ. ἐστὶ δύο μεγεθῶν ἡ κατὰ πηλικότητα ποιὰ σχέσις Euc.5
Def.3;τῶν ἁρμονιῶν τοὺς λ. Arist.Metaph. 985b32
, cf. 1092b14; λόγοι ἀριθμῶν numerical ratios, Aristox.Harm.p.32 M.; τοὺς φθόγγους ἀναγκαῖον ἐν ἀριθμοῦ λ. λέγεσθαι πρὸς ἀλλήλους to be expressed in numerical ratios, Euc.Sect.Can. Proëm.: in Metre, ratio between arsis and thesis, by which the rhythm is defined, Aristox.Harm.p.34 M.;ἐὰν ᾖ ἰσχυροτέρα τοῦ αἰσθητηρίου ἡ κίνησις, λύεται ὁ λ. Arist.de An. 424a31
; ἀνὰ λόγον analogically, Archyt.2; ἀνὰ λ. μερισθεῖσα [ἡ ψυχή] proportionally, Pl. Ti. 37a; soκατὰ λ. Men.319.6
; πρὸς λόγον in proportion, Plb.6.30.3, 9.15.3 (but πρὸς λόγον ἐπὶ στενὸν συνάγεται narrows uniformly, Sor. 1.9, cf. Diocl.Fr.171);ἐπὶ λόγον IG5(1).1428
([place name] Messene).3 Gramm., analogy, rule, τῷ λ. τῶν μετοχικῶν, τῆς συγκοπῆς, by the rule of the participles, of syncope, Choerob. in Theod.1.75 Gaisf., 1.377 H.;εἰπέ μοι τὸν λ. τοῦ Αἴας Αἴαντος, τουτέστι τὸν κανόνα An.Ox. 4.328
.1 plea, pretext, ground, ἐκ τίνος λ.; A.Ch. 515;ἐξ οὐδενὸς λ. S.Ph. 731
;ἀπὸ παντὸς λ. Id.OC 762
;χὠ λ. καλὸς προσῆν Id.Ph. 352
;σὺν ἀφανεῖ λ. Id.OT 657
(lyr., v.l. λόγων); ἐν ἀφανεῖ λ. Antipho 5.59
;ἐπὶ τοιούτῳ λ. Hdt.6.124
; κατὰ τίνα λ.; on what ground? Pl.R. 366b; οὐδὲ πρὸς ἕνα λ. to no purpose, Id.Prt. 343d; ἐπὶ τίνι λ.; for what reason? X.HG2.2.19; τὸν λ. τοῦτον this ground of complaint, Aeschin.3.228; τίνι δικαίῳ λ.; what just cause is there? Pl.Grg. 512c; τίνι λ.; on what account? Act.Ap.10.29; κατὰ λόγον ἂν ἠνεσχόμην ὑμῶν reason would that.., ib.18.14; λ. ἔχειν, with personal subject, εἶχον ἄν τινα λ. I (i.e. my conduct) would have admitted of an explanation, Pl.Ap. 31b; τὸν ὀρθὸν λ. the true explanation, ib. 34b.b plea, case, in Law or argument (cf. VIII. I), τὸν ἥττω λ. κρείττω ποιεῖν to make the weaker case prevail, ib. 18b, al., Arist.Rh. 1402a24, cf. Ar.Nu. 1042 (pl.); personified, ib. 886, al.;ἀμύνεις τῷ τῆς ἡδονῆς λ. Pl.Phlb. 38a
;ἀνοίσεις τοὺς λ. αὐτῶν πρὸς τὸν θεόν LXXEx.18.19
; ἐχειν λ. πρός τινα to have a case, ground of action against.., Act.Ap.19.38.2 statement of a theory, argument, οὐκ ἐμεῦ ἀλλὰ τοῦ λ. ἀκούσαντας prob. in Heraclit.50; λόγον ἠδὲ νόημα ἀμφὶς ἀληθείης discourse and reflection on reality, Parm.8.50; δηλοῖ οὗτος ὁ λ. ὅτι .. Democr.7; οὐκ ἔχει λόγον it is not arguable, i.e. reasonable, S.El. 466, Pl.Phd. 62d, etc.;ἔχει λ. D.44.32
;οὐδεὶς αὐτὰ καταβαλεῖ λ. E.Ba. 202
;δίκασον.. τὸν λ. ἀκούσας Pl.Lg. 696b
; personified, φησὶ οὗτος ὁ λ. ib. 714d, cf. Sph. 238b, Phlb. 50a; ὡς ὁ λ. (sc. λέγει) Arist.EN 1115b12; ὡς ὁ λ. ὁ ὀρθὸς λέγει ib. 1138b20, cf. 29;ὁ λ. θέλει προσβιβάζειν Phld.Rh.1.41
, cf.1.19 S.; ;λ. καθαίρων Aristo Stoic.1.88
; λόγου τυγχάνειν to be explained, Phld.Mus.p.77 K.; ὁ τὸν λ. μου ἀκούων my teaching, Ev.Jo.5.24; ὁ προφητικὸς λ., collect., of VT prophecy, 2 Ep.Pet.1.19: pl.,ὁκόσων λόγους ἤκουσα Heraclit.108
;οὐκ ἐπίθετο τοῖς ἐμοῖς λ. Ar.Nu.73
; of arguments leading to a conclusion ([etym.] ὁ λ.), Pl. Cri. 46b;τὰ Ἀναξαγόρου βιβλία γέμει τούτων τῶν λ. Id.Ap. 26d
; λ. ἀπὸ τῶν ἀρχῶν, ἐπὶ τὰς ἀρχάς, Arist.EN 1095a31; συλλογισμός ἐστι λ. ἐν ᾧ τεθέντων τινῶν κτλ. Id.APr. 24b18; λ. ἀντίτυπός τε καὶ ἄπορος, of a self-contradictory theory, Plot.6.8.7.b ὁ περὶ θεῶν λ., title of a discourse by Protagoras, D.L.9.54; ὁ Ἀχιλλεὺς λ., name of an argument, ib.23;ὁ αὐξόμενος λ. Plu.2.559b
; καταβάλλοντες (sc. λόγοι), title of work by Protagoras, S.E.M.7.60;λ. σοφιστικοί Arist.SE 165a34
, al.;οἱ μαθηματικοὶ λ. Id.Rh. 1417a19
, etc.; οἱ ἐξωτερικοὶ λ., current outside the Lyceum, Id.Ph. 217b31, al.; Δισσοὶ λ., title of a philosophical treatise (= Dialex.); Λ. καὶ Λογίνα, name of play of Epicharmus, quibble, argument, personified, Ath.8.338d.c in Logic, proposition, whether as premiss or conclusion,πρότασίς ἐστι λ. καταφατικὸς ἢ ἀποφατικός τινος κατά τινος Arist.APr. 24a16
.d rule, principle, law, as embodying the result of λογισμός, Pi.O.2.22, P.1.35, N.4.31;πείθεσθαι τῷ λ. ὃς ἄν μοι λογιζομένῳ βέλτιστος φαίνηται Pl.Cri. 46b
, cf. c; ἡδονὰς τοῖς ὀρθοῖς λ. ἑπομένας obeying right principles, Id.Lg. 696c; προαιρέσεως [ἀρχὴ] ὄρεξις καὶ λ. ὁ ἕνεκά τινος principle directed to an end, Arist.EN 1139a32; of the final cause,ἀρχὴ ὁ λ. ἔν τε τοῖς κατὰ τέχνην καὶ ἐν τοῖς φύσει συνεστηκόσιν Id.PA 639b15
; ἀποδιδόασι τοὺς λ. καὶ τὰς αἰτίας οὗ ποιοῦσι ἑκάστου ib.18; [τέχνη] ἕξις μετὰ λ. ἀληθοῦς ποιητική Id.EN 1140a10
; ὀρθὸς λ. true principle, right rule, ib. 1144b27, 1147b3, al.; κατὰ λόγον by rule, consistently,ὁ κατὰ λ. ζῶν Pl.Lg. 689d
, cf. Ti. 89d; τὸ κατὰ λ. ζῆν, opp. κατὰ πάθος, Arist.EN 1169a5; κατὰ λ. προχωρεῖν according to plan, Plb.1.20.3.3 law, rule of conduct,ᾧ μάλιστα διηνεκῶς ὁμιλοῦσι λόγῳ Heraclit.72
;πολλοὶ λόγον μὴ μαθόντες ζῶσι κατὰ λόγον Democr.53
; δεῖ ὑπάρχειν τὸν λ. τὸν καθόλου τοῖς ἄρχουσιν universal principle, Arist.Pol. 1286a17;ὁ νόμος.. λ. ὢν ἀπό τινος φρονήσεως καὶ νοῦ Id.EN 1180a21
; ὁ νόμος.. ἔμψυχος ὢν ἑαυτῷ λ. conscience, Plu. 2.780c; τὸν λ. πρόχειρον ἔχειν precept, Phld.Piet.30, cf. 102;ὁ προστακτικὸς τῶν ποιητέων ἢ μὴ λ. κοινός M.Ant.4.4
.4 thesis, hypothesis, provisional ground, ὡς ἂν εἰ λέγοι λόγον maintain a thesis, Pl. Prt. 344b; ὑποθέμενος ἑκάστοτε λ. provisionally assuming a proposition, Id.Phd. 100a; τὸν τῆς ὁμοιότητος λ. hypothesis of equivalence, Arist.Cael. 296a20.5 reason, ground,πάντων γινομένων κατὰ τὸν λ. τόνδε Heraclit.1
;οὕτω βαθὺν λ. ἔχει Id.45
; ἐκ λόγου, opp. μάτην, Leucipp. 2;μέγιστον σημεῖον οὗτος ὁ λ. Meliss.8
; [ἐμπειρία] οὐκ ἔχει λ. οὐδένα ὧν προσφέρει has no grounds for.., Pl.Grg. 465a; μετὰ λόγουτε καὶ ἐπιστήμης θείας Id.Sph. 265c
; ἡ μετα λόγου ἀληθὴς δόξα ([etym.] ἐπιστήμη) Id.Tht. 201c; λόγον ζητοῦσιν ὧν οὐκ ἔστι λ. proof, Arist. Metaph. 1011a12;οἱ ἁπάντων ζητοῦντες λ. ἀναιροῦσι λ. Thphr.Metaph. 26
.6 formula (wider than definition, but freq. equivalent thereto), term expressing reason,λ. τῆς πολιτείας Pl.R. 497c
; ψυχῆς οὐσία τε καὶ λ. essential definition, Id.Phdr. 245e;ὁ τοῦ δικαίου λ. Id.R. 343a
; τὸν λ. τῆς οὐσίας ib. 534b, cf. Phd. 78d;τὰς πολλὰς ἐπιστήμας ἑνὶ λ. προσειπεῖν Id.Tht. 148d
;ὁ τῆς οἰκοδομήσεως λ. ἔχει τὸν τῆς οἰκίας Arist. PA 646b3
;τεθείη ἂν ἴδιον ὄνομα καθ' ἕκαστον τῶν λ. Id.Metaph. 1006b5
, cf. 1035b4;πᾶς ὁρισμὸς λ. τίς ἐστι Id.Top. 102a5
; ἐπὶ τῶν σχημάτων λ. κοινός generic definition, Id.de An. 414b23; ἀκριβέστατος λ. specific definition, Id.Pol. 1276b24;πηγῆς λ. ἔχον Ph.2.477
; τὸ ᾠὸν οὔτε ἀρχῆς ἔχει λ. fulfils the function of.., Plu.2.637d; λ. τῆς μίξεως formula, i. e. ratio (cf. supr. II) of combination, Arist.PA 642a22, cf. Metaph. 993a17.7 reason, law exhibited in the world-process, κατὰ λόγον by law,κόσμῳ πάντα καὶ κατὰ λ. ἔχοντα Pl.R. 500c
; κατ τὸν < αὐτὸν αὖ> λ. by the same law, Epich.170.18;ψυχῆς τὸ πᾶν τόδε διοικούσης κατὰ λ. Plot.2.3.13
; esp. in Stoic Philos., the divine order,τὸν τοῦ παντὸς λ. ὃν ἔνιοι εἱμαρμένην καλοῦσιν Zeno Stoic.1.24
; τὸ ποιοῦν τὸν ἐν [τῇ ὕλῃ] λ. τὸν θεόν ibid., cf. 42;ὁ τοῦ κόσμου λ. Chrysipp.Stoic.2.264
; λόγος, = φύσει νόμος, Stoic.2.169;κατὰ τὸν κοινὸν θεοῖς καὶ ἀνθρώποις λ. M.Ant.7.53
;ὁ ὀρθὸς λ. διὰ πάντων ἐρχόμενος Chrysipp.Stoic.3.4
: so in Plot.,τὴν φύσιν εἶναι λόγον, ὃς ποιεῖ λ. ἄλλον γέννημα αὑτοῦ 3.8.2
.b σπερματικὸς λ. generative principle in organisms,ὁ θεὸς σπ. λ. τοῦ κόσμου Zeno Stoic.1.28
: usu. in pl., Stoic. 2.205,314,al.;γίνεται τὰ ἐν τῷ παντὶ οὐ κατὰ σπερματικούς, ἀλλὰ κατὰ λ. περιληπτικούς Plot.3.1.7
, cf.4.4.39: so withoutσπερματικός, ὥσπερ τινὲς λ. τῶν μερῶν Cleanth.Stoic.1.111
;οἱ λ. τῶν ὅλων Ph.1.9
.c in Neo-Platonic Philos., of regulative and formative forces, derived from the intelligible and operative in the sensible universe,ὄντων μειζόνων λ. καὶ θεωρούντων αὑτοὺς ἐγὼ γεγέννημαι Plot.3.8.4
;οἱ ἐν σπέρματι λ. πλάττουσι.. τὰ ζῷα οἷον μικρούς τινας κόσμους Id.4.3.10
, cf.3.2.16,3.5.7; opp. ὅρος, Id.6.7.4;ἀφανεῖς λ. τῆς φύσεως Procl.
in R.1.18 K.; τεχνικοὶ λ. ib.142 K., al.IV inward debate of the soul (cf.λ. ὃν αὐτὴ πρὸς αὑτὴν ἡ ψυχὴ διεξέρχεται Pl.Tht. 189e
( διάλογος in Sph. 263e); ὁ ἐν τῇ ψυχῇ, ὁ ἔσω λ. (opp. ὁ ἔξω λ.), Arist.APo. 76b25, 27; ὁ ἐνδιάθετος, opp. ὁ προφορικὸς λ., Stoic.2.43, Ph.2.154),1 thinking, reasoning, τοῦ λ. ἐόντος ξυνοῦ, opp. ἰδία φρόνησις, Heraclit. 2; κρῖναι δὲ λόγῳ.. ἔλεγχον test by reflection, Parm.1.36; reflection, deliberation (cf. VI.3),ἐδίδου λόγον ἑωυτῷ περὶ τῆς ὄψιος Hdt.1.209
, cf. 34, S.OT 583, D.45.7; μὴ εἰδέναι.. μήτε λόγῳ μήτε ἔργῳ neither by reasoning nor by experience, Anaxag.7;ἃ δὴ λόγῳ μὲν καὶ διανοίᾳ ληπτά, ὄψει δ' οὔ Pl.R. 529d
, cf. Prm. 135e;ὁ λ. ἢ ἡ αἴσθησις Arist.EN 1149a35
,al.; αὐτῷ μόνον τῷ λ. πιστεύειν (opp. αἰσθήσεις), of Parmenides and his school, Aristocl. ap. Eus.PE14.17: hence λόγῳ or τῷ λ. in idea, in thought,τῷ λ. τέμνειν Pl.R. 525e
; τῷ λ. δύο ἐστίν, ἀχώριστα πεφυκότα two in idea, though indistinguishable in fact, Arist. EN 1102a30, cf. GC 320b14, al.; λόγῳ θεωρητά mentally conceived, opp. sensibly perceived, Placit.1.3.5, cf. Demetr.Lac.Herc.1055.20;τοὺς λ. θεωρητοὺς χρόνους Epicur.Ep.1p.19U.
; διὰ λόγου θ. χ. ib.p.10 U.;λόγῳ καταληπτός Phld.Po.5.20
, etc.; ὁ λ. οὕτω αἱρέει analogy proves, Hdt.2.33; ὁ λ. or λ. αἱρέει reasoning convinces, Id.3.45,6.124, cf. Pl.Cri. 48c (but, our argument shows, Lg. 663d): also c. acc. pers., χρᾶται ὅ τι μιν λ. αἱρέει as the whim took him, Hdt.1.132; ἢν μὴ ἡμέας λ. αἱρῇ unless we see fit, Id.4.127, cf. Pl.R. 607b; later ὁ αἱρῶν λ. ordaining reason, Zeno Stoic.1.50, M.Ant.2.5, cf. 4.24, Arr.Epict. 2.2.20, etc.: coupled or contrasted with other functions, καθ' ὕπνον ἐπειδὴ λόγου καὶ φρονήσεως οὐ μετεῖχε since reason and understanding are in abeyance, Pl.Ti. 71d; μετὰ λόγου τε καὶ ἐπιστήμης, opp. αἰτία αὐτομάτη, of Nature's processes of production, Id.Sph. 265c; τὸ μὲν δὴ νοήσει μετὰ λόγου περιληπτόν embraced by thought with reflection, opp. μετ' αἰσθήσεως ἀλόγου, Id.Ti. 28a; τὸ μὲν ἀεὶ μετ' ἀληθοῦς λ., opp. τὸ δὲ ἄλογον, ib. 51e, cf. 70d, al.;λ. ἔχων ἑπόμενον τῷ νοεῖν Id.Phlb. 62a
; ἐπιστήμη ἐνοῦσα καὶ ὀρθὸς λ. scientific knowledge and right process of thought, Id.Phd. 73a;πᾶς λ. καὶ πᾶσα ἐπιστήμη τῶν καθόλου Arist.Metaph. 1059b26
;τὸ λόγον ἔχον Id.EN 1102b15
, 1138b9, al.: in sg. and pl., contrasted by Pl. and Arist. as theory, abstract reasoning with outward experience, sts. with depreciatory emphasis on the former,εἰς τοὺς λ. καταφυγόντα Pl.Phd. 99e
; τὸν ἐν λόγοις σκοπούμενον τὰ ὄντα, opp. τὸν ἐν ἔργοις (realities), ib. 100a;τῇ αἰσθήσει μᾶλλον τῶν λ. πιστευτέον Arist.GA 760b31
; γνωριμώτερα κατὰ τὸν λ., opp. κατὰ τὴν αἴσθησιν, Id.Ph. 189a4; ἐκ τῶν λ. δῆλον, opp. ἐκ τῆς ἐπαγωγῆς, Id.Mete. 378b20; ἡ τῶν λ. πίστις, opp. ἐκ τῶν ἔργων φανερόν, Id.Pol. 1326a29;ἡ πίστις οὐ μόνον ἐπὶ τῆς αἰσθήσεως ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ λ. Id.Ph. 262a19
;μαρτυρεῖ τὰ γιγνόμενα τοῖς λ. Id.Pol. 1334a6
; ὁ μὲν λ. τοῦ καθόλου, ἡ δὲ αἴσθησις τοῦ κατὰ μέρος explanation, opp. perception, Id.Ph. 189a7; ἔσονται τοῖς λ. αἱ πράξεις ἀκόλουθοι theory, opp. practice, Epicur.Sent.25; in Logic, of discursive reasoning, opp. intuition, Arist.EN 1142a26, 1143b1; reasoning in general, ib. 1149a26; πᾶς λ. καὶ πᾶσα ἀπόδειξις all reasoning and demonstration, Id.Metaph. 1063b10;λ. καὶ φρόνησιν Phld.Mus.p.105
K.; ὁ λ. ἢ λογισμός ibid.; τὸ ἰδεῖν οὐκέτι λ., ἀλλὰ μεῖζον λόγου καὶ πρὸ λόγου, of mystical vision, opp. reasoning, Plot.6.9.10.—Phrases, κατὰ λ. τὸν εἰκότα by probable reasoning, Pl.Ti. 30b;οὔκουν τόν γ' εἰκότα λ. ἂν ἔχοι Id.Lg. 647d
; παρὰ λόγον, opp. κατὰ λ., Arist.Rh.Al. 1429a29, cf. EN 1167b19; cf. παράλογος (but παρὰ λ. unexpectedly, E.Ba. 940).2 reason as a faculty, ὁ λ. ἀνθρώπους κυβερνᾷ [Epich.] 256; [θυμοειδὲς] τοῦ λ. κατήκοον Pl.Ti. 70a
; [θυμὸς] ὑπὸ τοῦ λ. ἀνακληθείς Id.R. 440d
; σύμμαχον τῷ λ. τὸν θυμόν ib. b;πειθαρχεῖ τῷ λ. τὸ τοῦ ἐγκρατοῦς Arist. EN 1102b26
; ἄλλο τι παρὰ τὸν λ. πεφυκός, ὃ μάχεται τῷ λ. ib.17;ἐναντίωσις λόγου πρὸς ἐπιθυμίας Plot.4.7.13(8)
;οὐ θυμός, οὐκ ἐπιθυμία, οὐδὲ λ. οὐδέ τις νόησις Id.6.9.11
: freq. in Stoic. Philos. of human Reason, opp. φαντασία, Zeno Stoic.1.39; opp. φύσις, Stoic.2.206; οὐ σοφία οὐδὲ λ. ἐστὶν ἐν [τοῖς ζῴοις] ibid.;τοῖς ἀλόγοις ζῴοις ὡς λ. ἔχων λ. μὴ ἔχουσι χρῶ M.Ant.6.23
;ὁ λ. κοινὸν πρὸς τοὺς θεούς Arr.Epict. 1.3.3
;οἷον [εἰκὼν] λ. ὁ ἐν προφορᾷ λόγου τοῦ ἐν ψυχῇ, οὕτω καὶ αὐτὴ λ. νοῦ Plot.5.1.3
; τὸ τὸν λ. σχεῖν τὴν οἰκείαν ἀρετήν (sc. εὐδαιμονίαν) Procl.in Ti.3.334 D.; also of the reason which pervades the universe, θεῖος λ. [Epich.] 257;τὸν θεῖον λ. καθ' Ἡράκλειτον δι' ἀναπνοῆς σπάσαντες νοεροὶ γινόμεθα S.E.M.7.129
(cf. infr. x).b creative reason,ἀδύνατον ἦν λόγον μὴ οὐκ ἐπὶ πάντα ἐλθεῖν Plot.3.2.14
;ἀρχὴ οὖν λ. καὶ πάντα λ. καὶ τὰ γινόμενα κατ' αὐτόν Id.3.2.15
;οἱ λ. πάντες ψυχαί Id.3.2.18
.2 legend,ἱρὸς λ. Hdt.2.62
, cf. 47, Pi.P.3.80 (pl.);συνθέντες λ. E.Ba. 297
;λ. θεῖος Pl.Phd. 85d
; ἱεροὶ λ., of Orphic rhapsodies, Suid. S.V. Ὀρφεύς.3 tale, story,ἄλλον ἔπειμι λ. Xenoph. 7.1
, cf. Th.1.97, etc.;συνθέτους λ. A.Pr. 686
; σπουδὴν λόγου urgent tidings, E.Ba. 663; ἄλλος λ. 'another story', Pl.Ap. 34e; ὁμολογούμενος ὁ λ. ἐστίν the story is consistent, Isoc.3.27: pl., histories,ἐν τοῖσι Ἀσσυρίοισι λ. Hdt.1.184
, cf. 106, 2.99; so in sg., a historical work, Id.2.123, 6.19,7.152: also in sg., one section of such a work (like later βίβλος), Id.2.38,6.39, cf. VI.3d; so in pl.,ἐν τοῖσι Λιβυκοῖσι λ. Id.2.161
, cf. 1.75,5.22,7.93, 213;ἐν τῷ πρώτῳ τῶν λ. Id.5.36
; ὁ πρῶτος λ., of St. Luke's gospel, Act.Ap.1.1: in Pl., opp. μῦθος, as history to legend, Ti. 26e; , cf. Grg. 523a (but μῦθον λέγειν, opp. λόγῳ ( argument)διεξελθεῖν Prt. 320c
, cf. 324d);περὶ λόγων καὶ μύθων Arist.Pol. 1336a30
;ὁ λ... μῦθός ἐστι Ael.NA4.34
.4 speech, delivered in court, assembly, etc.,χρήσομαι τῇ τοῦ λ. τάξει ταύτῃ Aeschin.3.57
, cf. Arist.Rh. 1358a38;δικανικοὶ λ. Id.EN 1181a4
;τρία γένη τῶν λ. τῶν ῥητορικῶν, συμβουλευτικόν, δικανικόν, ἐπιδεικτικόν Id.Rh. 1358b7
;τῷ γράψαντι τὸν λ. Thphr. Char.17.8
, cf.λογογράφος 11
; ἐπιτάφιος λ. funeral oration, Pl.Mx. 236b; esp. of the body of a speech, opp. ἐπίλογος, Arist.Rh. 1420b3; opp. προοίμιον, ib. 1415a12; body of a law, opp. proem, Pl.Lg. 723b; spoken, opp. written word,τὸν τοῦ εἰδότος λ. ζῶντα καὶ ἔμψυχον οὗ ὁ γεγραμμένος εἴδωλόν τι Id.Phdr. 276a
; ὁ ἐκ τοῦ βιβλίου ῥηθεὶς [λ.] speech read from a roll, ib. 243c; published speech, D.C.40.54; rarely of the speeches in Tragedy ([etym.] ῥήσεις), Arist.Po. 1450b6,9.VI verbal expression or utterance (cf. λέγω (B) 111), rarely a single word, v. infr. b, never in Gramm. signf. of vocable ([etym.] ἔπος, λέξις, ὄνομα, ῥῆμα), usu. of a phrase, cf. IX. 3 (the only sense found in [dialect] Ep.).a pl., without Art., talk,τὸν ἔτερπε λόγοις Il.15.393
;αἱμύλιοι λ. Od.1.56
, h.Merc. 317, Hes.Th. 890, Op.78, 789, Thgn.704, A.R.3.1141; ψευδεῖς Λ., personified, Hes.Th. 229;ἀφροδίσιοι λ. Semon.7.91
;ἀγανοῖσι λ. Pi.P. 4.101
; ὄψον δὲ λ. φθονεροῖσιν tales, Id.N.8.21; σμικροὶ λ. brief words, S.Aj. 1268 (s.v.l.), El. 415; δόκησις ἀγνὼς λόγων bred of talk, Id.OT 681 (lyr.): also in sg., λέγ' εἴ σοι τῷ λ. τις ἡδονή speak if thou delightest in talking, Id.El. 891.b sg., expression, phrase,πρὶν εἰπεῖν ἐσθλὸν ἢ κακὸν λ. Id.Ant. 1245
, cf. E.Hipp. 514;μυρίας ὡς εἰπεῖν λόγῳ Hdt.2.37
; μακρὸς λ. rigmarole, Simon.189, Arist.Metaph. 1091a8; λ. ἠρέμα λεχθεὶς διέθηκε τὸ πόρρω a whispered message, Plot.4.9.3; ἑνὶ λόγῳ to sum up, in brief phrase, Pl.Phdr. 241e, Phd. 65d; concisely, Arist. EN 1103b21 (but also, = ἁπλῶς, περὶ πάντων ἑνὶ λ. Id.GC 325a1): pl., λ. θελκτήριοι magic words, E.Hipp. 478; rarely of single words,λ. εὐσύνθετος οἷον τὸ χρονοτριβεῖν Arist.Rh. 1406a36
; οὐκ ἀπεκρίθη αὐτῇ λ. answered her not a word, Ev.Matt.15.23.c coupled or contrasted with words expressed or understood signifying act, fact, truth, etc., mostly in a depreciatory sense,λ. ἔργου σκιή Democr. 145
;ὥσπερ μικρὸν παῖδα λόγοις μ' ἀπατᾷς Thgn.254
; λόγῳ, opp. ἔργῳ, Democr.82, etc.;νηπίοισι οὐ λ. ἀλλὰ ξυμφορὴ διδάσκαλος Id.76
;ἔργῳ κοὐ λόγῳ τεκμαίρομαι A.Pr. 338
, cf. S.El.59, OC 782;λόγῳ μὲν λέγουσι.. ἔργῳ δὲ οὐκ ἀποδεικνῦσι Hdt.4.8
;οὐ λόγων, φασίν, ἡ ἀγορὴ δεῖται, χαλκῶν δέ Herod.7.49
;οὔτε λ. οὔτε ἔργῳ Lys.9.14
; λόγοις, opp. ψήφῳ, Aeschin.2.33; opp. νόῳ, Hdt.2.100;οὐ λόγῳ μαθών E.Heracl.5
;ἐκ λόγων, κούφου πράγματος Pl.Lg. 935a
; λόγοισι εἰς τὸ πιθανὸν περιπεπεμμένα ib. 886e, cf. Luc.Anach.19;ἵνα μὴ λ. οἴησθε εἶναι, ἀλλ' εἰδῆτε τὴν ἀλήθειαν Lycurg.23
, cf. D.30.34; opp. πρᾶγμα, Arist.Top. 146a4; opp. βία, Id.EN 1179b29, cf. 1180a5; opp. ὄντα, Pl.Phd. 100a; opp. γνῶσις, 2 Ep.Cor.11.6; λόγῳ in pretence, Hdt.1.205, Pl.R. 361b, 376d, Ti. 27a, al.; λόγου ἕνεκα merely as a matter of words,ἄλλως ἕνεκα λ. ἐλέγετο Id.Cri. 46d
; λόγου χάριν, opp. ὡς ἀληθῶς, Arist.Pol. 1280b8; but also, let us say, for instance, Id.EN 1144a33, Plb.10.46.4, Phld. Sign.29, M.Ant.4.32; λόγου ἕνεκα let us suppose, Pl.Tht. 191c; ἕως λόγου, μέχρι λ., = Lat. verbo tenus, Plb.10.24.7, Epict.Ench.16: sts. without depreciatory force, the antithesis or parallelism being verbal (cf. 'word and deed'),λόγῳ τε καὶ σθένει S.OC68
;ἔν τε ἔργῳ καὶ λ. Pl.R. 382e
, cf. D.S.13.101, Ev.Luc.24.19, Act.Ap.7.22, Paus.2.16.2; ὅσα μὲν λόγῳ εἶπον, opp. τὰ ἔργα τῶν πραχθέντων, Th. 1.22.2 common talk, report, tradition,ὡς λ. ἐν θνητοῖσιν ἔην Batr. 8
;λ. ἐκ πατέρων Alc.71
;οὐκ ἔστ' ἔτυμος λ. οὗτος Stesich.32
;διξὸς λέγεται λ. Hdt.3.32
;λ. ὑπ' Αἰγυπτίων λεγόμενος Id.2.47
; νέον [λ.] tidings, S.Ant. 1289 (lyr.); τὰ μὲν αὐτοὶ ὡρῶμεν, τὰ δὲ λόγοισι ἐπυνθανόμεθα by hearsay, Hdt.2.148: also in pl., ἐν γράμμασιν λόγοι κείμενοι traditions, Pl.Lg. 886b.b rumour,ἐπὶ παντὶ λ. ἐπτοῆσθαι Heraclit. 87
; αὐδάεις λ. voice of rumour, B.14.44; περὶ θεῶν διῆλθεν ὁ λ. ὅτι .. Th.6.46; λ. παρεῖχεν ὡς .. Plb.3.89.3; ἐξῆλθεν ὁ λ. οὗτος εῖς τινας ὅτι .. Ev.Jo.21.23, cf. Act.Ap.11.22; fiction, Ev.Matt.28.15.c mention, notice, description, οὐκ ὕει λόγου ἄξιον οὐδέν worth mentioning, Hdt.4.28, cf. Plb.1.24.8, etc.; ἔργα λόγου μέζω beyond expression, Hdt.2.35; κρεῖσσον λόγου τὸ εἶδος τῆς νόσου beyond description, Th. 2.50;μείζω ἔργα ἢ ὡς τῷ λ. τις ἂν εἴποι D.6.11
.d the talk one occasions, repute, mostly in good sense, good report, praise, honour (cf. supr. 1.4),πολλὰ φέρειν εἴωθε λ... πταίσματα Thgn.1221
;λ. ἐσλὸν ἀκοῦσαι Pi.I.5(4).13
;πλέονα.. λ. Ὀδυσσέος ἢ πάθαν Id.N.7.21
;ἵνα λ. σε ἔχῃ πρὸς ἀνθρώπων ἀγαθός Hdt.7.5
, cf. 9.78; Τροίαν.. ἧς ἁπανταχοῦ λ. whose fame, story fills the world, E.IT 517;οὐκ ἂν ἦν λ. σέθεν Id.Med. 541
: less freq. in bad sense, evil report, λ. κακόθρους, κακός, S. Aj. 138 (anap.), E.Heracl. 165: pl., λόγους ψιθύρους πλάσσων slanders, S.Aj. 148 (anap.).e λ. ἐστί, ἔχει, κατέχει, the story goes, c. acc. et inf.,ἔστ τις λ. τὰν Ἀρετὰν ναίειν Simon.58.1
, cf. S.El. 417; λ. μὲν ἔστ' ἀρχαῖος ὡς .. Id.Tr.1; λ. alone, E.Heracl.35;ὡς λ. A.Supp. 230
, Pl. Phlb. 65c, etc.;λ. ἐστί Hdt.7.129
,9.26, al.;λ. αἰὲν ἔχει S.OC 1573
(lyr.); ὅσον ὁ λ. κατέχει tradition prevails, Th.1.10: also with a personal subject in the reverse construction. Κλεισθένης λ. ἔχει τὴν Πυθίην ἀναπεῖσαι has the credit of.., Hdt.5.66, cf. Pl.Epin. 987b, 988b;λ. ἔχοντα σοφίας Ep.Col.2.23
, v.supr.1.4.3 discussion, debate, deliberation,πολλὸς ἦν ἐν τοῖσι λ. Hdt.8.59
;συνελέχθησαν οἱ Μῆδοι ἐς τὠυτὸ καὶ ἐδίδοσαν σφίσι λόγον, λέγοντες περὶ τῶν κατηκόντων Id.1.97
;οἱ Πελασγοὶ ἑωυτοῖσι λόγους ἐδίδοσαν Id.6.138
; ;οἱ περὶ τῆς εἰρήνης λ. Aeschin.2.74
; τοῖς ἔξωθεν λ. πεπλήρωκε τὸν λ. [Plato] has filled his dialogue with extraneous discussions, Arist.Pol. 1264b39;τὸ μῆκος τῶν λ. D.Chr.7.131
; μεταβαίνων ὁ λ. εἰς ταὐτὸν ἀφῖκται our debate, Arist.EN 1097a24; ὁ παρὼν λ. ib. 1104a11; θεῶν ὧν νῦν ὁ λ. ἐστί discussion, Pl.Ap. 26b, cf. Tht. 184a, M.Ant.8.32; τῷ λ. διελθεῖν, διϊέναι, Pl.Prt. 329c, Grg. 506a, etc.; τὸν λ. διεξελθεῖν conduct the debate, Id.Lg. 893a; ξυνελθεῖν ἐς λόγον confer, Ar.Eq. 1300: freq. in pl., ἐς λόγους συνελθόντες parley, Hdt. 1.82; ἐς λ. ἐλθεῖν τινι have speech with, ib.86;ἐς λ. ἀπικέσθαι τινί Id.2.32
;διὰ λόγων ἰέναι E.Tr. 916
;ἐμαυτῇ διὰ λ. ἀφικόμην Id.Med. 872
;ἐς λ. ἄγειν τινά X.HG4.1.2
;κοινωνεῖν λόγων καὶ διανοίας Arist.EN 1170b12
.b right of discussion or speech, ἢ 'πὶ τῷ πλήθει λ.; S.OC 66; λ. αἰτήσασθαι ask leave to speak, Th.3.53;λ. διδόναι X.HG5.2.20
; οὐ προυτέθη σφίσιν λ. κατὰ τὸν νόμον ib.1.7.5;λόγου τυχεῖν D.18.13
, cf. Arist.EN 1095b21, Plb.18.52.1;οἱ λόγου τοὺς δούλους ἀποστεροῦντες Arist.Pol. 1260b5
;δοῦλος πέφυκας, οὐ μέτεστί σοι λόγου Trag.Adesp.304
;διδόντας λ. καὶ δεχομένους ἐν τῷ μέρει Luc.Pisc.8
: hence, time allowed for a speech,ἐν τῷ ἐμῷ λ. And.1.26
,al.;ἐν τῷ ἑαυτοῦ λ. Pl.Ap. 34a
;οὐκ ἐλάττω λ. ἀνήλωκε D.18.9
.c dialogue, as a form of philosophical debate,ἵνα μὴ μαχώμεθα ἐν τοῖς λ. ἐγώ τε καὶ σύ Pl. Cra. 430d
;πρὸς ἀλλήλους τοὺς λ. ποιεῖσθαι Id.Prt. 348a
: hence, dialogue as a form of literature,οἱ Σωκρατικοὶ λ. Arist.Po. 1447b11
, Rh. 1417a20; cf. διάλογος.d section, division of a dialogue or treatise (cf. v. 3),ὁ πρῶτος λ. Pl.Prm. 127d
; ὁ πρόσθεν, ὁ παρελθὼν λ., Id.Phlb. 18e, 19b;ἐν τοῖς πρώτοις λ. Arist.PA 682a3
; ἐν τοῖς περὶ κινήσεως λ. in the discussion of motion (i. e. Ph.bk.8), Id.GC 318a4;ἐν τῷ περὶ ἐπαίνου λ. Phld.Rh.1.219
; branch, department, division of a system of philosophy,τὴν φρόνησιν ἐκ τριῶν συνεστηκέναι λ., τῶν φυσικῶν καὶ τῶν ἠθικῶν καὶ τῶν λογικῶν Chrysipp.Stoic.2.258
.e in pl., literature, letters, Pl.Ax. 365b, Epin. 975d, D.H.Comp.1,21 (but, also in pl., treatises, Plu.2.16c);οἱ ἐπὶ λόγοις εὐδοκιμώτατοι Hdn.6.1.4
; Λόγοι, personified, AP9.171 (Pall.).VII a particular utterance, saying:1 divine utterance, oracle, Pi.P.4.59;λ. μαντικοί Pl. Phdr. 275b
;οὐ γὰρ ἐμὸν ἐρῶ τὸν λ. Pl.Ap. 20e
;ὁ λ. τοῦ θεοῦ Apoc.1.2
,9.2 proverb, maxim, saying, Pi.N.9.6, A.Th. 218; ὧδ' ἔχει λ. ib. 225; τόνδ' ἐκαίνισεν λ. ὡς .. Critias 21, cf. Pl.R. 330a, Ev.Jo.4.37;ὁ παλαιὸς λ. Pl.Phdr. 240c
, cf. Smp. 195b, Grg. 499c, Lg. 757a, 1 Ep.Ti.1.15, Plu.2.1082e, Luc.Alex.9, etc.;τὸ τοῦ λόγου δὴ τοῦτο Herod.2.45
, cf. D.Chr.66.24, Luc.JTr.3, Alciphr.3.56, etc.: pl., Arist.EN 1147a21.4 express resolution, κοινῷ λ. by common consent, Hdt.1.141,al.; ἐπὶ λ. τοιῷδε, ἐπ' ᾧ τε .. on the following terms, Id.7.158, cf. 9.26;ἐνδέξασθαι τὸν λ. Id.1.60
, cf. 9.5; λ. ἔχοντες πλεονέκτην a greedy proposal, Id.7.158: freq. in pl., terms, conditions, Id.9.33, etc.5 word of command, behest, A.Pr.17,40 (both pl.), Pers. 363;ἀνθρώπους πιθανωτέρους ποιεῖν λόγῳ X.Oec.13.9
;ἐξέβαλε τὰ πνεύματα λόγῳ Ev.Matt.8.16
; οἱ δέκα λ. the ten Commandments, LXX Ex.34.28, Ph.1.496.VIII thing spoken of, subject-matter (cf. 111.1 b and 2),λ. τοῦτον ἐάσομεν Thgn.1055
; προπεπυσμένος πάντα λ. the whole matter, Hdt.1.21, cf. 111; τὸν ἐόντα λ. the truth of the matter, ib.95, 116; μετασχεῖν τοῦ λ. to be in the secret, ib. 127;μηδενὶ ἄλλῳ τὸν λ. τοῦτον εῐπῃς Id.8.65
; τίς ἦν λ.; S.OT 684 ( = πρᾶγμα, 699); περί τινος λ. διελεγόμεθα subject, question, Pl.Prt. 314c; [τὸ προοίμιον] δεῖγμα τοῦ λ. case, Arist.Rh. 1415a12, cf. 111.1b; τέλος δὲ παντὸς τοῦ λ. ψηφίζονται the end of the matter was that.., Aeschin.3.124;οὐκ ἔστεξε τὸν λ. Plb.8.12.5
;οὐκ ἔστι σοι μερὶς οὐδὲ κλῆρος ἐν τῷ λ. τούτῳ Act.Ap.8.21
;ἱκανὸς αὐτῷ ὁ λ. Pl.Grg. 512c
; οὐχ ὑπολείπει [Γοργίαν] ὁ λ. matter for talk, Arist.Rh. 1418a35;μηδένα λ. ὑπολιπεῖν Isoc.4.146
; πρὸς λόγον to the point, apposite,οὐδὲν πρὸς λ. Pl.Phlb. 42e
, cf. Prt. 344a;ἐὰν πρὸς λ. τι ᾖ Id.Phlb. 33c
; alsoπρὸς λόγου Id.Grg. 459c
(s. v.l.).b in Art, subject of a painting,ζωγραφίας λόγοι Philostr.VA 6.10
;λ. τῆς γραφῆς Id.Im.1.25
.IX expression, utterance, speech regarded formally, τὸ ἀπὸ [ψυχῆς] ῥεῦμα διὰ τοῦ στόματος ἰὸν μετὰ φθόγγου λ., opp. διάνοια, Pl.Sph. 263e; intelligent utterance, opp. φωνή, Arist.Pol. 1253a14;λ. ἐστὶ φωνὴ σημαντικὴ κατὰ συνθήκην Id.Int. 16b26
, cf. Diog.Bab.Stoic.3.213; ὅθεν (from the heart)ὁ λ. ἀναπέμπεται Stoic.2.228
, cf. 244; Protagoras was nicknamed λόγος, Hsch. ap. Sch.Pl.R. 600c, Suid.;λόγου πειθοῖ Democr.181
: in pl., eloquence, Isoc.3.3,9.11;τὴν ἐν λόγοις εὐρυθμίαν Epicur.Sent.Pal.5p.69
v. d. M.; λ. ἀκριβής precise language, Ar.Nu. 130 (pl.), cf. Arist.Rh. 1418b1;τοῦ μὴ ᾀδομένου λ. Pl.R. 398d
; ἡδυσμένος λ., of rhythmical language set to music, Arist.Po. 1449b25; ἐν παντὶ λ. in all manner of utterance, 1 Ep.Cor.1.5; ἐν λόγοις in orations, Arist.Po. 1459a13; λ. γελοῖοι, ἀσχήμονες, ludicrous, improper speech, Id.SE 182b15, Pol. 1336b14.2 of various modes of expression, esp. artistic and literary, ;ἐν λόγῳ καὶ ἐν ᾠδαῖς X.Cyr.1.4.25
, cf. Pl.Lg. 835b; prose, opp. ποίησις, Id.R. 390a; opp. ψιλομετρία, Arist.Po. 1448a11; opp. ἔμμετρα, ib. 1450b15 (pl.); τῷ λ. τοῦτο τῶν μέτρων (sc. τὸ ἰαμβεῖον)ὁμοιότατον εἶναι Id.Rh. 1404a31
; in full, ψιλοὶ λ. prose, ib. b33 (but ψιλοὶ λ., = arguments without diagrams, Pl.Tht. 165a); λ. πεζοί, opp. ποιητική, D.H.Comp.6; opp. ποιήματα, ib.15;κοινὰ καὶ ποιημάτων καὶ λόγων Phld.Po.5.7
; πεζὸς λ. ib.27, al.b of the constituents of lyric or dramatic poetry, words,τὸ μέλος ἐκ τριῶν.. λόγου τε καὶ ἁρμονίας καὶ ῥυθμοῦ Pl.R. 398d
; opp. πρᾶξις, Arist.Po. 1454a18; dramatic dialogue, opp. τὰ τοῦ χοροῦ, ib. 1449a17.3 Gramm., phrase, complex term, opp. ὄνομα, Id.SE 165a13; λ. ὀνοματώδης noun- phrase, Id.APo. 93b30, cf. Rh. 1407b27; expression, D.H.Th.2, Demetr.Eloc.92.b sentence, complete statement, "ἄνθρωπος μανθάνει λόγον εἶναί φῃς.. ἐλάχιστόν τε καὶ πρῶτον Pl.Sph. 262c
;λ. αὐτοτελής A.D.Synt.3.6
, D.T.634.1; ῥηθῆναι λόγῳ to be expressed in a sentence, Pl.Tht. 202b; λ. ἔχειν to be capable of being so expressed, ib. 201e, cf. Arist.Rh. 1404b26.c language, τὰ τοῦ λ. μέρη parts of speech, Chrysipp.Stoic.2.31, S.E.M.9.350, etc.;τὰ μόρια τοῦ λ. D.H.Comp.6
;μέρος λ. D.T.633.26
, A.D.Pron.4.6, al. (but ἓν μέρος <τοῦ cod.> λόγου one word, Id.Synt.340.10, cf. 334.22); περὶ τῶν στοιχείων τοῦ λ., title of work by Chrysippus.X the Word or Wisdom of God, personified as his agent in creation and world-government,ὁ παντοδύναμός σου λ. LXX Wi.18.15
;ὁ ἐκ νοὸς φωτεινὸς λ. υἱὸς θεοῦ Corp.Herm.1.6
, cf. Plu.2.376c; λ. θεοῦ δι' οὗ κατεσκευάσθη [ὁ κόσμος] Ph.1.162; τῆς τοῦ θεοῦ σοφίας· ἡ δέ ἐστιν ὁ θεοῦ λ. ib.56; λ. θεῖος.. εἰκὼν θεοῦ ib. 561, cf. 501; τὸν τομέα τῶν συμπάντων [θεοῦ] λ. ib. 492; τὸν ἄγγελον ὅς ἐστι λ. ib. 122: in NT identified with the person of Christ,ἐν ἀρχῇ ἦν ὁ λ. Ev.Jo.1.1
, cf. 14, 1 Ep.Jo.2.7, Apoc.19.13;ὁ λ. τῆς ζωῆς 1 Ep.Jo.1.1
. -
10 normalizado
adj.standard, standardized.past part.past participle of spanish verb: normalizar.* * *ADJ (Com, Téc) standard, standardized* * *= standardised [standardized, -USA], patterned, normalised [normalized, -USA], standard.Ex. The function of a thesaurus is to provide a standardized vocabulary for information storage and retrieval systems.Ex. It has been discovered that head-nods, gaze-shifts, physical posture, and most of all facial expression, do make up in fact a patterned body-language.Ex. The ranked output also allowed Salton to develop the normalized recall measure used in a modified form by Cleverdon in Cranfield II, and a corresponding normalized precision figure.Ex. The following is an abbreviated list of standard subdivisions from the Dewey Decimal Classification Scheme.----* área del número normalizado y de las condiciones de adquisición = International Standard Book Number and terms of availability area, standard number and terms of availability area.* Código Normalizado de Referencias = Standard Reference Code.* Descripción Bibliográfica Normalizada Internacional para Publicaciones Seria = ISBD(S) (International Standard Bibliographic Description - Serials).* formato normalizado = standard form.* ISBD(A) (Descripción Bibliográfica Normalizada Internacional - material anti = ISBD(A) (International Standard Bibliographic Description - Antiquarian).* ISBD (Descripción Bibliográfica Normalizada Internacional) = ISBD (International Standard Bibliographic Description).* ISBN (Número Internacional Normalizado para Libros) = ISBN (International Standard Book Number).* ISSN (Número Internacional Normalizado para Publicaciones Seriadas) = ISSN (International Standard Serial Number).* número normalizado = standard number.* * *= standardised [standardized, -USA], patterned, normalised [normalized, -USA], standard.Ex: The function of a thesaurus is to provide a standardized vocabulary for information storage and retrieval systems.
Ex: It has been discovered that head-nods, gaze-shifts, physical posture, and most of all facial expression, do make up in fact a patterned body-language.Ex: The ranked output also allowed Salton to develop the normalized recall measure used in a modified form by Cleverdon in Cranfield II, and a corresponding normalized precision figure.Ex: The following is an abbreviated list of standard subdivisions from the Dewey Decimal Classification Scheme.* área del número normalizado y de las condiciones de adquisición = International Standard Book Number and terms of availability area, standard number and terms of availability area.* Código Normalizado de Referencias = Standard Reference Code.* Descripción Bibliográfica Normalizada Internacional para Publicaciones Seria = ISBD(S) (International Standard Bibliographic Description - Serials).* formato normalizado = standard form.* ISBD(A) (Descripción Bibliográfica Normalizada Internacional - material anti = ISBD(A) (International Standard Bibliographic Description - Antiquarian).* ISBD (Descripción Bibliográfica Normalizada Internacional) = ISBD (International Standard Bibliographic Description).* ISBN (Número Internacional Normalizado para Libros) = ISBN (International Standard Book Number).* ISSN (Número Internacional Normalizado para Publicaciones Seriadas) = ISSN (International Standard Serial Number).* número normalizado = standard number. -
11 λόγος
λόγος, ου, ὁ (verbal noun of λέγω in the sense ‘pick’; Hom.+).① a communication whereby the mind finds expression, wordⓐ of utterance, chiefly oral.α. as expression, word (oratorical ability plus exceptional performance were distinguishing marks in Hellenic society, hence the frequent association of λ. and ἔργον ‘deed’; a sim. formulation as early as Il. 9, 443 μύθων τε ῥητῆρʼ ἔμεναι πρηκτῆρά τε ἔργων; Polystrat. p. 33 μὴ λόγῳ μόνον ἀλλʼ ἔργω; Just., A II, 4, 2 ἢ λόγῳ ἢ ἔργῳ and D. 35, 7 λόγον ἢ πρᾶξιν) δυνατὸς ἐν ἔργῳ κ. λόγῳ, i.e. an exceptional personage Lk 24:19; pl. of Moses Ac 7:22 (the contrast expressed w. a verb Choix 20, 6–8 ποιεῖ ἀγαθὸν ὄτι δύναται καὶ λόγῳ καὶ ἔργῳ of Apollordorus, a benefactor in Cyzicus, a flourishing city in Phrygia; sim. New Docs 7, 233, no. 10, 8f πολιτευόμενος … λόγῳ καὶ ἔργῳ; cp. IKourion 32, 8; without contrast Diod S 13, 101, 3 ἄνδρας λόγῳ δυνατούς; for sim. constructions using λέγω and πράσσω s. Danker, Benefactor 339–43). Cp. Ro 15:18; 2 Cor 10:11; Col 3:17; 2 Th 2:17; Hb 13:21 v.l.; 1J 3:18 (cp. Theognis 1, 87f Diehl3 μή μʼ ἔπεσιν μὲν στέργε κτλ.—For the contrast λόγῳ … ἀληθείᾳ cp. Diod S 13, 4, 1). In contrast to a sinful deed we also have the λόγος ἁμαρτίας sinful word Judaicon 172, 9. W. γνῶσις: ἐν παντὶ λόγῳ κ. πάσῃ γνώσει 1 Cor 1:5. ἰδιώτης τῷ λόγῳ, ἀλλʼ οὐ τῇ γνώσει 2 Cor 11:6. (Opp. δύναμις ‘revelation of power’) 1 Cor 4:19, 20. τὸ εὐαγγέλιον οὐκ ἐγενήθη ἐν λόγῳ μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐν δυνάμει 1 Th 1:5 (cp. Ar. 13, 7 of mythical accounts οὐδέν εἰσιν εἰ μὴ μόνον λόγοι ‘they’re nothing but words’). W. ἐπιστολή: 2 Th 2:2, 15. W. ἀναστροφή: 1 Ti 4:12; 1 Pt 3:1b. Opp. ‘be silent’: IRo 2:1.—μόνον εἰπὲ λόγῳ just say the word Mt 8:8; cp. Lk 7:7 (Ath. 17, 1 ὡς λόγῳ εἰπεῖν; 29, 2; Phalaris, Ep. 121, 1 λόγῳ λέγειν; cp. schol. on Pla. 341a ἐν λόγῳ μόνον εἰπεῖν). οὐδεὶς ἐδύνατο ἀποκριθῆναι αὐτῷ λόγον no one was able to answer him a (single) word Mt 22:46; cp. 15:23 (cp. TestAbr A 16 p. 98, 11 [Stone p. 44] οὐκ ἀπεκρίθη αὐτῷ λόγον).— The (mighty) word (of one who performs miracles) ἐξέβαλεν τὰ πνεύματα λόγῳ Mt 8:16 (a rare use of λ. as ‘single utterance’, s. L-S-J-M s.v. VII).—διὰ λόγου by word of mouth (opp. ‘by letter’) Ac 15:27.—In the textually uncertain pass. Ac 20:24 the text as it stands in N., οὐδενὸς λόγου (v.l. λόγον) ποιοῦμαι τὴν ψυχὴν τιμίαν, may well mean: I do not consider my life worth a single word (cp. λόγου ἄξιον [ἄξιος 1a] and our ‘worth mention’; s. Conzelmann ad loc.).β. The expression may take on a variety of formulations or topical nuances: what you say Mt 5:37; statement (PGM 4, 334) Lk 20:20; question (Sext. Emp., Math. 8, 295; 9, 133; Diog. L. 2, 116) ἐρωτήσω ὑμᾶς λόγον I will ask you a question (cp. TestJob 36:5; GrBar 5:1; ApcSed 13:6; Jos., Ant. 12, 99) Mt 21:24; cp. Mk 11:29; Lk 20:3; prayer (PGM 1, 25; 4, 90; 179; 230 al.; 5, 180; 196 al.) Mt 26:44; Mk 14:39. ἡγούμενος τοῦ λ. principal speaker Ac 14:12. W. epexeget. gen. λ. παρακλήσεως 13:15. W. κήρυγμα our manner of presentation and our proclamation 1 Cor 2:4a (but s. comm.). (W. διδασκαλία) preaching 1 Ti 5:17; prophecy (Biogr. p. 364 [Pythia]) J 2:22; 18:32. Command (Aeschyl., Pers. 363) Lk 4:36; 2 Pt 3:5, 7; via a letter 2 Th 3:14. Report, story (X., An. 1, 4, 7; Diod S 3, 40, 9; 19, 110, 1 λ. διαδιδόναι=spread a report; Appian, Iber. 80 §346, Maced. 4 §1 [both=rumor]; Diod S 32, 15, 3 ἦλθεν ὁ λ. ἐπί τινα=the report came to someone; Arrian, Anab. 7, 22, 1 λόγος λέγεται τοιόσδε=a story is told like this, Ind. 9, 2; Diod S 3, 18, 3 λ.=story, account; Jos., Ant. 19, 132; Tat. 27, 2 τοῦ καθʼ Ἡρακλέα λόγου) Mt 28:15; Mk 1:45; Lk 5:15 (λ. περί τινος as X., An. 6, 6, 13; Jos., Ant. 19, 127) 7:17; J 21:23. ἠκούσθη ὁ λόγος εἰς τὰ ὦτα τ. ἐκκλησίας the report came to the ears of the assembly in Jerusalem Ac 11:22. λόγον ἔχειν σοφίας have the appearance of wisdom, pass for wisdom Col 2:23 (cp. Pla., Epinomis 987b ἔχει λόγον; Demosth., C. Lept. 462 [20, 18] λόγον τινʼ ἔχον; but mng. 2f is possible). Proverb (Pla., Phdr. 17, 240c, Symp. 18, 195b, Gorg. 54, 499c, Leg. 6, 5, 757a; Socrat., Ep. 22, 1) J 4:37 (Ps.-Callisth. 1, 13, 7 ἀληθῶς ἐν τούτῳ ὁ λ. foll. by a proverb). Proclamation, instruction, teaching, message Lk 4:32; 10:39; J 4:41; 17:20; Ac 2:41; 4:4; 10:44; 20:7; 1 Cor 1:17; 2:1. In Ac18:15 ζητήματα περὶ λόγου καὶ ὀνομάτων καὶ νόμου the sense appears to be someth. like this: controversial issues involving disputes about words and your way of life with λ. prob. referring to the presentation of controversial subjects, which in turn arouses heated ζητήματα debates. λόγος σοφίας proclamation of wisdom, speaking wisely 1 Cor 12:8a (Ps.-Phoc. 129 τῆς θεοπνεύστου σοφίης λ.); corresp. λ. γνώσεως vs. 8b. Cp. 14:9; 15:2; 2 Cor 1:18; 6:7; 10:10. λ. μαρτυρίας word of witness Rv 12:11. ὁ κατὰ τ. διδαχὴν πιστὸς λ. the message of faith, corresponding to the teaching Tit 1:9; the opp. 2 Ti 2:17. A speech (Aristot. p. 14b, 2; Diod S 40, 5a) διὰ λόγου πολλοῦ in a long speech Ac 15:32; cp. 20:2. λ. κολακείας flattering speech 1 Th 2:5. Speaking gener. 2 Cor 8:7; Eph 6:19; Col 4:6; D 2:5. ἐν λόγῳ πταίειν make a mistake in what one says Js 3:2.—Of God’s word, command, commission (LXX; ParJer 5:19 κατηχῆσαι αὐτοὺς τὸν λόγον; SyrBar 13:2; ApcSed 14:10; Just., D. 84, 2; Ael. Aristid. hears a ἱερὸς λ. at night fr. a god: 28, 116 K.=49, p. 529 D.; Sextus 24) ἠκυρώσατε τ. λόγον τοῦ θεοῦ Mt 15:6 (v.l. νόμον, ἐντολήν); cp. Mk 7:13.—J 5:38; 8:55; 10:35; Ro 3:4 (Ps 50:6). Of God’s promise Ro 9:6, 9 (but these two vss., and Gal 5:14 below, prob. fit better under 2a), 28 (Is 10:22f). Cp. Hb 2:2; 4:2 (s. ἀκοή 4b); 7:28; 12:19. For B 15:1 see 1aδ. The whole law (as the expr. εἴ τι ἑτέρα ἐντολή indicates not limited to a narrow list of commandments), acc. to Ro 13:9. In what is prob. a play on words (s. 2a and b), Gal 5:14 (s. 2a below) is summed up in the λόγος as expressed in Lev 19:18.—That which God has created ἁγιάζεται διὰ λόγου θεοῦ 1 Ti 4:5; in line w. the context, this hardly refers to God’s creative word (so SibOr 3, 20; PtK 2; πάντα γὰρ λόγῳ ποιήσας ὁ θεός Theoph. Ant. 2, 18 [144, 8]), but to table prayers which use biblical expressions. The divine word as judge of thoughts Hb 4:12. τελεσθήσονται οἱ λ. τοῦ θεοῦ Ac 17:17; cp. 19:9.—Of the divine revelation through Christ and his messengers (Just., A I, 61, 9 λόγον … παρὰ τῶν ἀποστόλων ἐμάθομεν τοῦτον) θεὸς ἐφανέρωσεν τὸν λ. αὐτοῦ ἐν κηρύγματι Tit 1:3. δέδωκα αὐτοῖς τὸν λ. σου J 17:14; cp. vss. 6, 17; 1J 1:10; 2:14. ἵνα μὴ ὁ λ. τοῦ θεοῦ βλασφημῆται Tit 2:5. The apostles and other preachers, w. ref. to the λόγος of God, are said to: λαλεῖν Ac 4:29, 31; 13:46; Phil 1:14; Hb 13:7; καταγγέλλειν Ac 13:5; 17:13; διδάσκειν 18:11; μαρτυρεῖν Rv 1:2. Of their hearers it is said: τὸν λ. τοῦ θεοῦ ἀκούειν Ac 13:7; δέχεσθαι 8:14; 11:1. Of the λ. τοῦ θεοῦ itself we read: ηὔξανεν Ac 6:7; 12:24; 19:20; οὐ δέδεται 2 Ti 2:9. In these places and many others ὁ λόγος τοῦ θεοῦ is simply the Christian message, the gospel: Lk 5:1; 8:11, 21; 11:28 (Simplicius in Epict. p. 1, 20 μὴ μόνον ἀκουόντων ἀλλὰ πασχόντων καὶ ὑπὸ τῶν λόγων=let the message have its effect on oneself); Ac 6:2 (s. καταλείπω 7c; for prob. commercial metaph. s. 2a below); 13:44 v.l. (for κυρίου); 16:32 v.l.; 1 Cor 14:36; 2 Cor 2:17; 4:2; Col 1:25; 1 Pt 1:23; Rv 1:9; 6:9; 20:4; IPhld 11:1. Cp. 1 Th 2:13ab; 1J 2:5.—Since this ‘divine word’ is brought to humanity through Christ, his word can be used in the same sense: ὁ λόγος μου J 5:24; cp. 8:31, 37, 43, 51f; 12:48; 14:23f; 15:3, 20b; Rv 3:8. ὁ λόγος τοῦ Χριστοῦ Col 3:16; cp. Hb 6:1. ὁ λ. τοῦ κυρίου Ac 8:25; 12:24 v.l.; 13:44, 48f; 14:25 v.l.; 15:35, 36; 16:32 (cp. λ. θεοῦ); 19:10; 1 Th 1:8; 2 Th 3:1. Pl. Mk 8:38 (Lk 9:26); 1 Ti 6:3; cp. Lk 24:44; s. also 1aδ.—Or it is called simply ὁ λόγος=the ‘Word’, for no misunderstanding would be possible among Christians: Mt 13:20–23; Mk 2:2; 4:14–20, 33; 8:32 (s. 1aε below); 16:20; Lk 1:2; 8:12f, 15; Ac 6:4; 8:4; 10:36 (on the syntax s. FNeirynck, ETL 60, ’84, 118–23); 11:19; 14:25 (cp. λ. κυρίου above); 16:6; 17:11; 18:5; Gal 6:6; Phil 1:14; Col 4:3; 1 Th 1:6; 2 Ti 4:2; Js 1:21ff; 1 Pt 2:8; 3:1; 1J 2:7; AcPl Ha 7, 6 (so also Mel., HE 4, 26, 13; Ath. 2, 3).—Somet. the ‘Word’ is more closely defined by a gen.: ὁ λ. τῆς βασιλείας the word of the reign/rule (of God) Mt 13:19. τῆς σωτηρίας Ac 13:26. τῆς καταλλαγῆς 2 Cor 5:19. τοῦ σταυροῦ 1 Cor 1:18. δικαιοσύνης (q.v. 3a) Hb 5:13. ζωῆς Phil 2:16. (τῆς) ἀληθείας (Theoph. Ant. 3, 4 [p. 212, 2]; cp. περὶ ἀληθείας Hippol., Ref. 10, 6, 1) Eph 1:13; Col 1:5; 2 Ti 2:15; Js 1:18; AcPl Ha 8, 8 (Just., D. 121, 2). τῆς χάριτος αὐτοῦ (=τοῦ κυρίου) Ac 14:3; 20:32. (Differently the pl. οἱ λόγοι τ. χάριτος gracious words Lk 4:22; cp. Marcellinus, Vi. Thu. 57 Hude λόγοι εἰρωνείας.) ὁ λ. τοῦ εὐαγγελίου Ac 15:7; ὁ τοῦ Χριστιανισμοῦ λ. MPol 10:1. In Rv 3:10 the gospel is described by the ‘One who has the key of David’ as ὁ λ. τῆς ὑπομονῆς μου my word of endurance (W-S. §30, 12c). λ. τῶν ὑ[πο]μονῶν AcPl Ha 6, 11. παρελάβετε τὸν λ. ὅτι AcPl Ha 8, 25.—The pastoral letters favor the expr. πιστὸς ὁ λόγος (sc. ἐστίν, and s. πιστός 1b) 1 Ti 1:15; 3:1; 4:9; 2 Ti 2:11; Tit 3:8; cp. Rv 21:5; 22:6. λ. ὑγιής sound preaching Tit 2:8; cp. the pl. ὑγιαίνοντες λόγοι 2 Ti 1:13 (on medicinal use of words for the mind or soul s. VLeinieks, The City of Dionysos ’96, 115–22, on Eur.).—The pl. is also used gener. of Christian teachings, the words of the gospel Lk 1:4 (s. κατηχέω 2a); 1 Th 4:18. οἱ λ. τῆς πίστεως 1 Ti 4:6. On λόγοι κυριακοί for λόγια κυριακά in the title of the Papias document s. ἐξήγησις 2.—JSchniewind, Die Begriffe Wort und Evangelium bei Pls, diss. Bonn 1910; RAsting (εὐαγγέλιον, end).γ. of an individual declaration or remark: assertion, declaration, speech ἀκούσαντες τὸν λ. when they heard the statement Mt 15:12; cp. 19:11, 22; 22:15; Mk 5:36. διὰ τοῦτον τὸν λ. because of this statement of yours 7:29 (TestAbr A 15 p. 95, 29 [Stone p. 38] τὸν λ. τοῦτον; ApcMos 25 εἰς τὸν λόγον σου κρινῶ σε). Cp. 10:22; 12:13; Lk 1:29; 22:61 v.l. (for ῥήματος); J 4:39, 50; 6:60; 7:36, 40 v.l.; 15:20a; 18:9; 19:8; Ac 6:5; 7:29; 20:38; 22:22; 1 Th 4:15. ὸ̔ς ἐὰν εἴπῃ λόγον κατὰ τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου whoever utters a (defamatory) word against the Son of Humanity Mt 12:32 (λ. εἰπεῖν κατά τινος as Jos., Ant. 15, 81); cp. Lk 12:10. λόγος σαπρός unwholesome talk Eph 4:29. λόγον ποιεῖσθαι make a speech Ac 11:2 D (cp. Hyperid. 3, 20; Jos., Ant. 11, 86).δ. the pl. (οἱ) λόγοι is used, on the one hand, of words uttered on various occasions, of speeches or instruction given here and there by humans or transcendent beings (TestAbr A 14 p. 94, 19 [Stone p. 36]; Jos., Ant. 4, 264; Just., D. 100, 3) ἐκ τῶν λόγων σου δικαιωθήσῃ (καταδικασθήσῃ) Mt 12:37ab; 24:35; Mk 13:31; Lk 21:33; Ac 2:40; 7:22 (ἐν λόγοις καὶ ἔργοις αὐτοῦ. On the word-deed pair cp. Dio Chrys. 4, 6 the λόγοι and ἔργα of Diogenes; s. α above). οἱ δέκα λόγοι the ten commandments (Ex 34:28; Dt 10:4; Philo, Rer. Div. Her. 168, Decal. 32; Jos., Ant. 3, 138; cp. 91f; Did., Gen. 36, 10) B 15:1. Ac 15:24; 20:35; 1 Cor 2:4b, 13; 14:19ab; κενοὶ λ. Eph 5:6; AcPl Ox 6, 13 (cp. Aa 1, 241, 14); Dg 8:2; πλαστοὶ λ. 2 Pt 2:3. λ. πονηροί 3J 10.—Also of words and exprs. that form a unity, whether it be connected discourse (Jos., Ant. 15, 126; Just., A II, 12, 6, D. 11, 5; 81, 3 al.), a conversation, or parts of one and the same teaching, or expositions on the same subject (Diod S 16, 2, 3 μετέσχε τῶν Πυθαγορίων λόγων; Dio Chrys. 37 [54], 1; Ael. Aristid. 50, 55 K.=26 p. 519 D.: οἱ Πλάτωνος λόγοι; PsSol 17:43 [words of the Messiah]; AscIs 3:12 οἱ λόγοι τοῦ Βελχειρά) πᾶς ὅστις ἀκούει μου τοὺς λόγους τούτους Mt 7:24; cp. vss. 26, 28; 10:14; 19:1; 26:1; Mk 10:24; Lk 1:20; 6:47; 9:28, 44. ἐπηρώτα αὐτὸν ἐν λόγοις ἱκανοῖς he questioned him at some length 23:9. τίνες οἱ λ. οὗτοι οὓς ἀντιβάλλετε; what is this conversation that you are holding? 24:17; J 7:40 (s. γ); 10:19; J 14:24a; 19:13; Ac 2:22; 5:5, 24; 16:36; 2 Ti 4:15; 1 Cl 13:1; 46:7. λόγοις φθοριμαίοις AcPlCor 1:2.ε. the subject under discussion, matter, thing gener. (Theognis 1055 Diehl; Hdt. 8, 65 μηδενὶ ἄλλῳ τὸν λόγον τοῦτον εἴπῃς. Cp. Hebr. דָּבָר) τὸν λ. ἐκράτησαν they took up the subject Mk 9:10; cp. Mt. 21:24 (s. 1aβ beg.). οὐκ ἔστιν σοι μερὶς ἐν τῷ λόγῳ τούτῳ you have no share in this matter Ac 8:21. ἰδεῖν περὶ τ. λόγου τούτου look into this matter 15:6. ἔχειν πρός τινα λόγον have a complaint against someone (cp. Demosth. 35, 55 ἐμοὶ πρὸς τούτους ὁ λόγος; PIand 16, 3 δίκαιον λόγον ἔχει πρὸς σέ) 19:38. παρεκτὸς λόγου πορνείας Mt 5:32; 19:9 v.l. (2d is also prob.).—Perh. also Mk 8:32 he discussed the subject quite freely (but s. 1aβ above).ⓑ of literary or oratorical productions: of the separate books of a work (Hdt. 5, 36 ἐν τῷ πρώτῳ τ. λόγων; Pla., Parmen. 2, 127d ὁ πρῶτος λόγος; Philo, Omn. Prob. Lib. 1 ὁ μὲν πρότερος λόγος ἦν ἡμῖν, ὦ Θεόδοτε, περὶ τοῦ …) treatise Ac 1:1 (s. on the prologue to Ac: AHilgenfeld, ZWT 41, 1898, 619ff; AGercke, Her 29, 1894, 373ff; RLaqueur, Her 46, 1911, 161ff; Norden, Agn. Th. 311ff; JCreed, JTS 35, ’34, 176–82; Goodsp., Probs. 119–21). Παπίας … πέντε λόγους κυριακῶν λογίων ἔγραψεν Papias (11:1; cp. 3:1 e; 11:2; 12:2).—περὶ οὗ πολὺς ἡμῖν ὁ λόγος about this we have much to say Hb 5:11. Hb is described as ὁ λ. τῆς παρακλήσεως a word of exhortation (in literary form) 13:22. Of writings that are part of Holy Scripture ὁ λ. Ἠσαί̈ου J 12:38. ὁ λ. ὁ ἐν τῷ νόμῳ γεγραμμένος 15:25; ὁ προφητικὸς λ. 2 Pt 1:19; 2 Cl 11:2 (quot. of unknown orig.); AcPl Ha 8, 27/BMM recto 35 (Just., D. 77, 2 al.). ὁ ἅγιος λ. the holy word 1 Cl 56:3. ὁ λ. ὁ γεγραμμένος 1 Cor 15:54 (Is 25:8 and Hos 13:14 follow). Pl. οἱ λόγοι τ. προφητῶν Ac 15:15. ὡς γέγραπται ἐν βίβλῳ λόγων Ἠσαί̈ου Lk 3:4 (Pla., 7th Epistle 335a πείθεσθαι ἀεὶ χρὴ τοῖς παλαιοῖς καὶ ἱεροῖς λόγοις; TestJob 1:1 βίβλος λόγων Ἰώβ; ParJer 9:32 v.l. τὰ λοιπὰ τῶν λόγων Ἱερεμίου; ApcEsdr 1:1 καὶ ἀποκάλυψις τοῦ … Ἐσδράμ; ApcSed prol.; Just., D. 72, 3f).—Of the content of Rv: ὁ ἀναγινώσκων τ. λόγους τῆς προφητείας 1:3. οἱ λόγοι (τ. προφητείας) τ. βιβλίου τούτου 22:7, 9f, 18f.② computation, reckoningⓐ a formal accounting, esp. of one’s actions, and freq. with fig. extension of commercial terminology account, accounts, reckoning λόγον δοῦναι (Hdt. 8, 100; X., Cyr. 1, 4, 3; Diod S 3, 46, 4; SIG 1099, 16; BGU 164, 21; Jos., Ant. 16, 120; Just., D. 115, 6) give account, make an accounting ἕκαστος περὶ ἑαυτοῦ λόγον δώσει τ. θεῷ Ro 14:12. Also λ. ἀποδοῦναι abs. (Just., D. 116, 1 al.; Diod S 16, 56, 4; 19, 9, 4) Hb 13:17. τινί to someone (Diod S 16, 27, 4; Plut., Alcib. 7, 3; Chariton 7, 6, 2; SIG 631, 13 τᾷ πόλει; 2 Ch 34:28; Da 6:3 Theod.; Jos., Bell. 1, 209) τῷ ἑτοίμως ἔχοντι κρῖναι 1 Pt 4:5. τινὸς of someth. (SIG 1044, 46; 1105, 10 τοῦ ἀναλώματος; Jos., Ant. 19, 307) Lk 16:2 (here λ. w. the art.; on the subject of undergoing an audit cp. Aeschin. 3, 22). Likew. περί τινος (Diod S 18, 60, 2 δοὺς αὑτῷ περὶ τούτων λόγον=taking account [considering] with himself; BGU 98, 25 περὶ τούτου) Mt 12:36; Ac 19:40. ὑπέρ τινος concerning someone Hv 3, 9, 10.—αἰτεῖν τινα λόγον περί τινος call someone to account for someth. 1 Pt 3:15 (cp. Pla., Pol. 285e; Dio Chrys. 20 [37], 30; Apc4Esdr Fgm. b ἕκαστος ὑπὸ τοῦ οἰκείου ἔργου τὸν λόγον ἀπαιτηθήσεται; Just., A I, 17, 4. For another perspective s. d below.).—Of banking responsibility ὁ λόγος τοῦ θεοῦ (PStras 72, 10 [III A.D.] ὁ τῶν θεῶν λ.; PHerm 108 [III A.D.] λ. τοῦ Σαραπείου) in wordplay Ac 6:2 (w. τράπεζα q.v. 1c); s. also 1aβ.—Of a ledger heading (POxy 1333 [II/III A.D.] δὸς αὐτῳ λόγῳ θεωρικῶν=credit him under ‘festivals’; for others s. Preisig., Wörterbuch s.v. λ. 14; s. also Fachwörter 119) Ro 9:6 (the point is that God’s ‘list’ of Israelites is accurate; on ἐκπίπτω in the sense ‘is not deficient’ s. s.v. 4); vs. 9 (the ‘count’ is subsumed by metonymy in divine promise); Gal 5:14 (all moral obligations come under one ‘entry’: ‘you shall love your neighbor as yourself’; for commercial association of ἀναλίσκω vs. 15, which rounds out the wordplay, s. s.v.). The contexts of these three passages suggest strong probability for commercial associations; for another view s. 1aβ.ⓑ settlement (of an account) (εἰς λόγον commercial t.t. ‘in settlement of an account’ POxy 275, 19; 21) εἰς λόγον δόσεως κ. λήμψεως in settlement of a mutual account (lit., ‘of giving and receiving’, ‘of debit and credit’) Phil 4:15 (cp. Plut., Mor. 11b λόγον δοῦναι καὶ λαβεῖν; a parallel formulation POxy 1134,10 [421 A.D.] λ. λήμματος καὶ ἐξοδιασμοῦ=ledger of income and expenditures); for the linked accounting terms δόσις and λήμψις s. PCairMasp 151, 208 [VI A.D.]. The same ideas are in the background of εἰς λόγον ὑμῶν credited to your account vs 17.—συναίρειν λόγον settle accounts (BGU 775, 18f. The mid. in the same mng. PFay109, 6 [I A.D.]; POxy 113, 27f.—Dssm., LO 94 [LAE 118f]) μετά τινος Mt 18:23; 25:19.ⓒ reflection, respect, regard εἰς λόγον τινός with regard to, for the sake of (Thu. 3, 46, 4; Demosth. 19, 142 εἰς ἀρετῆς λόγον; Polyb. 11, 28, 8; Ath. 31, 1; Ael. Aristid. 39 p. 743 D.: εἰς δεινότητος λ.) εἰς λ. τιμῆς IPhld 11:2. εἰς λ. θεοῦ ISm 10:1.ⓓ reason for or cause of someth., reason, ground, motive (Just., D. 94, 3 δότε μοι λόγον, ὅτου χάριν … ; Ath. 30, 3 τὶς γὰρ … λόγος; Dio Chrys. 64 [14], 18 ἐκ τούτου τ. λόγου; Appian, Hann. 29 §126 τῷ αὐτῷ λόγῳ; Iambl., Vi. Pyth. 28, 155) τίνι λόγω; for what reason? Ac 10:29 (cp. Pla., Gorg. 512c τίνι δικαίῳ λ.; Appian, Mithrid. 57 §232 τίνι λόγῳ;). λόγον περὶ τῆς ἐν ὑμῖν ἐλπίδος 1 Pt 3:15 (but s. a above); κατὰ λόγον Ac 18:14 (s. κατά B 5bβ). παρεκτὸς λόγου πορνείας Mt 5:32; 19:9 v.l. (though 1aε is also poss.).ⓔ πρὸς ὸ̔ν ἡμῖν ὁ λόγος (ἐστίν) with whom we have to do (i.e. to reckon) (Dio Chrys. 31, 123; other exx. in FBleek, Hb II/1, 1836, 590ff), in his capacity as judge (Libanius, Legat. Ulixis [=Declamatio IV] 2 F. τοῖς δὲ ἀδίκως ἀποκτενοῦσι καὶ πρὸς θεοὺς καὶ πρὸς ἀνθρώπους ὁ λόγος γίγνεται) Hb 4:13. οὐ πρὸς σάρκα ὁ λόγος, ἀλλὰ πρὸς θεόν he has to do not with flesh, but with God IMg 3:2.ⓕ In Col 2:23 (s. 1aβ) λόγον μὲν ἔχοντα σοφίας may= make a case for wisdom (cp. λόγος ἡμῖν οὐδείς Plut., Mor. 870b).③ the independent personified expression of God, the Logos. Our lit. shows traces of a way of thinking that was widespread in contemporary syncretism, as well as in Jewish wisdom lit. and Philo, the most prominent feature of which is the concept of the Logos, the independent, personified ‘Word’ (of God): GJs 11:2 (word of the angel to Mary) συνλήμψῃ ἐκ Λόγου αὐτοῦ (sc. τοῦ πάντων Δεσπότου). J 1:1abc, 14 (cp. Just., A I, 23, 2; Mel., P. 9, 61 and oft. by all apolog., exc.. Ar.). It is the distinctive teaching of the Fourth Gospel that this divine ‘Word’ took on human form in a historical person, that is, in Jesus (s. RSeeberg, Festgabe für AvHarnack ’21, 263–81.—Λόγος w. ζωή in gnostic speculation: Iren.1, 1, 1 [Harv. 1, 10, 4]; Aelian, VH 4, 20 ἐκάλουν τὸν Πρωταγόραν Λόγον. Similarly Favorinus [II A.D.]: Vorsokr. 80 A 1 ln. 22 [in Diog. L. 9, 50] of Democritus: ἐκαλεῖτο Σοφία. Equating a divinity with an abstraction that she personifies: Artem. 5, 18 φρόνησις εἶναι νομίζεται ἡ θεός [Athena]). Cp. 1J 1:1; Rv 19:13. εἷς θεός ἐστιν, ὁ φανερώσας ἑαυτὸν διὰ Ἰ. Χριστοῦ τοῦ υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ, ὅς ἐστιν αὐτοῦ λόγος, ἀπὸ σιγῆς προελθών there is one God, who has revealed himself through Jesus Christ his Son, who is his ‘Word’ proceeding from silence (i.e., without an oral pronouncement: in a transcendent manner) IMg 8:2 (s. σιγή). The Lord as νόμος κ. λόγος PtK 1. Cp. Dg 11:2, 3, 7, 8; 12:9.—HClavier, TManson memorial vol., ’59, 81–93: the Alexandrian eternal λόγος is also implied in Hb 4:12; 13:7.—S. also the ‘Comma Johanneum’ (to the bibliography in RGG3 I, ’54 [HGreeven] add AJülicher, GGA 1905, 930–35; AvHarnack, SBBerlAk 1915, 572f [=Studien I ’31, 151f]; MMeinertz, Einl. in d. NT4 ’33, 309–11; AGreiff, TQ 114, ’33, 465–80; CDodd, The Joh. Epistles ’46; WThiele, ZNW 50, ’59, 61–73) ὁ πατήρ, ὁ λόγος καὶ τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα 1J 5:7 v.l. (s. N. app.; Borger, TRu 52, ’87, 57f). (Such interpolations were not unheard of. According to Diog. L. 1, 48 some people maintain that Solon inserted the verse mentioning the Athenians after Il. 2, 557.—τῆς τριάδος, τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ τοῦ λόγου αὐτοῦ καὶ τῆς σοφίας αὐτοῦ Theoph. Ant. 2, 15 [p. 138, 19].)—On the Logos: EZeller, D. Philosophie der Griechen III 24 1903, 417–34; MHeinze, D. Lehre v. Logos in d. griech. Philosophie 1872; PWendland, Philo u. d. kynisch-stoische Diatribe (Beiträge z. Gesch. der griech. Philosophie u. Religion by Wendl. and OKern 1895, 1–75); AAall, Gesch. d. Logosidee 1896, 1899; MPohlenz, D. Stoa ’48f, I 482; 490 (index); LDürr, D. Wertung des göttl. Wortes im AT u. im ant. Orient ’38 (§9 of the Joh. Logos); EBréhier, Les idées philosophiques et religieuses de Philon d’Alexandrie 1907, 83–111; (2 ’25); JLebreton, Les théories du Logos au début de l’ère chrétienne 1907; ESchwartz, NGG 1908, 537–56; GVos, The Range of the Logos-Title in the Prologue of the Fourth Gospel: PTR 11, 1913, 365–419; 557–602; RHarris, The Origin of the Prologue to St. John’s Gospel 1917, Athena, Sophia and the Logos: BJRL 7, 1, 1922 p. 56–72; M-JLagrange, Vers le Logos de S. Jean: RB 32, 1923, 161–84, Le Logos de Philon: ibid. 321–71; HLeisegang, Logos: Pauly-W. XIII 1926, 1035–81; TGlasson, Heraclitus’ Alleged Logos Doctr., JTS 3, ’52, 231–38.—NWeinstein, Z. Genesis d. Agada 1901, 29–90; Billerb. II 302–33.—Rtzst., Zwei religionsgeschichtl. Fragen 1901, 47–132, Mysterienrel.3 1927, 428 index; WBousset, Kyrios Christos2 1921, 304ff; 316f; JKroll, D. Lehren d. Hermes Trismegistos1914, 418 index.—RBultmann, D. religionsgesch. Hintergrund des Prol. z. Joh.: HGunkel Festschr., 1923, II 1–26, Comm. ’41, 5ff; AAlexander, The Johannine Doctrine of the Logos: ET 36, 1925, 394–99; 467–72; (Rtzst. and) HSchaeder, Studien z. antiken Synkretismus 1926, 306–37; 350; GAvdBerghvanEysinga, In den beginne was de Logos: NThT 23, ’34, 105–23; JDillersberger, Das Wort von Logos ’35; RBury, The 4th Gosp. and the Logos-Doctrine ’40; EMay, CBQ 8, ’46, 438–47; GKnight, From Moses to Paul ’49, 120–29. TW IV 76–89; 126–40 (on this s. SLyonnet, Biblica 26, ’45, 126–31); CStange, ZST 21, ’50, 120–41; MBoismard, Le Prologue de St. Jean ’53; HLangkammer, BZ 9, ’65, 91–94; HRinggren, Word and Wisdom [hypostatization in Near East] ’47; WEltester, Haenchen Festschr., ’64, 109–34; HWeiss, Untersuchungen zur Kosmologie etc., TU 97, ’66, 216–82; MRissi, Die Logoslieder im Prolog des vierten Evangeliums, TZ 31, ’75, 321–36; HLausberg, NAWG, Ph. ’87, 1 pp. 1–7.—B. 1262. DELG s.v. λέγω B 1. M-M. EDNT. TW. -
12 et
et adv. and conj. I. adv., adding to a fact or thought, also, too, besides, moreover, likewise, as well, even: Ph. vale. Pa. et tu bene vale, T.: ‘tu tuom negotium gessisti bene.’ Gere et tu tuom bene: et Caelius profectus... pervenit, Cs.: et alia acies fundit Sabinos, L.: nam et testimonium saepe dicendum est: qui bellum gesserint, quom et regis inimici essent: id te et nunc rogo: Romulus et ipse arma tollens, L.: amisso et ipse Pacoro, Ta.: spatium non tenent tantum, sed et implent, Ta.— II. As conj, and, as the simplest connective of words or clauses: cum constemus ex animo et corpore: dixerat et conripiunt spatium, V.: Xerxes et duo Artaxerxes, Macrochir et Mnemon, N.—After a negat., but: portūs capere non potuerunt, et infra delatae sunt, Cs.—After an emphatic word: hoc et erit simile, etc. (i. e. et hoc): Danaūm et... Ut caderem meruisse manu (i. e. et meruisse ut Danaūm manu cederem), V.: vagus et sinistrā Labitur ripā, H. — Regularly, either et introduces the second and each following word or clause, or no connective is used: Alco et Melampus et Tmolus, Alco, Melampus and Tmolus: et ipse bonus vir fuit, et multi Epicurei et fuerunt et hodie sunt et in amicitiis fideles et in omni vitā constantes et graves: Signini fuere et Norbani Saticulanique et Fregellani et Lucerini et, etc. (sixteen times), L.: sequebantur C. Carbo, C. Cato, et minime tum quidem Gaius frater, etc. —But the rule is often violated: consulibus, praetoribus, tribunis pl. et nobis... negotium dederat: fuere autem C. Duellius P. Decius Mus M. Papirius Q. Publilius et T. Aemilius, L.: abi, quaere et refer, H.: It, redit et narrat, H.—After multi, plurimi, tot (where no conj. is used in English): multae et magnae Cogitationes, many great thoughts: plurima et flagitiosissuma facinora, S.: tot et tantae et tam graves civitates.—Repeated, both... and, as well... as, on the one hand... on the other, not only... but also: et haec et alia: et in circo et in foro: Iovis Et soror et coniunx, V.: et publice et privatim: et est et semper fuit: et oratio et voluntas et auctoritas, as well... as... and.—The second or last et often introduces a climax, both... and in particular: homo et in aliis causis versatus et in hac multum versatus.— Corresponding with neque, both... and not, both not... and: via et certa neque longa: nec sapienter et me invito facit, both unwisely and against my protest: quia et consul aberat nec facile erat, etc., L.—Corresponding with -que, deinde, tum, instead of another et: et Epaminondas cecinisse dicitur, Themistoclesque, etc.: uti seque et oppidum tradat, S.: tela hastaque et gladius, L.: et in ceteris... tum maxime in celeritate: et publicani... deinde ex ceteris ordinibus homines.—After a negative, uniting two words or phrases: non errantem et vagam, sed stabilem sententiam: Nec pietate fuit nec bello maior et armis, V.—Uniting two words which form one conception: habere ad Catilinam mandata et litteras: pateris libamus et auro, V.: cernes urbem et promissa Moenia, V.: omnium artium ratio et disciplina, systematic cultivation: quam (medicinam) adfert longinquitas et dies, time: crescit oratio et facultas (i. e. dicendi facultas): a similitudine et inertiā Gallorum separari, from resembling their lack of enterprise, Ta.—Et non, and not, instead of neque: patior, iudices, et non moleste fero: exempla quaerimus et ea non antiqua: uti opus intermitteretur et milites contineri non possent, Cs.: pro decore tantum et non pro salute, L.: tantummodo in urbe et non per totam Italiam, S.: me ista curasse et non inrisisse potius, etc.; cf. otioso vero et nihil agenti privato: temere et nullo consilio: heredes sui cuique liberi, et nullum testamentum, Ta. — Adding a general to a special term, or a whole to one or more parts, and the rest, and all: Chrysippus et Stoici, and the Stoics in general: ad victum et ad vitam: procul ab Syracusis Siciliāque, L.—Adding a special to a general term, or a part to a whole, and in particular, and especially: si te et tuas cogitationes et studia perspexeris: tris (navīs) In brevia et Syrtīs urguet, V.: regnum et diadema, H. — Adding an explanation or enlargement of the thought, and indeed, and in fact, and moreover, and that, and besides: errabas, Verres, et vehementer errabas: hostis et hostis nimis ferus: cum hostis in Italiā esset, et Hannibal hostis, L.: te enim iam appello, et eā voce, ut, etc.: id, et facile, effici posse, N.: et domi quidem causam amoris habuisti: pictores, et vero etiam poëtae.—Introducing a parenthesis: ad praetorem— et ipse ita iubebat—est deductus, L.—Adding a result after an imper, and then, and so: Dic quibus in terris, et eris mihi magnus Apollo, V.—Introducing a strongly contrasted thought, and yet, and in spite of this, and... possibly, but still, but: et dubitas, quin sensus in morte nullus sit?: animo non deficiam et id perferam: in amicitiā nihil fictum (est), et quicquid est, id est verum.—After an expression of time, introducing a contemporaneous fact, and, and then, when, as: haec eodem tempore referebantur, et legati veniebant, Cs.: eādem horā Interamnae fuerat et Romae: simul consul de hostium adventu cognovit, et hostes aderant, S.—Introducing an immediate sequence in time, and then, when: Tantum effatus et in verbo vestigia torsit, V.: vixdum ad se pervenisse et audisse, etc., L.—Introducing the second term of a comparison, as, than, and: Nunc mihi germanu's pariter animo et corpore, T.: quod aeque promptum est mihi et adversario meo: haudquaquam par gloria sequitur scriptorem et actorem, S.: aliter docti et indocti.—Adversative, but, yet: gravis, severus, et saepius misericors, Ta.: magna corpora et tantum ad impetum valida, Ta.* * *and, and even; also, even; (et... et = both... and) -
13 די
דַּיm. (b. h.; דָּוָה, cmp. דַּאי) sufficiency, plenty; constr. דֵּי enough for; דּיִּי enough for me, דַּיֶּיךָ enough for thee Nidd.I, 1 דַּיָּין שעתן they have enough for the time being, i. e. the unclean condition, now discovered, has no retrospective effect, opp. מפְּקִידָה לפקידה. Pes.8b דַּיֵּינוּ we should have been contented. Taan.24b דַּיּוֹ בקבוכ׳ (Ms. M. דַּיי לו קב) he is contented with a Kab of B. Kam.II, 5 (25a) דיו לבא מן הדיןוכ׳ it is sufficient for the law which is derived by conclusion ad majus to be as strict as the law from which it is derived, i. e. you cannot go beyond the latter. Ib. ור״ט לית ליה דיו does R. T. not follow the principle of dayyo (that the derived law cannot go beyond the original)? והא דיו דאורייתא הוא is not the principle of dayyo biblical?Gen. B. s. 21 דייך פפוס it is enough for thee, Papus, i. e. say no more; a. fr.With prefix כְּדַי (v. כְּדָיי), constr. כְּדֵי as much as is required for, corresponding to, as conj. in order to. Maasr. V, 6 ומצא כ׳ מדתו and found a quantity corresponding to what he had measured into it (reasonably increased); יתר על כ׳ מדתו more than the reasonable quantity.כ׳ דיבור or תוך כ׳ ד׳ as much, within as much, time as is needed for an utterance (e. g. a greeting, v. Y.Ber.I, 4b). B. Kam.73a, a. fr. תוך כ׳ דיבור כדיבור דמי two statements following each other immediately are considered one. Ib. b תרי ת׳ כ׳ ד׳ there are two different intervals comprised under the expression tokh kde dibbur. Snh.31b bot. ב׳ לחלוק וב׳ in order to give honor to Ib. 32a bot. כ׳ שלא תנעול דלתוכ׳ in order not to make loans too difficult, v. דֶּלֶת; a. fr. -
14 דַּי
דַּיm. (b. h.; דָּוָה, cmp. דַּאי) sufficiency, plenty; constr. דֵּי enough for; דּיִּי enough for me, דַּיֶּיךָ enough for thee Nidd.I, 1 דַּיָּין שעתן they have enough for the time being, i. e. the unclean condition, now discovered, has no retrospective effect, opp. מפְּקִידָה לפקידה. Pes.8b דַּיֵּינוּ we should have been contented. Taan.24b דַּיּוֹ בקבוכ׳ (Ms. M. דַּיי לו קב) he is contented with a Kab of B. Kam.II, 5 (25a) דיו לבא מן הדיןוכ׳ it is sufficient for the law which is derived by conclusion ad majus to be as strict as the law from which it is derived, i. e. you cannot go beyond the latter. Ib. ור״ט לית ליה דיו does R. T. not follow the principle of dayyo (that the derived law cannot go beyond the original)? והא דיו דאורייתא הוא is not the principle of dayyo biblical?Gen. B. s. 21 דייך פפוס it is enough for thee, Papus, i. e. say no more; a. fr.With prefix כְּדַי (v. כְּדָיי), constr. כְּדֵי as much as is required for, corresponding to, as conj. in order to. Maasr. V, 6 ומצא כ׳ מדתו and found a quantity corresponding to what he had measured into it (reasonably increased); יתר על כ׳ מדתו more than the reasonable quantity.כ׳ דיבור or תוך כ׳ ד׳ as much, within as much, time as is needed for an utterance (e. g. a greeting, v. Y.Ber.I, 4b). B. Kam.73a, a. fr. תוך כ׳ דיבור כדיבור דמי two statements following each other immediately are considered one. Ib. b תרי ת׳ כ׳ ד׳ there are two different intervals comprised under the expression tokh kde dibbur. Snh.31b bot. ב׳ לחלוק וב׳ in order to give honor to Ib. 32a bot. כ׳ שלא תנעול דלתוכ׳ in order not to make loans too difficult, v. דֶּלֶת; a. fr. -
15 ἐπί
ἐπί prep. w. gen., dat., or acc.; s. the lit. on ἀνά, beg. (Hom.+). The basic idea is ‘upon’ (opp. ὑπό) Kühner-G. I 495; s. also Rob 600–605. (In the foll. classifications case use is presented seriatim; in earlier editions of this lexicon all sections, except 13, 17, and 18 [of time], were included under the general rubric ‘Place’.)① marker of location or surface, answering the question ‘where?’ on, upon, nearⓐ w. gen., marking a position on a surface ἐ. (τῆς) γῆς on (the) earth (cp. En 9:1; 98:1; ἐ. γῆς 25:6; PsSol 17:2) Mt 6:10, 19; 9:6; 23:9; Mk 6:47 al. (Ar. 12, 1; Just., A I, 54, 7 al.). ἐ. τῆς θαλάσσης on the sea (cp. Job 9:8; Dio Chrys. 10 [11], 129 βαδίζειν ἐ. τῆς θαλ.; Lucian, Philops. 13 βαδίζειν ἐφʼ ὕδατος, VH 2, 4; Artem. 3, 16 ἐ. τ. θαλάσσης περιπατεῖν; schol. on Nicander, Ther. 15 p. 5, 26ff relying on the testimony of Hesiod: Orion was given a gift [δωρεά] by the gods καὶ ἐ. κυμάτων πορεύεσθαι καὶ ἐ. τῆς γῆς) Mt 14:26; Mk 6:48f; J 6:19 (w. acc. P75; s. 4bβ below). ἐ. τῶν νεφελῶν on the clouds Mt 24:30; 26:64 (Da 7:13; cp. Philo, Praem. 8). ἐ. κλίνης 9:2; Lk 17:34. ἐ. τοῦ δώματος on the roof vs. 31; Mt 24:17; 10:27 foll. by pl. W. verbs: κάθημαι ἐ. τινος sit on someth. (Job 2:8; ἐ. τοῦ ἅρματος GrBar 6:2; cp. JosAs 27:1 ἐ. τοῦ ὀχήματος καθεζόμενος; Just., D. 90, 5 ἐ. λίθου καθεζόμενος) Mt 24:3; 27:19; Ac 8:28; Rv 6:16; 9:17 (the same prep. used in Rv w. κάθημαι and dat. s. bα below, and w. acc. cα). ἑστηκέναι ἐ. τινος stand on someth. Ac 21:40; Rv 10:5, 8 (Just., D. 86, 2 ἐστηρίχθαι). With parts of the body: ἐ. χειρῶν αἴρειν carry on (i.e. in/with) their hands Mt 4:6; Lk 4:11 (both Ps 90:12). ἐ. κεφαλῆς on the head (Hdt. 5, 12, 4) J 20:7; 1 Cor 11:10; Rv 12:1. ἐ. τοῦ μετώπου Rv 7:3; 9:4. ἐ. γυμνοῦ on the naked body Mk 14:51. Cp. use of ἐπί w. καθίζω and gen., and ἐπί w. κάθημαι and acc. Mt 19:28.—In a gener. and fig. sense Ac 21:23.ⓑ w. dat., gener. suggesting contiguity on, in, above.α. answering the question ‘where?’ (Hom. et al.; ins, pap, LXX; Just., D. 105, 5 ἐ. τῷ σταυρῷ; Tat., 9:1 ἐ. τοῖς ὄρεσι; Ath. 20, 1 ἐ. τῷ μετώπῳ; Mel., P. 19, 131 ἐ. σάκκῳ καὶ σποδῷ) ἐ. πίνακι on a platter Mt 14:8, 11; Mk 6:25, 28. ἀνακλῖναι ἐ. τῷ χλωρῷ χόρτῳ on the green grass 6:39. ἐ. τοῖς κραβάττοις vs. 55. ἐπέκειτο ἐπʼ αὐτῷ lay on it (or before it) J 11:38. καθήμενος ἐ. τῷ θρόνῳ Rv 4:9 (cp. gen. w. καθ. 1a above, and acc. cα below) 5:13; 7:10 and oft. ἐφʼ ἵπποις λευκοῖς on white horses 19:14. ἐ. σανίσιν on planks Ac 27:44. ἐ. τῇ στοᾷ in the colonnade 3:11. τὰ ἐ. τοῖς οὐρανοῖς what is above (or in) the heavens Eph 1:10. ἐπʼ αὐτῷ above him, at his head Lk 23:38 (=Mt 27:37 ἐπάνω τ. κεφαλῆς αὐτοῦ).β. answering the question ‘whither?’ on, upon (Hom. et al.) w. verbs that indicate a direction: οἰκοδομεῖν ἐ. τινι build upon someth. Mt 16:18. ἐποικοδομεῖν Eph 2:20. ἐπιβάλλειν ἐπίβλημα ἐ. ἱματίῳ παλαιῷ put a patch on an old garment Mt 9:16. ἐπιπίπτειν ἐ. τινι Ac 8:16. ἐκάθισεν ἐ. τῷ θρόνῳ he sat down on the throne GJs 11:1. λίθον ἐπʼ αὐτῇ βαλέτω J 8:7 v.l. (cp. 12a below).ⓒ w. acc., answering the question ‘where?’ (Hom. et al.; LXX; JosAs 29:2 φορῶν ἐ. τὸν μηρὸν αὐτοῦ ῥομφαίαν; Just., D. 53, 1 ζυγὸν ἐ. αὐχένα μὴ ἔχων)α. on, over someth. καθεύδειν ἐ. τι sleep on someth. Mk 4:38. καθῆσθαι ἐ. τι sit on someth. Mt 19:28 (in the same vs. καθίζω w. gen., s. a above) J 12:15; Rv 4:4; 6:2; 11:16 al.; cp. Lk 21:35b; κεῖσθαι ἐ. τι lie upon someth. 2 Cor 3:15. κατακεῖσθαι Lk 5:25. ἑστηκέναι ἐ. τὸν αἰγιαλόν stand on the shore Mt 13:2; cp. Rv 14:1. ἑστῶτας ἐ. τὴν θάλασσαν standing beside the sea 15:2. ἔστη ἐ. τὴν κεφαλὴν τοῦ παιδίου (the star) remained stationary over the head of the child GJs 21:3. σκηνοῦν ἐ. τινα spread a tent over someone Rv 7:15. ἐ. τὴν δεξιάν at the right hand 5:1. λίθος ἐ. λίθον stone upon stone Mt 24:2.β. ἐ. τὸ αὐτό at the same place, together (Ps.-X., Respublica Athen. [The Old Oligarch] 2, 2; Pla., Rep. 329a; SIG 736, 66 [92 B.C.]. In pap=‘in all’: PTebt 14, 20 [114 B.C.]; PFay 102, 6.—2 Km 2:13; En 100:2) εἶναι ἐ. τὸ αὐτό be together Lk 17:35; Ac 1:15; 2:1, 44. In 1 Cor 7:5 it is a euphemistic expr. for sexual union. κατοικεῖν ἐ. τὸ αὐτό live in the same place (Dt 25:5) Hm 5, 1, 4. Also w. verbs of motion (Sus 14 Theod.) συνέρχεσθαι ἐ. τὸ αὐτό come together to the same place 1 Cor 11:20; 14:23; cp. B 4:10 (Just., A I, 67, 3 συνέλευσις γίνεται). συνάγεσθαι (Phlegon of Tralles [Hadr.]: 257 Fgm. 36 III 9 Jac.; PsSol 2:2; TestJob 28:5 Jos., Bell. 2, 346) Mt 22:34; Ac 4:26 (Ps 2:2); 1 Cl 34:7. ἐ. τὸ αὐτὸ μίγνυσθαι be mixed together Hm 10, 3, 3. προσετίθει ἐ. τὸ αὐτό added to their number Ac 2:47.γ. at, by, near someone or someth. καθῆσθαι ἐ. τὸ τελώνιον sit at the tax-office Mt 9:9 (ἐ. τὰς ὡραίας πύλας GrBar prol. 2); Mk 2:14. ἑστηκέναι ἐ. τὴν θύραν stand at the door Rv 3:20. σὺ ἔστης ἐ. τὸ θυσιαστήριον you are standing (ἕστηκας deStrycker) as priest at the altar GJs 8:2. ἐφʼ ὑμᾶς among you 2 Th 1:10; cp. Ac 1:21.—Of pers., over whom someth. is done ὀνομάζειν τὸ ὄνομα Ἰησοῦ ἐ. τινα speak the name of Jesus over someone Ac 19:13. ἐπικαλεῖν τὸ ὄνομά τινος ἐ. τινα=to claim someone for one’s own (Jer 14:9; 2 Ch 7:14; 2 Macc 8:15) Ac 15:17 (Am 9:12); Js 2:7; Hs 8, 6, 4. προσεύχεσθαι ἐ. τινα pray over someone Js 5:14.② marker of presence or occurrence near an object or area, at, nearⓐ w. gen., of immediate proximity to things at, near (Hdt. 7, 115; X., An. 4, 3, 28 al.; LXX, Just.) ἐ. τ. θυρῶν at the gates (Plut., C. Gracch. 841 [14, 3]; PRyl 127, 8f [29 A.D.] κοιμωμένου μου ἐ. τῆς θύρας; 1 Macc 1:55; Just., D. 111, 4) Ac 5:23 (s. b below for dat. in 5:9). ἐ. τῆς θαλάσσης near the sea (Polyb. 1, 44, 4; Ex 14:2; Dt 1:40; 1 Macc 14:34) J 21:1. ἐ. τῆς ὁδοῦ by the road Mt 21:19. ἐσθίειν ἐ. τῆς πραπέζης τινός eat at someone’s table Lk 22:30 (cp. POxy 99, 14 [55 A.D.] τράπεζα, ἐφʼ ἧς Σαραπίων καὶ μέτοχοι; Da 11:27 LXX ἐ. μιᾶς τραπέζης). ἐ. τοῦ (τῆς) βάτου at the thornbush = in the passage about the thornbush (i.e. Ex 3:1ff) Mk 12:26; Lk 20:37.ⓑ with dat., of immediate proximity at, near by (Hom.+) ἦν ἔτι ἐ. τῷ τόπῳ ὅπου was still at the place, where J 11:30 v.l. (for ἐν; cp. Just., D. 402). ἐ. τῇ θύρᾳ (ἐ. θύραις) at the door (Hom. et al.; Wsd 19:17; Jos., Ant. 17, 90; Just., D. 32, 3) Mt 24:33; Mk 13:29; Ac 5:9 (s. a above). ἐ. τοῖς πυλῶσιν Rv 21:12. ἐ. τῇ πηγῇ J 4:6 (Jos., Ant. 5, 58 ἐ. τινι πηγῇ; Just., A I, 64, 1 ἐ. ταῖς … πηγαῖς). ἐ. τῇ προβατικῇ (sc. πύλῃ) near the sheepgate 5:2; cp. Ac 3:10. ἐ. τῷ ποταμῷ near the river (since Il. 7, 133; Jos., Ant. 4, 176 ἐ. τ. Ἰορδάνῳ) Rv 9:14.—Of pers. (Diod S 14, 113, 6; Just., A I, 40, 7) ἐφʼ ὑμῖν among you 2 Cor 7:7; cp. Ac 28:14 v.l.③ marker of involvement in an official proceeding, before, w. gen., of pers., esp. in the language of lawsuits (Pla., Leg. 12, 943d; Isaeus 5, 1 al.; UPZ 71, 15; 16 [152 B.C.]; POxy 38, 11; Mitt-Wilck. I/2, 382, 23=BGU 909, 23; Jos., Vi. 258; Just., A II, 1, 1 ἐ. Οὐρβίκου). ἐ. τοῦ ἡγεμόνος in the governor’s presence Mt 28:14. ἐ. ἡγεμόνων καὶ βασιλέων Mk 13:9. ἐ. σου before you (the procurator) Ac 23:30. ἐ. Τερτούλλου Phlm subscr. v.l.; στάντος μου ἐ. τοῦ συνεδρίου Ac 24:20 (cp. Diod S 11, 55, 4 ἐ. τοῦ κοινοῦ συνεδρίου τ. Ἑλλήνων). γυναικὸς … διαβληθείσης ἐ. τοῦ κυρίου Papias (2:17). κρίνεσθαι ἐ. τῶν ἀδίκων go to law before the unrighteous 1 Cor 6:1. κριθήσεται ἐφʼ ὑμῶν before your tribunal D 11:11. μαρτυρεῖν ἐ. Ποντίου Πιλάτου testify before Pontius Pilate 1 Ti 6:13 (s. μαρτυρέω 1c). ἐ. τοῦ βήματος (POxy 37 I, 3 [49 A.D.]) ἑστὼς ἐ. τοῦ βήματος Καίσαρός εἰμι I am standing before Caesar’s tribunal Ac 25:10 (Appian says Prooem. c. 15 §62 of himself: δίκαις ἐν Ῥώμῃ συναγορεύσας ἐ. τῶν βασιλέων=I acted as attorney in lawsuits in Rome before the emperors).—Gener. in someone’s presence (Appian, Syr. 61 §324 ἐφʼ ὑμῶν=in your presence) ἐ. Τίτου before Titus 2 Cor 7:14. Cp.10 below.④ marker of movement to or contact w. a goal, toward, in direction of, onⓐ w. gen., marking contact with the goal that is reached, answering the question ‘whither?’ toward, on, at w. verbs of motion (Appian, Iber. 98 §427 ἀπέπλευσεν ἐπʼ οἴκου=he sailed [toward] home; PGM 4, 2468f ἀναβὰς ἐ. δώματος; JosAs 27:1 ἀνέδραμε … ἐ. πέτρας; Jos., Ant. 4, 91 ἔφευγον ἐ. τ. πόλεων; Tat. 33:3 Εὐρώπην ἐ. τοῦ ταύρου καθιδρύσαντος) βάλλειν τὸν σπόρον ἐ. τῆς γῆς Mk 4:26; also σπείρειν vs. 31. πίπτειν (Wsd 18:23; TestAbr A 3 p. 80, 11 [Stone p. 8]; JosAs 9:1) 9:20; 14:35. καθιέναι Ac 10:11. τιθέναι (Sir 17:4) Lk 8:16; J 19:19; Ac 5:15. ἔρχεσθαι Hb 6:7; Rv 3:10; γίνεσθαι ἐ. reach, be at J 6:21. γενόμενος ἐ. τοῦ τόπου when he reached the place Lk 22:40. καθίζειν take one’s seat ἐ. θρόνου (JosAs 7:1 al.) Mt 19:28 (s. 1a end); 23:2; 25:31; J 19:13 (ἐ. βήματος of Pilate as Jos., Bell. 2, 172; of Jesus Just., A I, 35, 6). κρεμαννύναι ἐ. ξύλου hang on a tree (i.e. cross) (Gen 40:19; cp. Just., D. 86, 6 σταυρωθῆναι ἐ. τοῦ ξύλου) Ac 5:30; 10:39; cp. Gal 3:13 (Dt 21:23).ⓑ w. acc.α. specifying direction (En 24:2 ἐ. νότον ‘southward’ of position of the mountain) of motion that takes a particular direction, to, toward ἐκτείνας τ. χεῖρα ἐ. τοὺς μαθητάς Mt 12:49; cp. Lk 22:53 (JosAs 12:8). πορεύεσθαι ἐ. τὸ ἀπολωλός go after the one that is lost 15:4. ἐ. τὴν ῏Ασσον in the direction of Assos Ac 20:13. ἐπιστρέφειν ἐ. τι turn to someth. 2 Pt 2:22 (cp. Pr 26:11; En 99:5). ὡς ἐ. λῃστήν as if against a robber Mt 26:55; Mk 14:48; Lk 22:52.β. from one point to another across, over w. motion implied (Hom.+; LXX) περιπατεῖν, ἐλθεῖν ἐ. τ. θάλασσαν or ἐ. τ. ὕδατα Mt 14:25, 28f; J 6:19 P75. Of spreading across the land (PsSol 17:10): famine Ac 7:11; 11:28; darkness Mt 27:45; Lk 23:44. ἐ. σταδίους δώδεκα χιλιάδων across twelve thousand stades Rv 21:16 v.l. (Polyaenus 5, 44, 4 ἐ. στάδια δέκα); ἐ. πλεῖον further (1 Esdr 2:24; 2 Macc 10:27) Ac 4:17.γ. of goal attained (Hom. et al.; LXX) on, upon someone or someth. πέσατε ἐφʼ ἡμᾶς Lk 23:30 (Hos 10:8). ἔπεσεν ἐ. τὰ πετρώδη Mt 13:5; cp. Lk 13:4. ἔρχεσθαι ἐ. τινα come upon someone Mt 3:16; also καταβαίνειν fr. above J 1:33; cp. Rv 16:21. ἀναβαίνειν (Jos., Ant. 13, 138; Just., A II, 12, 7) Lk 5:19. ἐπιβαίνειν Mt 21:5 (Zech 9:9).—Ac 2:3; 9:4 al.; διασωθῆναι ἐ. τ. γῆν be brought safely to the land 27:44; cp. vs. 43; Lk 8:27. ἐ. τὸ πλοῖον to the ship Ac 20:13. ἀναπεσεῖν ἐ. τὴν γῆν lie down or sit down on the ground Mt 15:35. ἔρριψεν αὐτὸν χαμαὶ ἐ. τὸν σάκκον he threw himself down on the sackcloth GJs 13:1. τιθέναι τι ἐ. τι put someth. on someth. (JosAs 16:11) Mt 5:15; Lk 11:33; Mk 8:25 v.l.; likew. ἐπιτιθέναι (JosAs 29:5) Mt 23:4; Mk 8:25; Lk 15:5; J 9:6, 15; Ac 15:10. ἐπιβάλλειν τ. χεῖρας ἐ. τινα (Gen 22:12 al.) Mt 26:50; Lk 21:12; Ac 5:18. Mainly after verbs of placing, laying, putting, bringing, etc. on, to: ἀναβιβάζω, ἀναφέρω, βάλλω, γράφω, δίδωμι, ἐγγίζω, ἐπιβιβάζω, ἐπιγράφω, ἐποικοδομέω, ἐπιρ(ρ)ίπτω, θεμελιόω, ἵστημι, κατάγω, οἰκοδομέω, σωρεύω; s. these entries. Sim. βρέχειν ἐ. τινα cause rain to fall upon someone Mt 5:45 (cp. PsSol 17:18); also τ. ἥλιον ἀνατέλλειν ἐ. τινα cause the sun to rise so that its rays fall upon someone *ibid. τύπτειν τινὰ ἐ. τὴν σιαγόνα strike on the cheek Lk 6:29. πίπτειν ἐ. (τὸ) πρόσωπον (Jdth 14:6) on the face Mt 17:6; 26:39; Lk 5:12; 17:16; 1 Cor 14:25; Rv 7:11.—To, upon w. acc. of thing πορεύεσθαι ἐ. τὴν ὁδόν go to the road Ac 8:26; cp. 9:11. ἐ. τὰς διεξόδους Mt 22:9. ἵνα μὴ πνέῃ ἄνεμος ἐ. πᾶν δένδρον so that no wind should blow upon any tree Rv 7:1.δ. of closeness to someth. or someone to, up to, in the neighborhood of, on ἐ. τὸ μνημεῖον up to the tomb Mk 16:2; Lk 24:1 v.l., 22, 24; cp. ἐ. τὸ μνῆμα Mk 16:2 v.l.; Lk 24:1. ἔρχεσθαι ἐ. τι ὕδωρ come to some water Ac 8:36. ἐ. τὴν πύλην τὴν σιδηρᾶν to the iron gate 12:10. καταβαίνειν ἐ. τὴν θάλασσαν go down to the sea J 6:16. ἐ. τὸν Ἰορδάνην Mt 3:13 (Just., D. 88, 3 al.). ἀναπίπτειν ἐ. τὸ στῆθος he leaned back on (Jesus’) breast J 13:25; 21:20. πίπτειν ἐ. τοὺς πόδας fall at (someone’s) feet Ac 10:25 (JosAs 14:10 ἔπεσεν ἐ πρόσωπον ἐ. τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ). ἐ. τ. ἀκάνθας among the thorns Mt 13:7.—W. acc. of pers. to someone ἐ. τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἐλθόντες they came to Jesus J 19:33; cp. Mt 27:27; Mk 5:21.ε. in imagery of goal or objective to, toward (Just., A II, 7, 6 ἐπʼ ἀμφότερα τρέπεσθαι) ἐπιστρέφειν, ἐπιστρέφεσθαι ἐ. τινα turn to (Dt 30:10; 31:20 al.; Ar. 2, 1 ἔλθωμεν καὶ ἐ. τὸ ἀνθρώπινον γένος ‘let us now turn to …’; Just., D. 56, 11 ἐ. τὰς γραφὰς ἐπανελθών) Lk 1:17; Ac 9:35; 11:21; 14:15; 26:20; Gal 4:9; 1 Pt 2:25.⑤ marker of manner, corresponding to an adv., w. dat. (Aeschyl., Suppl. 628 ἐπʼ ἀληθείᾳ; UPZ 162 VI, 3 [117 B.C.] κακοτρόπως καὶ ἐ. ῥαδιουργίᾳ; POxy 237 VI, 21 ἐ. τῇ τῶν ἀνθρ. σωτηρίᾳ; ἐφʼ ὁράσει En 14:8; Just., A I, 9, 3 ἐφʼ ὕβρει; 55, 7 ἐ. τούτῳ τῷ σχήματι ‘in this form’; Tat. 17, 1 ἐπʼ ἀκριβείᾳ; Ath. 33, 2 ἐφʼ ἑνὶ γάμῳ) ὁ σπείρων ἐπʼ εὐλογίαις (in contrast to ὁ σπείρων φειδομένως one who sows sparingly) one who sows in blessing (i.e. generously) 2 Cor 9:6. ἐπʼ εὐλογίαις θερίζειν reap generously ibid.⑥ marker of basis for a state of being, action, or result, on, w. dat. (Hom. et al.)ⓐ ἐπʼ ἄρτῳ ζῆν live on bread Mt 4:4; Lk 4:4 (both Dt 8:3. cp. Ps.-Pla., Alcib. 1, 105c; Plut., Mor. 526d; Alciphron 3, 7, 5; SibOr 4, 154). ἐ. τῷ ῥήματί σου depending on your word Lk 5:5. οὐ συνῆκαν ἐ. τοῖς ἄρτοις they did not arrive at an understanding (of it) (by reflecting) on (the miracle of) the loaves Mk 6:52 (cp. Demosth. 18, 121 τί σαυτὸν οὐκ ἐλλεβορίζεις ἐ. τούτοις [sc. λόγοις];=why do you not come to an understanding concerning these words?). ἐ. τῇ πίστει on the basis of faith Ac 3:16; Phil 3:9. ἐπʼ ἐλπίδι on the basis of hope, supporting itself on hope Ac 2:26 (? s. ἐλπίς 1bα); Ro 4:18; 8:20; 1 Cor 9:10; Tit 1:2.—Ac 26:6 ἐπʼ ἐλπίδι gives the basis of the trial at law, as does ἐ. εὐεργεσίᾳ 4:9. ἀπολύειν τ. γυναῖκα ἐ. πορνείᾳ Mt 19:9 (cp. Dio Chrys. 26 [43], 10 ἀπολύειν ἐπʼ ἀργυρίῳ; Ath. 2, 3 κρίνεσθαι … μὴ ἐ. τῷ ὀνόματι, ἐ. δὲ τῷ ἀδικήματι). γυναικὸς ἐ. πόλλαις ἁμαρτίαις διαβληθείσης Papias (2:17). On the basis of the testimony of two witnesses (cp. Appian, Iber. 79 §343 ἤλεγχον ἐ. μάρτυσι) Hb 10:28 (Dt 17:6); sim. use of ἐ. τινί on the basis of someth.: 8:6; 9:10, 15 (here it may also be taken in the temporal sense; s. 18 below), 17. ἁμαρτάνειν ἐ. τῷ ὁμοιώματι τ. παραβάσεως Ἀδάμ Ro 5:14 (ὁμοίωμα 1). δαπανᾶν ἐ. τινι pay the expenses for someone Ac 21:24. ἀρκεῖσθαι ἐ. τινι be content w. someth. 3J 10.ⓑ w. verbs of believing, hoping, trusting: πεποιθέναι (Wsd 3:9; Sus 35; 1 Macc 10:71; 2 Macc 7:40 and oft.) Lk 11:22; 18:9; 2 Cor 1:9; Hb 2:13 (2 Km 22:3). πιστεύειν Lk 24:25; Ro 9:33; 10:11; 1 Pt 2:6 (the last three Is 28:16). ἐλπίζειν (2 Macc 2:18; Sir 34:7) Ro 15:12 (Is 11:10); 1 Ti 4:10; 6:17; cp. 1J 3:3. παρρησιάζεσθαι Ac 14:3.ⓒ after verbs which express feelings, opinions, etc.: at, because of, from, with (Hom. et al.) διαταράσσεσθαι Lk 1:29. ἐκθαυμάζειν Mk 12:17. ἐκπλήσσεσθαι Mt 7:28; Mk 1:22; Lk 4:32; Ac 13:12. ἐξίστασθαι (Jdth 11:16; Wsd 5:2 al.) Lk 2:47. ἐπαισχύνεσθαι (Is 1:29) Ro 6:21. εὐφραίνεσθαι (Sir 16:1; 18:32; 1 Macc 11:44) Rv 18:20. θαμβεῖσθαι Mk 10:24; cp. Lk 5:9; Ac 3:10. θαυμάζειν (Lev 26:32; Jdth 10:7 al.; Jos., Ant. 10, 277) Mk 12:17 v.l. μακροθυμεῖν (Sir 18:11; 29:8; 35:19) Mt 18:26, 29; Lk 18:7; Js 5:7. μετανοεῖν (Plut., Ag. 803 [19, 5]; Ps.-Lucian, Salt. 84; Prayer of Manasseh [=Odes 12] 7; Just., A I, 61, 10; D. 95, 3 al.) 2 Cor 12:21. ὀδυνᾶσθαι (cp. Tob 6:15) Ac 20:38. ὀργίζεσθαι Rv 12:17. σπλαγχνίζεσθαι Mt 14:14; Lk 7:13. συλλυπεῖσθαι Mk 3:5. στυγνάζειν 10:22. χαίρειν (PEleph 13, 3; Jos., Ant. 1, 294; Tob 13:15; Bar 4:33; JosAs 4:2; Ar. 15, 7) Mt 18:13; Lk 1:14; 13:17; Ro 16:19 al. χαρὰν καὶ παράκλησιν ἔχειν Phlm 7. χαρὰ ἔσται Lk 15:7; cp. vs. 10 (Jos., Ant. 6, 116 ἡ ἐ. τῇ νίκῃ χαρά). Also w. verbs that denote aroused feelings παραζηλοῦν and παροργίζειν make jealous and angry at Ro 10:19 (Dt 32:21). παρακαλεῖν 1 Th 3:7a (cp. Just., D. 78:8 παράκλησιν ἐχουσῶν ἐ.), as well as those verbs that denote an expression of the emotions ἀγαλλιᾶσθαι (cp. Tob 13:15; Ps 69:5) Lk 1:47; Hs 8, 1, 18; 9, 24, 2. καυχᾶσθαι (Diod S 16, 70; Sir 30:2) Ro 5:2. κοπετὸν ποιεῖν (cp. 3 Macc 4:3) Ac 8:2. ὀλολύζειν Js 5:1. αἰνεῖν (cp. X., An. 3, 1, 45 al.) Lk 2:20. δοξάζειν (Polyb. 6, 53, 10; cp. Diod S 17, 21, 4 δόξα ἐ. ἀνδρείᾳ=fame because of bravery) Ac 4:21; 2 Cor 9:13. εὐχαριστεῖν give thanks for someth. (s. εὐχαριστέω 2; UPZ 59, 10 [168 B.C.] ἐ. τῷ ἐρρῶσθαί σε τ. θεοῖς εὐχαρίστουν) 1 Cor 1:4; cp. 2 Cor 9:15; 1 Th 3:9.—ἐφʼ ᾧ = ἐπὶ τούτῳ ὅτι for this reason that, because (Diod S 19, 98; Appian, Bell. Civ. 1, 112 §520; Ael. Aristid. 53 p. 640 D.; Synes., Ep. 73 p. 221c; Damasc., Vi. Isid. 154; Syntipas p. 12, 9; 127, 8; Thomas Mag. ἐφʼ ᾧ ἀντὶ τοῦ διότι; cp. W-S. §24, 5b and 12f. S. WKümmel, D. Bild des Menschen im NT ’48, 36–40) Ro 5:12 (SLyonnet, Biblica 36, ’55, 436–56 [denies a causal sense here]. On the probability of commercial idiom s. FDanker, FGingrich Festschr. ’72, 104f, also Ro 5:12, Sin under Law: NTS 14, ’68, 424–39; against him SPorter, TynBull 41, ’90, 3–30, also NTS 39, ’93, 321–33; difft. JFitzmyer, Anchor Bible Comm.: Romans, ad loc. ‘w. the result that all have sinned’); 2 Cor 5:4; Phil 3:12; for, indeed 4:10.⑦ marker of addition to what is already in existence, to, in addition to. W. dat. (Hom. et al.; PEleph 5, 17 [284/283 B.C.] μηνὸς Τῦβι τρίτῃ ἐπʼ εἰκάδι; Tob 2:14; Sir 3:27; 5:5) προσέθηκεν τοῦτο ἐ. πᾶσιν he added this to everything else Lk 3:20 (cp. Lucian, Luct. [On Funerals], 24). ἐ. τ. παρακλήσει ἡμῶν in addition to our comfort 2 Cor 7:13. λύπη ἐ. λύπῃ grief upon grief Phil 2:27 v.l. (cp. Soph., Oed. C. 544, also Polyb. 1, 57, 1 πληγὴ ἐ. πληγῇ; Plut., Mor. 123f; Polyaenus 5, 52 ἐ. φόνῳ φόνον; Quint. Smyrn. 5, 602 ἐ. πένθει πένθος=sorrow upon sorrow; Sir 26:15). ἐ. τῇ σῇ εὐχαριστίᾳ to your prayer of thanks 1 Cor 14:16. So perh. also Hb 8:1. ἐ. πᾶσι τούτοις to all these Col 3:14; Lk 16:26 v.l. (X., Mem. 1, 2, 25 al.; Sir 37:15; cp. 1 Macc 10:42; Just., D. 133, 1 ἐ. τούτοις πᾶσι).—W. acc.: addition to someth. of the same kind Mt 6:27; Lk 12:25; Rv 22:18a. λύπην ἐ. λύπην sorrow upon sorrow Phil 2:27 (cp. Is 28:10, 13; Ezk 7:26; Ps 68:28).⑧ marker of perspective, in consideration of, in regard to, on the basis of, concerning, about, w. gen. (Antig. Car. 164 ἐ. τῶν οἴνων ἀλλοιοῦσθαι; 4 Macc. 2:9 ἐ. τῶν ἑτέρων … ἔστιν ἐπιγνῶναι τοῦτο, ὅτι …; Ath. 29, 2 τὰ ἐ. τῆς μανίας πάθη) ἐ. δύο ἢ τριῶν μαρτύρων on the evidence of two or three witnesses 1 Ti 5:19 (cp. TestAbr A 13 p. 92, 22ff. [Stone p. 32]). Sim. in the expr. ἐ. στόματος δύο μαρτύρων (Dt 19:15) Mt 18:16; 2 Cor 13:1. ἐπʼ αὐτῆς on the basis of it Hb 7:11. ἐπʼ ἀληθείας based on truth = in accordance w. truth, truly (Demosth. 18, 17 ἐπʼ ἀληθείας οὐδεμιᾶς εἰρημένα; POxy 255, 16 [48 A.D.]; Da 2:8; Tob 8:7; En 104:11) Mk 12:14, 32; Lk 4:25; 20:21; Ac 4:27. ἐφʼ ἑαυτοῦ based on himself = to or by himself (X., An. 2, 4, 10; Demosth. 18, 224 ἐκρίνετο ἐφʼ ἑαυτοῦ; Dionys. Hal., Comp. Verb. 16 ἐ. σεαυτοῦ. Cp. Kühner-G. I 498e) 2 Cor 10:7.—To introduce the object which is to be discussed or acted upon λέγειν ἐ. τινος speak of, about someth. (Pla., Charm., 155d, Leg. 2, 662d; Isocr. 6, 41; Aelian, VH 1, 30; Jer 35:8; EpArist 162; 170; Ath. 5:1 ἐ. τοῦ νοητοῦ … δογματίζειν) Gal 3:16. Do someth. on, in the case of (cp. 1 Esdr 1:22) σημεῖα ποιεῖν ἐ. τῶν ἀσθενούντων work miracles on the sick J 6:2.—On B 13:6 s. τίθημι 1bζ.—In ref. to someth. (Aristot., Pol. 1280a, 17; 4 Macc 12:5 τῶν ἐ. τῆς βασιλείας … πραγμάτων; Just., A I, 5, 1 ἐφʼ ἡμῶν ‘in our case’, D. 131, 4; Ath. 15, 3 ἐ. τῆς ὕλης καὶ τοῦ θεοῦ ‘as respects God and matter, so …’) ἐ. τινων δεῖ ἐγκρατεύεσθαι in certain matters one must practice self-control Hm 8:1. οὔτε … οἴδασι τὸν ἐ. τοῦ πυροῦ σπόρον nor do they comprehend (the figurative sense of) the sowing of wheat AcPlCor 2:26 (cp. 1 Cor 15:36f).⑨ marker of power, authority, control of or over someone or someth., overⓐ w. gen. (Hdt. 5, 109 al.; Mitt-Wilck. I/1, 124, 1=BGU 1120, 1 [5 B.C.] πρωτάρχῳ ἐ. τοῦ κριτηρίου; 287, 1; LXX; AscIs 2:5 τοῦ ἐ. τῶν πραγματε[ι] ῶν=Denis p. 109) βασιλεύειν ἐ. τινος (Judg 9:8, 10; 1 Km 8:7) Rv 5:10. ἔχειν βασιλείαν ἐ. τῶν βασιλέων 17:18. ἐξουσίαν ἔχειν ἐ. τινος have power over someone 20:6. διδόναι ἐξουσίαν ἐ. τινος 2:26. καθιστάναι τινὰ ἐ. τινος set someone over, put someone in charge, of someth. or someone (Pla., Rep. 5, 460b; Demosth. 18, 118; Gen 39:4f; 1 Macc 6:14; 10:37; 2 Macc 12:20 al.; EpArist 281; τεταγμένος En 20:5) Mt 24:45; Lk 12:42; Ac 6:3. εἶναι ἐ. τινος (Synes., Ep. 79 p. 224d; Tob 1:22; Jdth 14:13; 1 Macc 10:69) ὸ̔ς ἦν ἐ. πάσης τῆς γάζης αὐτῆς who was in charge of all her treasure 8:27. Of God ὁ ὢν ἐ. πάντων (Apollonius of Tyana [I A.D.] in Eus., PE 4, 13) Ro 9:5; cp. Eph 4:6. ὁ ἐ. τινος w. ὤν to be supplied (Demosth. 18, 247 al.; Diod S 13, 47, 6; Plut., Pyrrh. 385 [5, 7], Aemil. Paul. 267 [23, 6]; PTebt 5, 88 [118 B.C.] ὁ ἐ. τ. προσόδων; 1 Macc 6:28; 2 Macc 3:7; 3 Macc 6:30 al.; EpArist 110; 174) ὁ ἐ. τοῦ κοιτῶνος the chamberlain Ac 12:20.ⓑ w dat. (X., Cyr. 1, 2, 5; 2, 4, 25 al., An. 4, 1, 13; Demosth. 19, 113; Aeschines 2, 73; Esth 8:12e; Just., A II, 5, 2 ἀγγέλοις οὓς ἐ. τούτοις ἔταξε; cp. Ath. 24, 3; Ath. 6, 4 τὸν ἐ. τῇ κινήσει τοῦ σώματος λόγον) Mt 24:47; Lk 12:44.ⓒ w. acc. (X., Hell. 3, 4, 20 al.; Dionys. Byz. §56 θεῷ ἐ. πάντα δύναμις; LXX; PsSol 17:3, 32) βασιλεύειν ἐ. τινα rule over someone (Gen 37:8; Judg 9:15 B al.) Lk 1:33; 19:14, 27; Ro 5:14. καθιστάναι τινὰ ἐ. τινα set someone over someone (X., Cyr. 4, 5, 58) κριτὴν ἐφʼ ὑμᾶς as judge over you Lk 12:14; ἡγούμενον ἐπʼ Αἴγυπτον Ac 7:10; cp. Hb 2:7 v.l. (Ps 8:7); 3:6; 10:21. ἐξουσίαν ἔχειν ἐ. τι Rv 16:9. ἐξουσίαν διδόναι ἐ. τι (Sir 33:20) Lk 9:1; 10:19; Rv 6:8; cp. 22:14. φυλάσσειν φυλακὰς ἐ. τι Lk 2:8 (cp. En 100:5). ὑπεραίρεσθαι ἐ. τινα exalt oneself above someone 2 Th 2:4 (cp. Da 11:36); but here the mng. against is also poss. (s. 12b below). πιστὸς ἐ. τι faithful over someth. Mt 25:21, 23.⑩ marker of legal proceeding, before, w. acc. in the lang. of the law-courts ἐ. ἡγεμόνας καὶ βασιλεῖς ἄγεσθαι be brought before governors and kings Mt 10:18; cp. Lk 21:12 (cp. BGU 22, 36 [114 A.D.] ἀξιῶ ἀκθῆναι [=ἀχθῆναι] τ. ἐνκαλουμένους ἐ. σὲ πρὸς δέουσαν ἐπέξοδον; Just., A II, 2, 12 ἐ. Οὔρβικον). ὑπάγεις ἐπʼ ἄρχοντα you are going before the magistrate Lk 12:58; cp. Ac 16:19. ἤγαγον αὐτὸν ἐ. τὸν Πιλᾶτον Lk 23:1. ἐ. τοὺς ἀρχιερεῖς Ac 9:21. ἐ. Καίσαρα πορεύεσθαι come before the emperor 25:12. ἐ. τὰς συναγωγάς Lk 12:11. ἐ. τὸ βῆμα Ac 18:12. Cp. 3 above. Here the focus is on transfer to the judiciary.⑪ marker of purpose, goal, result, to, for, w. acc. (Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 2, 3 Jac. ἐ. κατοικίαν) ἐ. τὸ βάπτισμα for baptism=to have themselves baptized Mt 3:7 (cp. Just., A I, 61, 10 ἐ. τὸ λουτρόν; D. 56, 1 ἐ. τὴν … κρίσιν πεμφθεῖσι). ἐ. τὴν θεωρίαν ταύτην for (i.e. to see) this sight Lk 23:48 (sim. Hom. et al.; POxy 294, 18 [22 A.D.]; LXX; Tat. 23, 2 ἐ. τὴν θέαν). ἐ. τὸ συμφέρον to (our) advantage Hb 12:10 (cp. Tat. 6, 1; 34, 2 οὐκ ἐ. τι χρήσιμον ‘to no purpose’). ἐ. σφαγήν Ac 8:32 (Is 53:7); cp. Mt 22:5; ἐ. τ. τελειότητα Hb 6:1. ἐ. τοῦτο for this (X., An. 2, 5, 22; Jos., Ant. 12, 23) Lk 4:43. ἐφʼ ὅ; for what (reason)? Mt 26:50 v.l. (s. ὅς 1bα and 1iβ). Cp. 16.⑫ marker of hostile opposition, againstⓐ w. dat. (Hom. et al.; 2 Macc 13:19; Sir 28:23 v.l.; fig. Ath. 22, 7 τοὺς ἐπʼ αὐτοῖς λόγους ‘counter-evidence’) Lk 12:52f (s. use of acc. b below); Ac 11:19. Cp. J 8:7 v.l. (1bβ above).ⓑ w. acc. (Hdt. 1, 71; X., Hell. 3, 4, 20 al.; Jos., Ant. 13, 331; LXX; En; TestJud 3:1 al.; JosAs 19:2; Just., D. 103, 7; Tat. 36, 2) ὥρμησαν ἐ. αὐτόν Ac 7:57. ἔρχεσθαι Lk 14:31. ἐπαναστήσονται τέκνα ἐ. γονεῖς Mt 10:21; Mk 13:12; cp. ἔθνος ἐ. ἔθνος Mt 24:7; Mk 13:8. ἐφʼ ἑαυτόν divided against himself Mt 12:26; Mk 3:24f, 26; Lk 11:17f; cp. J 13:18 (s. Ps 40:10); Ac 4:27; 13:50 al.—Lk 12:53 (4 times; the first and third occurrences w. the acc. are prob. influenced by usage in Mic 7:6; the use of the dat. Lk 12:52f [s. a above] w. a verb expressing a circumstance is in accord with older Gk. [Il. et al.], which prefers the acc. with verbs of motion in ref. to hostility). Cp. 15.⑬ marker of number or measure, w. acc. (Hdt. et. al.; LXX; GrBar 3:6) ἐ. τρίς (CIG 1122, 9; PHolm α18) three times Ac 10:16; 11:10. So also ἐ. πολύ more than once Hm 4, 1, 8. ἐ. πολύ (also written ἐπιπολύ) in a different sense to a great extent, carefully (Hdt., Thu. et al.; Lucian, D. Deor. 6, 2; 25, 2; 3 Macc 5:17; Jos., Ant. 17, 107) B 4:1. ἐ. πλεῖον to a greater extent, further (Hdt., Thu. et al.; Diod S 11, 60, 5 al.; prob. 2 Macc 12:36; TestGad 7:2; Ar. 4, 3; Ath. 7, 1 ἐ. το πλεῖστον) 2 Ti 3:9; 1 Cl 18:3 (Ps 50:4). ἐ. τὸ χεῖρον 2 Ti 3:13. ἐφʼ ὅσον to the degree that, in so far as (Diod S 1, 93, 2; Maximus Tyr. 11, 3c ἐφʼ ὅσον δύναται; Hierocles 14 p. 451) Mt 25:40, 45; B 4:11; 17:1; Ro 11:13.⑭ marker indicating the one to whom, for whom, or about whom someth. is done, to, on, aboutⓐ w. dat. πράσσειν τι ἐ. τινι do someth. to someone Ac 5:35 (thus Appian, Bell. Civ. 3, 15 §51; cp. δρᾶν τι ἐ. τινι Hdt. 3, 14; Aelian, NA 11, 11); about γεγραμμένα ἐπʼ αὐτῷ J 12:16 (cp. Hdt. 1, 66). προφητεύειν ἐ. τινι Rv 10:11. μαρτυρεῖν bear witness about Hb 11:4; Rv 22:16. ἐ. σοὶ … φανερώσει κύριος τὸ λύτρον the Lord will reveal the salvation to you GJs 7:2.ⓑ w. acc.α. ὁ ἄνθρωπος ἐφʼ ὸ̔ν γεγόνει τὸ σημεῖον the man on whom the miracle had been performed Ac 4:22 (cp. Just., D. 128, 1 κρίσεως γεγενημένης ἐ. Σόδομα). ἐφʼ ὸ̔ν λέγεται ταῦτα the one about whom this was said Hb 7:13 (cp. ἐ. πόρρω οὖσαν [γενεὰν] ἐγὼ λαλῶ En 1:2). γέγραπται ἐπʼ αὐτόν Mk 9:12f; cp. Ro 4:9; 1 Ti 1:18; βάλλειν κλῆρον ἐ. τι for someth. Mk 15:24; J 19:24 (Ps 21:19). ἀνέβη ὁ κλῆρος ἐ. Συμεών the lot came up in favor of Simeon GJs 24:4.β. of powers, conditions, etc., which come upon someone or under whose influence someone is: on, upon, to, over ἐγένετο ῥῆμα θεοῦ ἐ. Ἰωάννην the word of God came to John Lk 3:2 (cp. Jer 1:1). Of divine blessings (cp. En 1:8; ParJer 5:28) Mt 10:13; 12:28; Lk 10:6; 11:20; cp. 10:9; Ac 10:10. ἵνα ἐπισκηνώσῃ ἐπʼ ἐμὲ ἡ δύναμις τ. Χριστοῦ that the power of Christ may rest upon me 2 Cor 12:9. χάρις θεοῦ ἦν ἐπʼ αὐτό Lk 2:40. Various verbs are used in ref. to the Holy Spirit, either in pass. or act. role, in connection w. ἐ. τινα: ἐκχεῖν Ac 2:17f (Jo 3:1f); cp. 10:45; Tit 3:6. ἀποστέλλειν (ἐξαποστέλλειν v.l.) Lk 24:49. ἐπέρχεσθαι 1:35; Ac 1:8 (Just., D. 87, 3; cp. ἔρχεσθαι A I, 33, 6; D. 49, 7 ἀπὸ τοῦ Ἠλίου ἐ. τὸν Ἰωάννην ἐλθεῖν). ἐπιπίπτειν 10:44. καταβαίνειν Lk 3:22; J 1:33. τίθεσθαι Mt 12:18 (cp. Is 42:1). Also εἶναι Lk 2:25. μένειν J 1:32f. ἀναπαύεσθαι 1 Pt 4:14. Of unpleasant or startling experiences Lk 1:12, 65; 4:36; Ac 13:11; 19:17; Rv 11:11.—Lk 19:43; 21:35, cp. vs. 34; J 18:4; Eph 5:6; cp. Rv 3:3.—Ro 2:2, 9; 15:3 (Ps 68:10). Of the blood of the righteous, that comes over or upon the murderers Mt 23:35; 27:25; Ac 5:28. Of care, which one casts on someone else 1 Pt 5:7 (Ps 54:23).⑮ marker of feelings directed toward someone, in, on, for, toward, w. acc., after words that express belief, trust, hope: πιστεύειν ἐ. τινα, w. acc. (Wsd 12:2; Just., D. 16:4 al.) Ac 9:42; 11:17; 16:31; 22:19; Ro 4:24. πίστις Hb 6:1. πεποιθέναι (Is 58:14) Mt 27:43; 2 Th 3:4; 2 Cor 2:3. ἐλπίζειν (1 Ch 5:20; 2 Ch 13:18 al.; PsSol 9:10; 17:3; Just., D. 16:4 al.) 1 Pt 1:13; 1 Ti 5:5. After words that characterize an emotion or its expression: for κόπτεσθαι (Zech 12:10) Rv 1:7; 18:9. κλαίειν Lk 23:28; Rv 18:9 (cp. JosAs 15:9 χαρήσεται ἐ. σέ). σπλαγχνίζεσθαι Mt 15:32; Mk 8:2; 9:22; Hm 4, 3, 5; Hs 9, 24, 2. χρηστός toward Lk 6:35. χρηστότης Ro 11:22; Eph 2:7; cp. Ro 9:23. Esp. also if the feelings or their expressions are of a hostile nature: toward, against (cp. λοιδορεῖν Just., D. 137, 2) ἀποτομία Ro 11:22. μαρτύριον Lk 9:5. μάρτυς ἐ. τ. ἐμὴν ψυχήν a witness against my soul (cp. Dssm., LO 258; 355 [LAE 304; 417]) 2 Cor 1:23. ἀσχημονεῖν 1 Cor 7:36. μοιχᾶσθαι Mk 10:11. τολμᾶν 2 Cor 10:2 (En 7:4). βρύχειν τ. ὀδόντας Ac 7:54. Cp. 12.⑯ marker of object or purpose, with dat. in ref. to someth. (Hom., Thu. et al.; SIG 888, 5 ἐ. τῇ τῶν ἀνθρ. σωτηρίᾳ; PTebt 44, 6 [114 B.C.] ὄντος μου ἐ. θεραπείᾳ ἐν τῷ Ἰσιείω; LXX; TestJob 3:5 ὁ ἐ. τῇ σωτηρίᾳ τῆς ἐμῆς ψυχῆς ἐλθών; Jos., Ant. 5, 101; Just., A I, 29, 1 ἐ. παίδων ἀναστροφῇ; D. 91, 4 ἐ. σωτηρίᾳ τῶν πιστευόντων) καλείν τινα ἐ. τινι call someone for someth. Gal 5:13 (on ἐπʼ ἐλευθερίᾳ cp. Demosth. 23, 124; [59], 32); ἐ. ἀκαθαρσίᾳ for impurity, i.e. so that we should be impure 1 Th 4:7. κτισθέντες ἐ. ἔργοις ἀγαθοῖς for good deeds Eph 2:10. λογομαχεῖν ἐ. καταστροφῇ τῶν ἀκουόντων for the ruin of those who hear 2 Ti 2:14 (cp. Eur., Hipp. 511; X., Mem. 2, 3, 19 ἐ. βλάβη; Hdt. 1, 68 ἐ. κακῷ ἀνθρώπου; Polyb. 27, 7, 13 and PGM 4, 2440 ἐπʼ ἀγαθῷ=‘for good’). Cp. 11.⑰ marker in idiom of authorization, w. dat.: the formula ἐ. τῷ ὀνοματί τινος, in the name of someone, used w. many verbs (Just., D. 39, 6 w. γίνεσθαι, otherw. ἐ. ὀνόματος, e.g. A I, 61, 13; w. διὰ τοῦ ὀ. and in oaths κατὰ τοῦ ὀ. A II, 6, 6, D. 30, 3; 85, 2.—Ath. 23, 1 ἐ. ὀνόματι εἰδώλων.—ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι LXX; JosAs 9:1), focuses on the authorizing function of the one named in the gen. (cp. WHeitmüller [‘Im Namen Jesu’ 1903, 13ff], ‘in connection with, or by the use of, i.e. naming, or calling out, or calling upon the name’ [88]): βαπτίζειν Ac 2:38. δέχεσθαί τινα Mt 18:5; Mk 9:37; Lk 9:48. διδάσκειν Ac 4:18; 5:28. δύναμιν ποιεῖν Mk 9:39. ἐκβάλλειν δαιμόνια Lk 9:49 v.l. ἔρχεσθαι Mt 24:5; Mk 13:6; Lk 21:8. κηρύσσειν 24:47. λαλεῖν Ac 4:17; 5:40. Semantically divergent from the preceding, but formulaically analogous, is καλεῖν τινα ἐ. τῷ ὀν. τινος name someone after someone (2 Esdr 17:63) Lk 1:59.—ὄνομα 1dγג.—M-M.⑱ marker of temporal associations, in the time of, at, on, forⓐ w. gen., time within which an event or condition takes place (Hom.+) in the time of, under (kings or other rulers): in the time of Elisha Lk 4:27 (cp. Just., D. 46, 6 ἐ. Ἠλίου). ἐ. τῆς μετοικεσίας at the time of the exile Mt 1:11. Under=during the rule or administration of (Hes., Op. 111; Hdt. 6, 98 al.; OGI 90, 15; PAmh 43, 2 [173 B.C.]; UPZ 162 V, 5 [117 B.C.]; 1 Esdr 2:12; 1 Macc 13:42; 2 Macc 15:22; Jos., Ant. 12, 156 ἐ. ἀρχιερέως Ὀ.) ἐ. Ἀβιαθὰρ ἀρχιερέως under, in the time of, Abiathar the high priest Mk 2:26. ἐ. ἀρχιερέως Ἅννα καὶ Καιάφα Lk 3:2. ἐ. Κλαυδίου Ac 11:28 (Just., A I, 26, 2). ἐ. τῶν πατέρων in the time of the fathers 1 Cl 23:3. ἐπʼ ἐσχάτων τῶν ἡμερῶν in the last days (Gen 49:1; Num 24:14; Mi 4:1; Jer 37:24; Da 10:14) 2 Pt 3:3; Hs 9, 12, 3; cp. Hb 1:2. ἐπʼ ἐσχάτου τοῦ χρόνου in the last time Jd 18. ἐπʼ ἐσχάτου τῶν χρόνων at the end of the times/ages 1 Pt 1:20. ἐ. τῶν προσευχῶν μου when I pray, in my prayers (cp. PTebt 58, 31 [111 B.C.] ἐ. τ. διαλόγου, ‘in the discussion’; 4 Macc 15:19 ἐ. τ. βασάνων ‘during the tortures’; Sir 37:29; 3 Macc 5:40; Demetr.: 722, Fgm. 1, 14 Jac. ἐ. τοῦ ἀρίστου; Synes., Ep. 121 p. 258c ἐ. τῶν κοινῶν ἱερῶν) Ro 1:10; Eph 1:16; 1 Th 1:2; Phlm 4.ⓑ w. dat., time at or during which (Hom. et al.; PTebt 5, 66 [118 B.C.]; PAmh 157; LXX; Just., A I, 13, 3 ἐ. χρόνοις Τίερίου) at, in, at the time of, during: ἐ. τοῖς νῦν χρόνοις in these present times 2 Cl 19:4. ἐ. τῇ πρώτῃ διαθήκῃ at the time of the first covenant Hb 9:15. ἐ. συντελείᾳ τ. αἰώνων at the close of the age 9:26 (Tat. 13, 1 ἐ. ς. τοῦ κόσμου; cp. Sir 22:10 and PLond III, 954, 18 p. 154 [260 A.D.] ἐ. τέλει τ. χρόνου; POxy 275, 20 [66 A.D.] ἐ. συνκλεισμῷ τ. χρόνου; En 27:3 ἐπʼ ἐσχάτοις αἰώσιν). ἐ. τῇ θυσίᾳ at the time of, together with, the sacrifice Phil 2:17. ἐ. πάσῃ τῇ μνείᾳ ὑμῶν at every remembrance of you Phil 1:3. ἐ. παροργισμῷ ὑμῶν during your wrath, i.e. while you are angry Eph 4:26. ἐ. πάσῃ τῇ ἀνάγκῃ in all (our) distress 1 Th 3:7b. ἐ. πάσῃ τῇ θλίψει 2 Cor 1:4. ἐ. τούτῳ in the meanwhile J 4:27 (Lucian, Dial. Deor. 17, 2, cp. Philops. 14 p. 41; Syntipas p. 76, 2 ἐφʼ ἡμέραις ἑπτα; 74, 6).ⓒ w. acc.α. answering the question ‘when?’ on: ἐ. τὴν αὔριον (Sb 6011, 14 [I B.C.]; PRyl 441 ἐ. τὴν ἐπαύριον) (on) the next day Lk 10:35; Ac 4:5. ἐ. τὴν ὥραν τ. προσευχῆς at the hour of prayer 3:1 (Polyaenus 8, 17 ἐ. ὥραν ὡρισμένην).β. answering the qu. ‘how long?’ for, over a period of (Hom. et al.; Mitt-Wilck. II/2, 170, 8=BGU 1058, 9 [13 B.C.]; POxy 275, 9; 15 ἐ. τὸν ὅλον χρόνον; PTebt 381, 19 ἐφʼ ὸ̔ν χρόνον περίεστιν ἡ μήτηρ; LXX; En 106:15; TestJob 30:2 ἐ. ὥρας τρεῖς; TestJud 3:4; TestGad 5:11; Jos., Ant. 11, 2; Just., D. 142, 1 ἐ. ποσόν ‘for awhile’) ἐ. ἔτη τρία for three years (Phlegon: 257 Fgm. 36, 2, 1 Jac.) Lk 4:25. ἐ. τρεῖς ἡμέρας for three days (Diod S 13, 19, 2; Arrian, Anab. 4, 9, 4; GDI 4706, 119 [Thera] ἐπʼ ἀμέρας τρεῖς) GPt 8:30 al. ἐ. ἡμέρας πλείους over a period of many days (Jos., Ant. 4, 277) Ac 13:31.—16:18 (ἐ. πολλὰς ἡμέρας as Appian, Liby. 29 §124; cp. Diod S 3, 16, 4); 17:2; 19:8, 10, 34; 27:20; Hb 11:30. ἐ. χρόνον for a while (cp. Il. 2, 299; Hdt. 9, 22, 1; Apollon. Rhod. 4, 1257; Jos., Vi. 2) Lk 18:4. ἐ. πλείονα χρόνον (Diod S 3, 16, 6; Hero Alex. I p. 344, 17) Ac 18:20. ἐφʼ ὅσον χρόνον as long as Ro 7:1; 1 Cor 7:39; Gal 4:1. Also ἐφʼ ὅσον as long as Mt 9:15; 2 Pt 1:13 (for other mngs. of ἐφʼ ὅσον s. above under 13). ἐφʼ ἱκανόν (sc. χρόνον) for a considerable time (EpArist 109) Ac 20:11. ἐ. χρόνον ἱκανόν Qua. ἐ. πολύ for a long time, throughout a long period of time (Thu. 1, 7; 1, 18, 1; 2, 16, 1 al.; Appian, Liby. 5 §21; Arrian, Cyneg. 23, 1; Lucian, Toxar. 20; Wsd 18:20; Sir 49:13; JosAs 19:3; Jos., Vi. 66: Just., A I, 65, 3) Ac 28:6. ἐ. πλεῖον the same (schol. on Pind., N. 7, 56b; PLille 3, 16 [III B.C.]; Jdth 13:1; Sir prol. l. 7; Jos., Ant. 18, 150) Ac 20:9; any longer (Lucian, D. Deor. 5, 3; Appian, Hann. 54 §227; 3 Macc 5:8; Wsd 8:12; Ath. 12, 3) Ac 24:4; 1 Cl 55:1. -
16 размерность физической величины
размерность физической величины
размерность величины
Выражение в форме степенного одночлена, составленного из произведений символов основных физических величин в различных степенях и отражающее связь данной физической величины с физическими величинами, принятыми в данной системе величин за основные с коэффициентом пропорциональности, равным 1.
Примечания
1. Степени символов основных величин, входящих в одночлен, в зависимости от связи рассматриваемой физической величины с основными, могут быть целыми, дробными, положительными и отрицательными. Понятие размерность распространяется и на основные величины. Размерность основной величины в отношении самой себя равна единице, т.е. формула размерности основной величины совпадает с ее символом.
2. В соответствии с международным стандартом ИСО 31/0, размерность величин следует обозначать знаком dim [2]. В системе величин LMT размерность величины.x будет: dim х = LlMmTt, где L, М, Т - символы, величин, принятых за основные (соответственно длины, массы, времени).
[РМГ 29-99]EN
dimension of a quantity
quantity dimension
dimension
expression of the dependence of a quantity on the base quantities of a system of quantities as a product of powers of factors corresponding to the base quantities, omitting any numerical factor
NOTE 1 – A power of a factor is the factor raised to an exponent. Each factor is the dimension of a base quantity.
NOTE 2 – The conventional symbolic representation of the dimension of a base quantity is a single upper case letter in roman (upright) sans-serif type. The conventional symbolic representation of the dimension of a derived quantity is the product of powers of the dimensions of the base quantities according to the definition of the derived quantity. The dimension of a quantity Q is denoted by dim Q.
NOTE 3 – In deriving the dimension of a quantity, no account is taken of its scalar, vector or tensor character.
NOTE 4 – In a given system of quantities, – quantities of the same kind have the same dimension, – quantities of different dimensions are always of different kinds, and – quantities having the same dimension are not necessarily of the same kind. For example, in the ISQ, pressure and energy density (volumic energy) have the same dimension L–1MT–2. See also note 5.
NOTE 5 – In the International System of Quantities (ISQ), the symbols representing the dimensions of the base quantities are:
[IEV number 112-01-11]FR
dimension, f
dimension d'une grandeur, f
expression de la dépendance d’une grandeur par rapport aux grandeurs de base d'un système de grandeurs sous la forme d'un produit de puissances de facteurs correspondant aux grandeurs de base, en omettant tout facteur numérique
NOTE 1 – Une puissance d'un facteur est le facteur muni d'un exposant. Chaque facteur exprime la dimension d'une grandeur de base.
NOTE 2 – Par convention, la représentation symbolique de la dimension d'une grandeur de base est une lettre majuscule unique en caractère romain (droit) sans empattement. Par convention, la représentation symbolique de la dimension d'une grandeur dérivée est le produit de puissances des dimensions des grandeurs de base conformément à la définition de la grandeur dérivée. La dimension de la grandeur Q est notée dim Q.
NOTE 3 – Pour établir la dimension d'une grandeur, on ne tient pas compte du caractère scalaire, vectoriel ou tensoriel.
NOTE 4 – Dans un système de grandeurs donné, – les grandeurs de même nature ont la même dimension, – des grandeurs de dimensions différentes sont toujours de nature différente, – des grandeurs ayant la même dimension ne sont pas nécessairement de même nature. Par exemple, dans l'ISQ, la pression et l'énergie volumique ont la même dimension L–1MT–2. Voir aussi la note 5.
NOTE 5 – Dans le Système international de grandeurs (ISQ), les symboles représentant les dimensions des grandeurs de base sont:
[IEV number 112-01-11]Тематики
- метрология, основные понятия
Синонимы
EN
DE
- Dimension einer Grösse
- Dimension, f
- Größendimension, f
FR
- dimension d'une grandeur, f
- dimension, f
2.9. Размерность физической величины
Размерность величины Нрк. Формула размерности
D. Dimension einer GroBe
E. Dimensions of a quantity
F. Dimension d’une grandeur
Выражение, отражающее связь величины с основными величинами системы, в котором коэффициент пропорциональности принят равным 1.
Примечания:
1. Размерность величины представляет собой произведение основных величин, возведенных в соответствующие степени.
2. Размерность производной величины отражает, во сколько раз изменяется ее размер при изменении размеров основных величин, например, если размерность величины х равна LaM^Tv и длина изменяется от / до /', масса — от m до т' и время — от t до то новый размер величины будет больше прежнего в (/'//)а
(/'//)v раз.
Источник: ГОСТ 16263-70: Государственная система обеспечения единства измерений. Метрология. Термины и определения оригинал документа
Русско-английский словарь нормативно-технической терминологии > размерность физической величины
-
17 शब्दः _śabdḥ
शब्दः [शब्द्-घञ्]1 Sound (the object of the sense of hearing and property of आकाश); अथात्मनः शब्दगुणं गुणज्ञः पदं विमानेन विगाहमानः R.13.1.-2 Sound, note (of birds; men &c.), noise in general; विश्वासोपगमादभिन्नगतयः शब्दं सहन्ते मृगाः Ś.1.14; स शब्दस्तुमुलो$भवत् Bg.1.13; Ś.3.1; Ms.4.31; Ku.1.45.-3 The sound of a musical instrument; वाद्यशब्दः Pt.2; Ku.1.45.-4 A word, sound, significant word (for def. &c. see Mbh. in- troduction); एकः शब्दः सम्यगधीतः सम्यक् प्रयुक्तः स्वर्गे लोके कामधुग्भवति; so शब्दार्थौ.-5 A declinable word, a noun, substantive.-6 A title, an epithet; यस्यार्थुक्तं गिरिराज- शब्दं कुर्वन्ति बालव्यजनैश्चमर्यः Ku.1.13; Ś.2.15; नृपेण चक्रे युवराजशब्दभाक् R.3.35;2.53,64;3.49;5.22;18.42; V.1.1.-7 The name, mere name as in शब्दपति q. v.-3 Verbal authority (regarded by the Naiyāyikas as a Pramāṇa.-9 Grammar; Dk.1.1.-1 Fame; लब्धशब्देन कौसल्ये कुमारेण धनुष्मता Rām.2.63.11; स्वर्गाय शब्दं दिवमात्महेतोर्धर्मार्थमात्मंस्थितिमाचकाङ्क्ष Bu. Ch.2.53; (cf. also 'शब्दो$क्षरे यशोगीत्योः' -हैमः).-11 The sacred syllable ओम्.-12 A technical term.-Comp. -अक्षरम् the sacred syllable ओम् uttered aloud.-अतीत a. beyond the power or reach of words, indescribable.-अधिष्ठानम् the ear.-अध्याहारः supplying a word (to complete an ellipsis).-अनुकृतिः onomatopœia.-अनुरूप a. proportionate or corresponding to the sound; शब्दानुरूपेण पराक्रमेण भवि- तव्यम् Pt.1.-अनुशासनम् the science of words; i. e. grammar.-अर्थः the meaning of a word. (-र्थौ dual) a word and its meaning; अदोषौ शब्दार्थौ K.P.1; न त्वयं शब्दार्थः, व्यामोहादेषा प्रतीतिः ŚB. on MS.4.1.14.-अलं- कारः a figure of speech depending for its charmingness on sound or words and disappearing as soon as the words which constitute the figure are replaced by others of the same meaning (opp. अर्थालंकार); e. g.; see K. P. 9.-आख्येय a. to be communicated in words; शब्दाख्येयं यदपि किल ते यः सखीनां पुरस्तात् Me.15. (-यम्) an oral or verbal communication.-आडम्बरः bombast, verbosity, high-sounding or grandiloquent words.-आदि a. begin- ning with शब्द (as the objects of sense); शब्दादीन् विषयान् भोक्तुं चरितुं दुश्चरं तपः R.1.25.-इन्द्रियम् the ear.-कार a. sounding, sonorous.-कोशः a lexicon, dictionary.-ग a.1 perceiving sounds.-2 uttering sounds.-गत a. inherent or residing in a word.-गतिः music, song.-गुण a. having sound for its quality; अथात्मनः शब्दगुणं गुणज्ञः R.13.1.-गोचरः the aim or object of speech.-ग्रहः 1 catching the sound.-2 the ear.-ग्रामः the range or reach of sound.-चातुर्यम् cleverness of style, eloquence.-चित्रम् one of the two subdivisions of the last (अवर or अधम) class of poetry (wherein the charm lies in the use of words which please the ear simply by their sound; see the example given under the word चित्र).-चोरः 'a word-thief', a plagiarist.-तन्मात्रम् the subtle element of sound.-नेतृ m. N. of Pāṇini.-पतिः a lord in name only, nominal lord; ननु शब्दपतिः क्षितरेहं त्वयि मे भावनिबन्धना रतिः R.8.52.-पातिन् a. hitting an invisible mark the sound of which is only heard, tra- cing a sound; शब्दपातिनमिषुं विससर्ज R.9.73.-प्रमाणम् verbal or oral evidence.-बोधः knowledge derived from verbal testimony.-ब्रह्मन् n.1 the Vedas; शब्द- ब्रह्मणि निष्णातः परं ब्रह्माधिगच्छति Maitra. Up.6.22.-2 spiritual knowledge consisting in words, knowledge of the Supreme Sprit or the Spirit itself; शब्दब्रह्मणस्तादृशं विवर्तमितिहासम् U.2;7.2.-3 a property of words called स्फोट q. v.-भाव्यत्वम् the state of becoming known through scriptural word only; कर्मणः शब्दभाव्य- त्वात्... Ms.7.1.9. (on which Śabara writes अथेह कर्मणः शब्दभाव्यत्वम् । नान्यतः शक्यमेतज्ज्ञातुं कस्यापूर्वस्य धर्मा इति ॥-भिद् f. perversion of words.-भेदिन् a. hitting a mark merely by its sound. (-m.)1 an epithet of Arjuna.-2 the anus.-3 a kind of arrow.-योनिः f. a root, radical word.-लक्षण a. what is determined by the sacred word; इह शब्दलक्षणे कर्मणि यथाशब्दार्थं प्रवृत्तिः ŚB. on Ms.11.1.26.-वारिधिः a vocabulary.-विद्या, -शास्त्रम् the science of words; i. e. grammar; अनन्तपारं किल शब्द- शास्त्रम् Pt.1; Śi.2.112;14.24.-विरोधः opposition of words (in a sentence).-विशेषः a variety of sound.-विशेषणम् (in gram.) an adjective, adjectival word.-वृत्तिः f.1 the function of a word (in Rhet.).-2 the power of a word (to convey sense), indicative power (लक्षणा); अदृष्टार्थाच्छब्दवृत्तिर्लघीयसी ŚB. on MS.11.1.48.-वेधिन् a. hitting an invisible mark the sound of which is only heard; see शब्दपातिन्; अभ्याससाध्यं निखिलं मत्वा संतमसे व्यधात् । इषुपातानभूद्येन शब्दवेधविशारदः ॥ Bm.1.632. (-m.)1 a kind of arrow.-2 an archer.-3 a warrior who pierces his enemies by mere sounds; Rām.2.63.11.-4 an epithet of king Daśaratha.-5 an epithet of Arjuna.-वेध्य a. to be shot at without being seen; एवं मयाप्यविज्ञातं शब्दवेध्यमिदं फलम् Rām.2.63.13.-वैलक्ष्यण्यम् verbal difference.-शक्तिः f. the force or expressive power of a word; signification of a word; see शक्ति.-शासनम् 1 a rule of grammar.-2 the science of gram- mar.-शुद्धिः f.1 purity of words.-2 the correct use of words.-श्लेषः a play or pun upon words, a verbal equivoque; (it differs from अर्थश्लेष in-as-much as the pun dissappears as soon as the words which constitute it are replaced by others of the same signification, whereas in अर्थश्लेष the pun remains unchanged; शब्दपरि- वृत्तिसहत्मर्थश्लेषः.)-संग्रहः a vocabulary, lexicon.-संज्ञा (in gram.) a technical term; P.I.1.68.-साधन, -साह a. See शब्दवेधिन्; ततो$स्त्रं शब्दसाहं वै त्वरमाणो महारणे Mb.3.22. 5.-सौष्ठवम् elegance of words, a graceful or elegant style.-सौकर्यम् ease of expression.-स्मृतिः f. philology.-हीनम् the use of a word in a form or meaning not sanctioned by standard authors. -
18 Alius
1.Ālĭus (better Ālĕus), a, um, adj., = Elius (v. Alis and Elis), Elian; subst., a native of Elis, a town in Achaia (only a few times in Plaut. Capt.):2.postquam belligerant Aetoli cum Aleis,
Plaut. Capt. prol. 24; 27; 2, 2, 30.ălĭus, a, ud, adj. and subst. (old form, alis, alid, after the analogy of quis, quid:I.alis rare,
Cat. 66, 28; Sall. ap. Charis, 2, p. 133; Inscr. Orell. 2488:alid more freq.,
Lucr. 1, 263; 5, 257; 5, 1305; 5, 1456; Cat. 29, 15; cf. Prisc. 13, p. 959.— Gen. sing. masc.: alius, rare, and not used by Tac.; for which alterius is com. used (v. alter); also alii, Cato and Licin. ap. Prisc. 194 P.; Varr. R. R. 1, 2.— Fem. gen.:aliae,
Lucr. 3, 918; Cic. Div. 2, 13, 30; Liv. 24, 27, 8; Gell. 2, 28, 1; Capito ap. Gell. 4, 10, 8.— Masc. dat.:ali,
Lucr. 6, 1226:alio,
Plaut. Stich. 1, 2, 13. — Fem. dat.:aliae,
Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 207; Gell. 9, 4, 8) [cf. allos; Osc. allo ( nom. sing. fem.); Goth. alis; Erse, aile; O. H. Germ. alles, elles ( conj.); Engl. else], another, [p. 90] other (i. e. of many, whereas alter is one of two, v. exceptt. under II. G.); freq. with the indef. pronn. aliquis, quis, aliqui, qui, quidam, and the interrog. quis, qui, etc.A.. In gen.:► Instances of the rare gen.eorum sectam sequuntur multi mortales... multi alii ex Troja strenui viri,
Naev. Bell. Pun. 1, 16:alios multos,
Vulg. Matt. 15, 30; ib. Marc. 7, 4:plures alios,
ib. ib. 12, 5:cum aliis pluribus,
ib. Act. 15, 35:an ita dissolvit, ut omnes alii dissolverunt?
Cic. Font. 1; Tac. H. 5, 5:dum aliud aliquid flagiti conficiat,
Ter. Phorm. 5, 2, 5:nec nobis praeter med alius quisquam est servos Sosia,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 244:nec quisquam alius affuit,
id. ib. 1, 1, 269:panem vel aliud quidquam,
Vulg. 2 Reg. 3, 35. utrum hanc actionem habebis an aliam quampiam; Cic. Caecin. 37:quidquid aliud dare,
Vulg. Lev. 22, 25:ALIS NE POTESTO,
Inscr. Orell. 2488:datum Mi esse ab dis aliis,
Plaut. Am. prol. 12:adulescentulo in alio occupato amore,
Ter. And. 5, 1, 10:aut aliae cujus desiderium insideat rei,
Lucr. 3, 918:ne quam aliam quaerat copiam,
Ter. Heaut. 5, 1, 54:nisi quid pater ait aliud,
id. And. 5, 4, 47:si verum est, Q. Fabium Labeonem seu quem alium arbitrum a senatu datum, etc.,
Cic. Off. 1, 10, 33:quodcumque alid auget,
Lucr. 5, 257:Est alius quidam, parasitaster paululus,
Ter. Ad. 5. 2, 4; so Vulg. Luc. 22, 59:tuo (judicio) stabis, si aliud quoddam est tuum,
Cic. Or. 71, 237:L. Aemilius alius vir erat,
Liv. 44, 18:Genus ecce aliud discriminis audi,
Juv. 12, 24:alius, ne condemnaretur, pecuniam dedit,
Cic. Verr. 5, 117; Tac. Agr. 39:nemo alius,
Cic. Pis. 94; Vulg. Joan. 15, 24:alius nemo,
Cic. Quinct. 76:plus alimenti est in pane quam in ullo alio,
Cels. 2, 18:aliud esse causae suspicamur,
Cic. Fl. 39:Anne aliud tunc praefecti?
Juv. 4, 78:estne viris reliqui aliud,
Sall. Fragm. 187, 19:aliud auxilii,
Tac. A. 5, 8:aliud subsidii,
id. ib. 12, 46:alia honorum,
id. ib. 1, 9:alia sumptuum,
id. ib. 15, 15:sunt alia quae magis timeam,
Cic. Phil. 5, 29: Facete is quidem, sicut alia, many other things, id. Fin. 1, 3, 7 Madv.:haec aliaque,
Tac. H. 3, 51 al. —Hence, alio die, t. t. of the soothsayer, when he wished the Comitia postponed to another day, on the pretence of unfavorable omens: quid gravius quam rem susceptam dirimi, si unus augur alio die dixerit?
Cic. Leg. 2, 12, 31; id. Phil. 2, 33, 83 and 84 Wernsd. Perh. there is a reference to the same thing in Plaut. Poen. 2, 52: ita res divina mihi fuit: res serias omnes extollo ex hoc die in alium diem.—With aliquis, quisquam, or ullus implied (cf. aliqui, V. B., and aliquis, II. B.):ut, etiam si aliud melius fuit, tamen legatorum reditum exspectetis,
Cic. Phil. 6, 6:utar post alio, si invenero melius,
something else, id. Tusc. 1, 7, 14; so,si in aliud tempus differetur,
Caes. B C. 1, 86:an alium exspectamus?
Vulg. Matt. 11, 3; ib. Marc. 4, 36:siti magis quam alia re accenditur,
Sall. J. 89, 5:neque sex legiones alia de causa missas in Hispaniam,
Caes. B. C. 1, 85:neque creatura alia poterit nos separare,
Vulg. Rom. 8, 39.alius:B.alius generis bestiae,
Cic. N. D. 2, 48, 123; Varr. L. L. 9, 40, 67 dub.:alius ingenii,
Liv. 1, 56, 7 Madv. by conj.:alius ordinis,
Amm. 30, 5, 10:artificis aliusve,
Front. Controv. Agr. 2, 40, 27:alius coloris,
Non. p. 450:nomine vel ejus pro quo... aut alius qui, etc.,
Dig. 39, 2, 24, § 6; v. aliusmodi.—In comparisons, with atque, ac, or et, more rarely with nisi and quam; with the latter, in good class. authors, only when preceded by a neg. clause, or by an interrog. implying a neg.; cf. Ruhnk. ad Ter. And. 3, 3, 13; instead of quam, the comp. abl. or praeter, and similar words, sometimes appear, other than, different from, etc.(α).With atque, ac, or et:(β).illi sunt alio ingenio atque tu,
Plaut. Ps. 4, 7, 35:alium esse censes nunc me atque olim quom dabam?
Ter. And. 3, 3, 13:potest non solum aliud mihi ac tibi, sed mihi ipsi aliud alias videri,
Cic. Or. 71, 237:longe alia nobis ac tu scripseras nuntiantur,
id. Att. 11, 10:res alio modo est ac putatur,
id. Inv. 2, 6, 21 B. and K.:qui longe alia ratione ac reliqui Galli bellum gerere coeperunt,
Caes. B. G. 3, 28:non alius essem atque nunc sum,
Cic. Fam. 1, 9:longe aliam esse navigationem in concluso mari atque in vastissimo atque apertissimo Oceano perspiciebant,
Caes. B. G. 3, 9: aliud (se) esse facturum ac pronunciasset, Nep. Ages. 3, 4:alia atque antea sentiret,
id. Hann. 2, 2:lux longe alia est solis et lychnorum,
is very different, Cic. Cael. 28.—With nisi or quam (the latter is suspicious in Cic.; cf. Ochsn. Eclog. 252; Orell. ad Cic. Tusc. 1, 31, 75):(γ).amare autem nihil aliud est, nisi eum ipsum diligere, quem ames,
nothing else than, only, Cic. Lael. 27, 100:neque ulla fuit causa intermissionis epistularum nisi quod, etc.,
id. Fam. 7, 13:erat historia nihil aliud nisi annalium confectio,
id. de Or. 2, 12:Quid est aliud tumultus nisi perturbatio tanta, ut, etc.?
id. Phil. 8, 3:nihil aliud agerem, nisi eum, qui accusatus esset, defenderem,
id. Sull. 12; id. Att. 5, 10:quid est aliud Gigantum modo bellare cum dis nisi naturae repugnare?
id. Sen. 2, 5; id. Sex. Rosc. 19, 54; id. Rosc. Am. 5, 13; id. Leg. 1, 8, 25:pinaster nihil aliud est quam pinus silvestris,
Plin. 16, 10; Nep. Arist. 2, 2; id. Paus. 1, 4:Lysander nihil aliud molitus est quam ut omnes civitates in sua teneret potestate,
id. Lys. 1, 4:neque aliud huic defuit quam generosa stirps,
id. Eum. 1, 2:Nullo quippe alio vincis discrimine quam quod Illi marmoreum caput est, etc.,
Juv. 8, 54.—Hence, nihil aliud nisi or quam, = ouden allo ê, followed by finite verb, nothing else than, nothing but, only (after these words, fecit, factum est may be supplied, or the phraseology changed to nulla alia re facta; cf. Matth. Gr. 903; Hoogev. ad Vig. p. 475;Kuhn. Gr. Gr. II. p. 825): tribunatus P. Sestii nihil aliud nisi meum nomen causamque sustinuit,
Cic. Sest. 6, 13:ut nihil aliud nisi de hoste ac de laude cogitet,
id. Imp. Pomp. 22, 64; Liv. 2, 8:et hostes quidem nihil aliud (i. e. nulla alia re facta) quam perfusis vano timore Romanis citato agmine abeunt,
id. 2, 63; 31, 24:sed ab lictore nihil aliud quam prehendere prohibito, cum conversus in Patres impetus esset,
id. 2, 29:ut domo abditus nihil aliud quam per edicta obnuntiaret,
Suet. Caes. 20:mox nihil aliud quam vectabatur et deambulabat,
id. Aug. 83.—So, quid aliud quam? what other thing than? what else than? quibus quid aliud quam admonemus cives nos eorum esse, Liv. 4, 3:quid aliud quam ad bellum vocabantur?
Flor. 3, 23 med.; so,Quid Tullius? Anne aliud quam sidus?
Juv. 7, 199.—In affirmative-clauses rare, and only post-Aug.:te alia omnia, quam quae velis, agere, moleste ferrem,
Plin. Ep. 7, 15, 2:quod alium quam se cooptassent,
Suet. Ner. 2 al. —So, with the simple interrogative, quis alius? quid aliud? Qui, malum, alii? Ter. Eun. 4, 7, 10:Quid te aliud sollicitat?
id. ib. 1, 2, 82:Quid aliud tibi vis?
id. Heaut. 2, 3, 90:Numquid vis aliud?
id. Eun. 1, 2, 111:Sed quis nunc alius audet praeferre? etc.,
Juv. 12, 48:Quid enim est aliud Antonius?
Cic. Phil. 2, 70:Quid est aliud furere?
id. Pis. 47:Quid est alia sinistra liberalitas?
Cat. 29, 15 al. —With comp. abl. (cf. in Gr. alla tôn dikaiôn, Xen. Mem. 4, 4, 25):(δ).qui quaerit alia his, malum videtur quaerere,
other than, Plaut. Poen. prol. 22:quod est aliud melle,
Varr. R. R. 3, 16: nec quidquam aliud libertate communi quaesisse, nothing else but, Brut. et Cass. ap. Cic. Fam. 11, 2:neve putes alium sapiente bonoque beatum,
Hor. Ep. 1, 16, 20:alius Lysippo,
id. ib. 2, 1, 240:accusator alius Sejano,
Phaedr. 3, prol. 41.—With praeter:(ε).nec nobis praeter me alius quisquam est servos Sosia,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 249:nec quidquam aliud est philosophia praeter studium sapientiae,
Cic. Off. 2, 2, 5:non est alius praeter eum,
Vulg. Marc. 12, 32:rogavit numquid aliud ferret praeter arcam?
Cic. de Or. 2, 69:Num quid igitur aliud in illis judiciis versatum est praeter hasce insidias?
id. Clu. 62:nec jam tela alia habebant praeter gladios,
Liv. 38, 21, 5.—With extra (eccl. Lat.):(ζ).neque est alius extra te,
Vulg. 1 Reg. 2. 2; ib. Soph. 2, 15.—With absque (eccl. Lat.):(η).non est alius Deus absque te,
Vulg. 1 Par. 17, 20.—With praeterquam:II.cum aliud, praeterquam de quo retulissent, decemviri dicere prohiberent,
Liv. 3, 40.Esp.A.In distributive-clauses repeated even several times, and also interchanged with non nulli, quidam, ceteri, pars, partim, etc., the one... the other; plur., some... others:B.quid potes dicere cur alia defendas, alia non cures?
Cic. Phil. 2, 111:latera tegentes alios, alios praegredientes amicos,
id. ib. 13, 4: cum alii fossas complerent, alii defensores vallo depellerent, Caes. B. G. 3, 25; id. B. C. 1, 55:alii experimentorum notitiam necessariam esse contendunt, alii non satis potentem usum esse proponunt, Cels. prooem.: quae minus tuta erant, alia fossis, alia vallis, alia turribus muniebat,
Liv. 32, 5; so Vulg. Matt. 13, 5 sqq.; ib. 1 Cor. 12, 10; Cels. 3, 3, enumerating the different kinds of fever, repeats aliae seventeen times:cum aliis Q. Frater legatus, aliis C. Pomptinus legatus, reliquis M. Anneius legatus etc.,
Cic. Fam. 15, 4, 8:proferebant alii purpuram, tus alii, gemmas alii, vina non nulli Graeca,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 56, § 146: alias bestias nantes, alias volucres, serpentes quasdam, quasdam esse gradientes; earum ipsarum partim solivagas, partim congregatas;immanes alias, quasdam autem cicures, non nullas abditas,
id. Tusc. 5, 13, 38:principes partim interfecerant, alios in exsilium ejecerant,
Nep. Pelop. 1, 4:nos alii ibimus Afros, pars Scythiam veniemus,
Verg. E. 1, 65:alii superstantes proeliarentur, pars occulti muros subruerent,
Tac. H. 4, 23.—Sometimes alius is omitted in one clause:Helvetii ea spe dejecti navibus junctis, alii vadis Rhodani, etc.,
Caes. B. G. 1, 8:Veientes ignari in partem praedae suae vocatos deos, alios votis ex urbe sua evocatos, etc.,
Liv. 5, 21; Plin. 2, 43, 44, § 114:castra metari placuit, ut opus et alii proelium inciperent,
Tac. A. 1, 63.—Also with aliquis:alia sunt tamquam sibi nata, ut oculi, ut aures: aliqua etiam ceterorum membrorum usum adjuvant,
Cic. Fin. 3, 19, 63: [putat aliquis esse voluptatem bonum;alius autem pecuniam],
id. Tusc. 5, 28, 60 B. and K.; cf. Goer. ad Cic. Ac. 2, 10, 20.—Sometimes aliud... aliud designate merely a distinction between two objects contrasted, one thing... another:Numquam aliud natura, aliud sapientia dicit,
Juv. 14, 321:Fuit tempus, quo alia adversa, alia secunda principi,
Plin. Pan. 72:aliud est male dicere, aliud accusare,
Cic. Cael. 3; id. Lig. 16; Quint. 10, 1, 53:aliud est servum esse, aliud servire,
id. 5, 10, 60 al.:jam sciunt longe aliud esse virgines rapere, aliud pugnare cum viris,
Liv. 1, 12; cf. infra, e.—Alius repeated in another case, or with its derivatives, aliter, alias, alio, alibi, aliunde, etc. (but never with its derivatives in Tac.), in imitation of the Greek (cf. L. and S. s. v. allos, and Ochsn. Eclog. 110): simul alis alid aliunde rumitant inter se, Naev. ap. Fest. pp. 135 and 225; cf.C.Bothe, Fragm. Comic. p. 25: alius alium percontamur, cuja est navis?
one another, Plaut. Stich. 2, 2, 46:fallacia alia aliam trudit,
Ter. And. 4, 4, 40:fecerunt alii quidem alia quam multa,
Cic. Phil. 3, 20, 6:signa et ornamenta alia alio in loco intuebantur,
some in one place and some in another, id. Verr. 2. 1, 22:alius in alia est re magis utilis,
id. Sex. Rosc. 111:alius ex alia parte,
id. Verr. 1, 66:dies alios alio dedit ordine Luna felicis operum,
Verg. G. 1, 276:ut ipsi inter se alii aliis prodesse possent,
Cic. Off. 1, 7, 22; id. Leg. 1, 12, 33:ideo multa conjecta sunt, aliud alio tempore,
id. Q. Fr. 3, 1, 7:habes Sardos venales, alium alio nequiorem,
one worse than another, id. Fam. 7, 24: quo facto cum alius alii subsidium ferrent, one to another, Fr., l'un al'autre,
Caes. B. G. 2, 26 Herz.:legiones aliae alia in parte resistunt,
id. ib. 2, 22:alius alia causa illata,
id. ib. 1, 39:cum ceteros alii alium alia de causa improbarent,
Suet. Vesp. 6:alius alii subsidium ferunt,
Caes. B. G. 2, 26:alius alio more viventes,
each in a different way, Sall. C. 6, 2:alius alii tanti facinoris conscii,
id. ib. 22, 2; so id. ib. 52, 28; id. J. 53, 8; Curt. 10, 5, 16; Just. 15, 2:alii autem aliud clamabant,
Vulg. Act. 19, 32:illi alias aliud iisdem de rebus sentiunt,
now this, now that, Cic. de Or. 2, 7 fin.:aliter ab aliis digeruntur,
id. ib. 2, 19; Vulg. 3 Reg. 22, 20:equites alii alia dilapsi sunt,
some in this way, some in that, Liv. 44, 43:cum alii alio mitterentur,
id. 7, 39: Alis alibi stantes, omnes tamen adversis volneribus conciderunt, Sall. ap. Charis. 2, p. 133:jussit alios alibi fodere,
Liv. 44, 33; Vulg. Sap. 18, 18.—Alius ex alio, super alium, post alium, one after another; so often of the connection between ideas:D.ut aliud ex alio incidit, occurrit, etc.,
Ter. Heaut. 3, 3, 37:aliud ex alio succurrit mihi,
Cic. Fragm. C. 12:alid ex alio reficit natura,
Lucr. 1, 263; 5, 1305; 5, 1456: sed, [p. 91] ut aliud ex alio, mihi non est dubium, quin, etc., Cic. Att. 16, 14, Plin. Pan. 18, 1:ex alio in aliud vicissitudo atque mutatio,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 24, 69:alias ex aliis nectendo moras,
Liv. 7, 39:aliam ex alia prolem,
Verg. G. 3, 65; id. Cir. 364:nos alia ex aliis in fata vocamur,
id. A. 3, 494:quae impie per biennium alia super alia es ausus,
Liv. 3, 56; 23, 36:aliud super aliud scelus,
id. 30, 26; Plin. Ep. 7, 8; Suet. Ner. 49:deinde ab eo magistratu alium post alium sibi peperit,
Sall. J. 63, 5.—Alius atque alius or alius aliusque, the one and the other; now this, now that; different:E.eadem res saepe aut probatur aut reicitur, alio atque alio elata verbo,
Cic. Or. 22, 72:alio atque alio loco requiescere,
in different places, Sall. J. 72, 2:inchoata res aliis atque aliis de causis dilata erat,
Liv. 8, 23:aliud ejus subinde atque aliud facientes initium,
Sen. Ep. 32, 2:cum alia atque alia appetendo loca munirent,
Liv. 1, 8:milites trans flumen aliis atque aliis locis traiciebant,
id. 2, 2:luna alio atque alio loco exoritur,
Plin. 2, 10:febres aliae aliaeque subinde oriuntur,
Cels. 3, 3:cancer aliis aliisque signis discernitur,
id. 5, 26:aliis atque aliis causis,
Suet. Aug. 97.—In Sall. also alius deinde alius or alius post alius:saepe tentantes agros alia deinde alia loca petiverant, J. 18, 7: alias deinde alias morae causas facere,
id. ib. 36, 2:aliis post aliis minitari,
id. ib. 55, 8.—Of another kind or nature, i. e. different; hence, alium facere, to make different, to change, transform; and alium fleri, to become different, to be wholly changed:F.nunc haec dies aliam vitam affert, alios mores postulat,
Ter. And. 1, 2, 18 (aliam vitam pro diversam, contrariam, Don.):alium nunc censes esse me atque olim cum dabam,
id. ib. 3, 3, 13:Huic aliud mercedis erit,
Verg. E. 6, 26:longe alia mihi mens est,
Sall. C. 52, 2:Vos aliam potatis aquam,
Juv. 5, 52:lectus non alius cuiquam,
id. 8, 178:ensesque recondit mors alia,
Stat. Th. 7, 806:ostensus est in alia effigie,
Vulg. Marc. 16, 12; ib. Rom. 7, 23; ib. Gal. 1, 6; ib. Jac. 2, 25:alium fecisti me, alius ad te veneram,
Plaut. Trin. 1, 2, 123: alius nunc fieri volo, id. Poen. prol. fin.:homines alii facti sunt,
Cic. Fam. 11, 12:mutaberis in virum alium,
Vulg. 1 Reg. 10, 6; cf. supra, II. A. fin. —Hence, in alia omnia ire, transire, or discedere, sc. vota, to differ from the thing proposed; and in gen., to reject or oppose it, to go over to the opposite side: qui hoc censetis, illuc transite;qui alia omnia, in hanc partem: his verbis praeit ominis videlicet causa, ne dicat: qui non censetis,
Fest. p. 221; Plin. Ep. 8, 14, 19:frequens eum senatus reliquit et in alia omnia discessit,
Cic. Fam. 10, 12:de tribus legatis frequentes ierunt in alia omnia,
id. ib. 1, 2 Manut.: cum prima M. Marcelli sententia pronunciata esset, frequens senatus in alia omnia iit, Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 13:discessionem faciente Marcello, senatus frequens in alia omnia transiit,
Hirt. B. G. 8, 53: aliud or alias res agere, v. ago, II. 7.—Of that which remains of a whole, = reliquus, ceteri, the rest, the remainder:G.Divitiaco ex aliis Gallis maximam fidem habebat,
Caes. B. G. 1, 41:inter primos atrox proelium fuit, alia multitudo terga vertit,
Liv. 7, 26:vulgus aliud trucidatum,
id. 7, 19; 2, 23; so id. 24, 1:legiones in testudinem glomerabantur et alii tela incutiebant,
Tac. H. 3, 31; id. A. 1, 30; 3, 42:cum alios incessus hostis clausisset, unum reliquum aestas impediret,
id. ib. 6, 33 al.—Like alter, one of two, the other of two:H.huic fuerunt filii nati duo, alium servus surpuit, etc.,
Plaut. Capt. prol. 8; cf. id. ib. arg. 2 and 9: eis genus, aetas, eloquentia prope aequalia fuere;magnitudo animi par, item gloria, sed alia alii,
Sall. C. 54, 1 Kritz:duo Romani super alium alius corruerunt,
one upon the other, Liv. 1, 25, 5:ita duo deinceps reges, alius alia via, civitatem auxerunt,
each in a different way, id. 1, 21, 6; 24, 27:marique alio Nicopolim ingressus,
Tac. A. 5, 10 ( Ionio, Halm); so,alias partes fovere,
the other side, id. H. 1, 8.—Also in the enumeration of the parts of any thing:Gallia est omnis divisa in partes tres, quarum unam incolunt Belgae, aliam Aquitani, tertiam Celtae,
Caes. B. G. 1, 1 Herz.:classium item duo genera sunt: unum liburnarum, aliud lusoriarum,
Veg. 2, 1 (cf. in Gr. meinantes de tautên tên hêmeran, têi allêi eporeuonto, Xen. Anab. 3, 4, 1; and so the Vulg.: Alia die profecti, the next day, Act. 21, 8).—Hence, alius with a proper name used as an appell. (cf. alter):ne quis alius Ariovistus regno Galliarum potiretur,
a second Ariovistus, Tac. H. 4, 73 fin.:alius Nero,
Suet. Tit. 7.—A peculiar enhancement of the idea is produced by alius with a neg. and the comp.:A.mulier, qua mulier alia nulla est pulchrior,
than whom no other woman is more beautiful, to whom no other woman is equal in beauty, Plaut. Merc. 1, 1, 100:facinus, quo non fortius ausit alis,
Cat. 66, 28:Fama malum qua non aliud velocius ullum,
Verg. A. 4, 174:quo neque melius neque amplius aliud in natura mortalium est,
Sall. J. 2, 4:quo non aliud atrocius visum,
Tac. A. 6, 24:(Sulla) neque consilio neque manu priorem alium pati,
Sall. J. 96, 3:neque majus aliud neque praestabilius invenias,
id. ib. 1, 2; Liv. 1, 24:non alia ante Romana pugna atrocior fuit,
id. 1, 27; 2, 31; Tac. A. 6, 7 al.; cf. under aliter, 2. b. z.—Hence the advv.ălĭō, adv. (an old dat. form, designating direction to a place; cf.: eo, quo), elsewhither (arch.), elsewhere, to another place, person, or thing, allose (class., esp. among poets; but not found in Lucr. or Juv.).1.In gen.a.Of place:b.fortasse tu profectus alio fueras,
Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 49:ut ab Norba alio traducerentur,
Liv. 32, 2:translatos alio maerebis amores,
Hor. Epod. 15, 23:decurrens alio,
id. S. 2, 1, 32:nam frustra vitium vitaveris illud, Si te alio pravum detorseris,
id. ib. 2, 2, 55.—With quo:Arpinumne mihi eundum sit, an quo alio,
to some other place, Cic. Att. 9, 17:si quando Romam aliove quo mitterent legatos,
Liv. 38, 30. —Of persons or things (cf. alias, alibi, alicunde, etc.):c.illi suum animum alio conferunt,
Ter. Heaut. 2, 4, 10 (cf. Plaut. Merc. 2, 2, 62:ne ad illam me animum adjecisse sentiat): ne quando iratus tu alio conferas,
id. Eun. 3, 1, 60 Don.:hi narrata ferunt alio,
Ov. M. 12, 57: tamen vocat me alio ( to another subject) jam dudum tacita vestra exspectatio, Cic. Clu. 23, 63; id. Verr. 2, 1, 53, § 139:sed, si placet, sermonem alio transferamus,
id. de Or. 1, 29, 133:quoniam alio properare tempus monet,
Sall. J. 19, 2; so Tac. A. 1, 18 al.—Of purpose or design:2.appellet haec desideria naturae: cupiditatis nomen servet alio,
for another purpose, Cic. Fin. 2, 9, 27:hoc longe alio spectabat,
looked quite elsewhere, had a far different design, Nep. Them. 6, 3.—a.. Alio... alio, in one way... in another; hither... thither, = huc... illuc:b.hic (i. e. in ea re) alio res familiaris, alio ducit humanitas,
Cic. Off. 3, 23, 89: alio atque alio, in one way and another:nihil alio atque alio spargitur,
Sen. Brev. Vit. 11, 2.—Alius alio, each in a different way, one in one way, another in another:c.et ceteri quidem alius alio,
Cic. Off. 3, 20, 80:aliud alio dissipavit,
id. Div. 1, 34, 76; so Liv. 2, 54, 9; 7, 39.—So, aliunde alio, from one place to another:quassatione terrae aliunde alio (aquae) transferuntur,
Sen. Q. N. 3, 11, 1; cf. aliunde.—Like alius or aliter with a negative and the particles of comparison quam or atque;B.in questions with nisi: plebem nusquam alio natam quam ad serviendum,
for nothing but, Liv. 7, 18, 7: non alio datam summam quam in emptionem, etc., * Suet. Aug. 98 Ruhnk.:quo alio nisi ad nos confugerent?
Liv. 39, 36, 11; cf. Hand, Turs. I. pp. 232-234.—ălĭā, adv. (sc. via), in another way, in a different manner (in the whole ante-class. and class. per. dub.); for in Plaut. Rud. prol. 10, aliuta has been proposed; in Lucr. 6, 986, Lachm. reads alio; in Liv. 21, 56, 2, Weissenb. alibi; and in id. 44, 43, 2, via may be supplied from the preced. context; certain only in Don. ad Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 5; cf. Hand, Turs. I. p. 219.—C.ălĭās, adv. (acc. to Prisc. 1014 P., and Corss. Ausspr. I. p. 769, an acc. form like foras; but acc. to Herz. ad Caes. B. G. 5, 57, and Hab. Syn. 79, old gen. like paterfamili as, Alcmen as, etc. In the ante-class. per. rare; only once in Plaut., twice in Ter., twice in Varro; in the class. per. most freq. in Cic., but only three times in his orations; also in Plin.).1.Of time, at a time other than the present, whether it be in the past or (more freq.) in the future.a.At another time, at other times, on another occasion (alias: temporis adverbium, quod Graeci allote, aliter allôs, Capitol. Orth. 2242 P.; cf.b.Herz. and Hab., as cited above): alias ut uti possim causa hac integra,
Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 4; so id. And. 3, 2, 49 (alias = alio tempore, Don.):sed alias jocabimur,
Cic. Fam. 7, 13, 2:sed plura scribemus alias,
id. ib. 7, 6:et alias et in consulatus petitione vinci,
id. Planc. 18:nil oriturum alias,
Hor. Ep. 2, 1, 17.—In the future, freq. in contrast with nunc, in praesentia, tum, hactenus:recte secusne, alias viderimus,
Cic. Ac. 2, 44, 135:Hactenus haec: alias justum sit necne poema, Nunc, etc.,
Hor. S. 1, 4, 63: sed haec alias pluribus;nunc, etc.,
Cic. Div. 2, 2 fin.; Liv. 44, 36 fin.: quare placeat, alias ostendemus; in praesentia, etc., Auct. ad Her. 3, 16, 28.—In the past:gubernatores alias imperare soliti, tum metu mortis jussa exsequebantur,
Curt. 4, 3, 18:alias bellare inter se solitos, tunc periculi societas junxerat,
id. 9, 4, 15.—Freq. with advv. of time;as numquam, umquam, and the like: si umquam in dicendo fuimus aliquid, aut etiam si numquam alias fuimus, tum profecto, etc.,
Cic. Att. 4, 2, 2:consilio numquam alias dato,
Hor. C. 3, 5, 45:numquam ante alias,
Liv. 2, 22, 7:non umquam alias ante tantus terror senatum invasit,
id. 2, 9, 5; 1, 28, 4:si quando umquam ante alias,
id. 32, 5 (where the four advv. of time are to be taken together):Saturnalibus et si quando alias libuisset, modo munera dividebat,
Suet. Aug. 75.—Alias... alias, as in Gr. allote... allote; allote men... allote de, at one time... at another; once... another time; sometimes... sometimes; now... now:c.Alias me poscit pro illa triginta minas, Alias talentum magnum,
Plaut. Curc. 1, 1, 63; so Varr. L. L. 8, § 76 Mull.; id. R. R. 2, 1, 15; Cic. Verr. 1, 46, 120:nec potest quisquam alias beatus esse, alias miser,
id. Fin. 2, 27, 87:contentius alias, alias summissius,
id. de Or. 3, 55, 212:cum alias bellum inferrent, alias inlatum defenderent,
Caes. B. G. 2, 29; so id. ib. 5, 57 al.; it occurs four times in successive clauses in Cic. Inv. 1, 52, 99.—Sometimes plerumque, saepe, aliquando, interdum stand in corresponding clauses:nec umquam sine usura reddit (terra), quod accepit, sed alias minore, plerumque majore cum foenore,
Cic. Sen. 15, 51:geminatio verborum habet interdum vim, leporem alias,
id. de Or. 3, 54, 206:hoc alias fastidio, alias contumacia, saepius imbecillitate, evenit,
Plin. 16, 32, 58, § 134; 7, 15, 13, § 63.—Sometimes one alias is omitted:illi eruptione tentata alias cuniculis ad aggerem actis, etc.,
Caes. B. G. 3, 21; Plin. 26, 3, 7, § 13.—Alias aliter, alias alius, etc. (cf. alius), at one time in one way... at another in another; now so... now otherwise; now this... now that:d.et alias aliter haec in utramque partem causae solent convenire,
Cic. Inv. 2, 13, 45:alii enim sunt, alias nostrique familiares fere demortui,
id. Att. 16, 11 (Madv. interprets this of time):illi alias aliud iisdem de rebus judicant,
id. de Or. 2, 7, 30; id. Or. 59, 200:(deos) non semper eosdem atque alias alios solemus venerari,
id. Red. in Sen. 30:ut iidem versus alias in aliam rem posse accommodari viderentur,
id. Div. 2, 54, 111.—Saepe alias or alias saepe... nunc, nuper, quondam, etc.;e.also: cum saepe alias... tum, etc. (very common in Cic.): quod cum saepe alias tum nuper, etc.,
Cic. Tusc. 4, 4, 7:fecimus et alias saepe et nuper in Tusculano,
id. ib. 5, 4, 11:quibus de rebus et alias saepe... et quondam in Hortensii villa,
id. Ac. 2, 3, 9:quorum pater et saepe alias et maxime censor saluti rei publicae fuit,
id. de Or. 1, 9, 38:cum saepe alias, tum apud centumviros,
id. Brut. 39, 144:cum saepe alias, tum Pyrrhi bello,
id. Off. 3, 22, 86; 3, 11, 47:neque tum solum, sed saepe alias,
Nep. Hann. 11, 7.—In comparative sentences rare:nunc tamen libentius quam saepe alias,
Symm. Ep. 1, 90.—So,Semper alias, always at other times or in other cases (apparently only post-Aug.): et super cenam autem et semper alias communissimus, multa joco transigebat. Suet. Vesp. 22; id. Tib. 18; Gell. 15, 1.—f.Raro alias, rarely at other times, on other occasions:g.ut raro alias quisquam tanto favore est auditus,
Liv. 45, 20; 3, 69; Tac. H. 1, 89.—Non alias, at no other time, never, = numquam (a choice poet. expression, often imitated by [p. 92] the histt.):2.non alias caelo ceciderunt plura sereno Fulgura,
never at any other time did so much lightning fall from a clear sky, Verg. G. 1, 487:non alias militi familiarior dux fuit,
Liv. 7, 33; 45, 7:non alias majore mole concursum,
Tac. A. 2, 46; 4. 69;11, 31: non sane alias exercitatior Britannia fuit,
id. Agr. 5:haud alias intentior populus plus vocis permisit,
id. A. 3, 11, and 15, 46; Suet. Tit. 8; Flor. 3, 6.—Of place, at another place, elsewhere; or in respect of other things, in other circumstances, otherwise (only post-Aug.; v. Madv. ad Cic. Fin. 1, 3, 7):3.Idaeus rubus appellatus est, quoniam in Ida, non alias, nascitur,
Plin. 24, 14, 75, § 123 (Jan, alius): nusquam alias tam torrens fretum, * Just. 4, 1, 9:sicut vir alias doctissimus Cornutus existimat,
Macr. S. 5, 19.—Alias for alioqui (only post-Aug.), to indicate that something is in a different condition in one instance, not in others, except that, for the rest, otherwise:4.in Silaro non virgulta modo immersa, verum et folia lapidescunt, alias salubri potu ejus aquae,
Plin. 2, 103, 106, § 224; so id. 18, 6, 7, § 37; 19, 8, 48, § 163; 25, 2, 6, § 16 al.—Non alias quam, for no other reason, on no other condition, in no other circumstances than, not other than; and non alias nisi, on no other condition, not otherwise, except (prob. taken from the lang. of common life):5.non alias magis indoluisse Caesarem ferunt quam quod, etc.,
Tac. A. 3, 73:debilitatum vulnere jacuisse non alias quam simulatione mortis tutiorem,
by nothing safer than by feigning death, Curt. 8, 1, 24; 8, 14, 16; Dig. 29, 7, 6, § 2: non alias ( on no other condition) existet heres ex substitutione nisi, etc., ib. 28, 6, 8; 23, 3, 37, 23, 3, 29.—Alias like aliter, in another manner; flrst in the Lat. of the jurists (cf. Suet. Tib. 71 Oud.; Liv. 21, 56, 2 Drak.; Ter. And. 3, 2, 49 Ruhnk.), Dig. 33, 8, 8, § 8; cf. Hand, Turs. I. pp. 219-227. —D. 1.With comparative-clause expressed; constr. both affirm. and neg. without distinction.a.With atque, ac, quam, and rarely ut, otherwise than, different from what, etc., Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 23:b.sed aliter atque ostenderam facio,
Cic. Fam. 2, 3, 4; Ter. Ad. 4, 3, 6:aliter ac nos vellemus,
Cic. Mil. 9, 23:de quo tu aliter sentias atque ego,
id. Fin. 4, 22, 60; id. Att. 6, 3:si aliter nos faciant quam aequum est,
Plaut. Stich. 1, 1, 42:si aliter quippiam coacti faciant quam libere,
Cic. Rab. Post. 11, 29; id. Verr. 2, 1, 19, § 24; id. Inv. 2, 22, 66:Sed si aliter ut dixi accidisset, qui possem queri?
id. Rep. 1, 4, 7.—Non (or haud) aliter, not otherwise (per litoten), = just as; with quam si, ac si, quam cum, quam, exactly, just as if:* c.Non aliter quam si ruat omnis Karthago,
Verg. A. 4, 669:dividor haud aliter quam si mea membra relinquam,
Ov. Tr. 1, 3, 73:nihil in senatu actum aliter quam si, etc.,
Liv. 23, 4; 21, 63, 9:illi negabant se aliter ituros quam si, etc.,
id. 3, 51, 12:nec aliter quam si mihi tradatur, etc., Quint. prooem. 5: ut non aliter ratio constet quam si uni reddatur,
Tac. A. 1, 6; 1, 49:Non aliter quam si fecisset Juno maritum Insanum,
Juv. 6, 619; Suet. Aug. 40:non aliter quam cum, etc.,
Ov. F. 2, 209; so id. M. 2, 623; 4, 348; 6, 516 al.:nec scripsi aliter ac si, etc.,
Cic. Att. 13, 51; Suet. Oth. 6; Col. 2, 14 (15), 8:Non aliter quam qui lembum subigit,
Verg. G. 1, 201:non aliter praeformidat quam qui ferrum medici, priusquam curetur, aspexit,
Quint. 4, 5, 5; so id. 4, 5, 22; 2, 5, 11:neque aliter quam ii, qui traduntur, etc.,
id. 5, 8, 1:patere inde aliquid decrescere, non aliter quam Institor hibernae tegetis,
Juv. 7, 220:successorem non aliter quam indicium mortis accepturum,
Tac. A. 6, 30.—Aliter ab aliquo (analog. to alius with the abl., and alienus with ab), differently from any one:d.cultores regionum multo aliter a ceteris agunt,
Mel. 1, 9, 6.—Non ali ter nisi, by no other means, on no other condition, not otherwise, except:e.qui aliter obsistere fato fatetur se non potuisse, nisi etc.,
Cic. Fat. 20, 48; id. Fam. 1, 9: non pati C. Caesarem consulem aliter fieri, nisi exercitum et provincias tradiderit, Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 14; so Lentulus ap. Cic. Fam. 12, 14, 18; Liv. 35, 39; 45, 11; 38; Tac. Or. 32; Just. 12, 14, 7; Suet. Ner. 36; Dig. 37, 9, 6; 48, 18, 9. —Non aliter quam ut, on no other condition than that:2.neque aliter poterit palos, ad quos perducitur, pertingere, quam ut diffluat,
Col. Arb. 7, 5; so Suet. Tib. 15; 24; id. Galb. 8; Curt. 9, 5, 23.—Without a comparative clause expressed.a.In gen., otherwise, in another manner, in other respects; and in the poets: haud aliter (per litoten), just so:b.vale atque salve, etsi aliter ut dicam meres,
though you deserve that I speak differently, Plaut. Capt. 3, 5, 86 Brix:tu si aliter existimes, nihil errabis,
Cic. Fam. 3, 7, 16:ut eadem ab utrisque dicantur, aliter dicuntur,
in a different sense, Plin. Pan. 72, 7:Si quis aliter docet,
Vulg. 1 Tim. 6, 3:quae aliter se habent,
ib. ib. 5, 25:Quippe aliter tunc vivebant homines,
Juv. 6, 11: quod uterque nostrum his etiam ex studiis notus, quibus aliter ignotus est, otherwise, i. e. personally, unknown, Plin. Ep. 9, 23, 3.—With negatives:non fuit faciendum aliter,
Cic. Att. 6, 9; Tac. A. 15, 68:Ergo non aliter poterit dormire?
Juv. 3, 281:aliter haud facile eos ad tantum negotium impelli posse,
Sall. C. 44, 1; Curt. 8, 10, 27:haud aliter Rutulo muros et castra tuenti Ignescunt irae (the comparison of the wolf precedes),
Verg. A. 9, 65:haud aliter (i. e. like a wild beast) juvenis medios moriturus in hostes Irruit,
id. ib. 9, 554 al.; Ov. M. 8, 473; 9, 642:non aliter (i. e. than I) Samio dicunt arsisse Bathyllo Anacreonta Teium,
Hor. Epod. 14, 10:neque Mordaces aliter (i. e. than by means of wine) diffugiunt sollicitudines,
id. C. 1, 18, 4:neque exercitum Romanum aliter transmissurum,
Tac. H. 5, 19:nec aliter expiari potest,
Vulg. Num. 35, 33. —So, fieri aliter non potest or fieri non potest aliter (not fieri non aliter potest): nihil agis;Fieri aliter non potest,
Ter. Ad. 5, 8, 13: assentior;fieri non potuit aliter,
Cic. Att. 6, 6.—Esp.(α).Pregn., otherwise, in the contrary manner: Pe. Servos Epidicus dixit mihi. Ph. Quid si servo aliter visum est? i. e. if he does not speak the truth? Plaut. Ep. 4, 2, 29:(β).verum aliter evenire multo intellegit,
Ter. And. prol. 4 (aliter autem contra significat, Don.):amplis cornibus et nigris potius quam aliter,
Varr. R. R. 1, 20, 1: ne aliter quid eveniat, providere de cet, otherwise than harmoniously, Sall. J. 10, 7:dis aliter visum,
Verg. A. 2, 428:sin aliter tibi videtur,
Vulg. Num. 11, 15: adversi... saevaque circuitu curvantem bracchia longo Scorpion atque aliter ( in the opposite direction) curvantem bracchia Cancrum, Ov. M. 2, 83: aliterque ( and in the opposite course) secante jam pelagus rostro, Luc. 8, 197.—Hence, qui aliter fecerit, who will not do that:neu quis de his postea ad senatum referat, neve cum populo agat: qui aliter fecerit, etc.,
Sall. C. 51, 43; Just. 6, 6, 1; cf. Brisson. de Form. p. 200, and de Verb. Signif. p. 66.—Aliter esse, to be of a different nature, differently constituted or disposed:(γ).sed longe aliter est amicus atque amator,
Plaut. Truc. 1, 2, 70: ego hunc esse aliter credidi: iste me fefellit;ego isti nihilo sum aliter ac fui,
Ter. Phorm. 3, 2, 44; id. Ad. 3, 4, 46; Cic. Rosc. Am. 47, 137.—For alioqui (q. v. II. C.), otherwise, else, in any other case:(δ).jus enim semper est quaesitum aequabile: neque enim aliter esset jus (and just after: nam aliter justitia non esset),
Cic. Off. 2, 12, 42; 1, 39, 139; id. Lael. 20, 74:si suos legatos recipere vellent, quos Athenas miserant, se remitterent, aliter illos numquam in patriam essent recepturi,
Nep. Them. 7 fin.:aliter sine populi jussu nulli earum rerum consuli jus est,
Sall. C. 29, 3 Kritz:aliter non viribus ullis Vincere poteris,
Verg. A. 6, 147:veniam ostentantes, si praesentia sequerentur: aliter nihil spei,
Tac. H. 4, 59:quoniam aliter non possem,
Vulg. Sap. 8, 21.—Like alius (q. v. II. A.) repeated even several times in a distributive manner, in one way... in another: sed aliter leges, aliter philosophi tollunt astutias. Cic. Off. 3, 17, 68; so id. ib. 1, 12, 38; id. Lael. 24, 89; id. Fam. 15, 21, 6:(ε).aliter utimur propriis, aliter commodatis,
Tac. Or. 32:Aliter catuli longe olent, aliter sues,
Plaut. Ep. 4, 2, 9:aliter Diodoro, aliter Philoni, Chrysippo aliter placet,
id. Ac. 2, 47, 143:idem illud aliter Caesar, aliter Cicero, aliter Cato suadere debebit,
Quint. 3, 8, 49: Et aliter acutis morbis medendum, aliter vetustis; aliter increscentibus, aliter subsistentibus, aliter jam ad sanitatem inclinatis, Cels. prooem. p. 10.—With alius or its derivatives, one in one way, another in another (v. alius, II. B.):(ζ).quoniam aliter ab aliis digeruntur,
Cic. de Or. 2, 19, 79; id. Att. 7, 8; Liv. 2, 21; so id. 39, 53:hoc ex locorum occasione aliter alibi decernitur,
Plin. 18, 5, 6, § 30; so id. 25, 4, 10, § 29.—Non aliter, analog. to non alius (v. alius, II. H.) with a comp. (only in Plin.):non aliter utilius id fieri putare quam, etc.,
Plin. 37, 2, 10, § 28:idque non aliter clarius intellegi potest,
id. 37, 4, 15, § 59; so id. 22, 22, 36, § 78; 24, 11, 50, § 85; 28, 9, 41, § 148; cf. Hand, Turs. I. pp. 267-276. -
19 alius
1.Ālĭus (better Ālĕus), a, um, adj., = Elius (v. Alis and Elis), Elian; subst., a native of Elis, a town in Achaia (only a few times in Plaut. Capt.):2.postquam belligerant Aetoli cum Aleis,
Plaut. Capt. prol. 24; 27; 2, 2, 30.ălĭus, a, ud, adj. and subst. (old form, alis, alid, after the analogy of quis, quid:I.alis rare,
Cat. 66, 28; Sall. ap. Charis, 2, p. 133; Inscr. Orell. 2488:alid more freq.,
Lucr. 1, 263; 5, 257; 5, 1305; 5, 1456; Cat. 29, 15; cf. Prisc. 13, p. 959.— Gen. sing. masc.: alius, rare, and not used by Tac.; for which alterius is com. used (v. alter); also alii, Cato and Licin. ap. Prisc. 194 P.; Varr. R. R. 1, 2.— Fem. gen.:aliae,
Lucr. 3, 918; Cic. Div. 2, 13, 30; Liv. 24, 27, 8; Gell. 2, 28, 1; Capito ap. Gell. 4, 10, 8.— Masc. dat.:ali,
Lucr. 6, 1226:alio,
Plaut. Stich. 1, 2, 13. — Fem. dat.:aliae,
Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 207; Gell. 9, 4, 8) [cf. allos; Osc. allo ( nom. sing. fem.); Goth. alis; Erse, aile; O. H. Germ. alles, elles ( conj.); Engl. else], another, [p. 90] other (i. e. of many, whereas alter is one of two, v. exceptt. under II. G.); freq. with the indef. pronn. aliquis, quis, aliqui, qui, quidam, and the interrog. quis, qui, etc.A.. In gen.:► Instances of the rare gen.eorum sectam sequuntur multi mortales... multi alii ex Troja strenui viri,
Naev. Bell. Pun. 1, 16:alios multos,
Vulg. Matt. 15, 30; ib. Marc. 7, 4:plures alios,
ib. ib. 12, 5:cum aliis pluribus,
ib. Act. 15, 35:an ita dissolvit, ut omnes alii dissolverunt?
Cic. Font. 1; Tac. H. 5, 5:dum aliud aliquid flagiti conficiat,
Ter. Phorm. 5, 2, 5:nec nobis praeter med alius quisquam est servos Sosia,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 244:nec quisquam alius affuit,
id. ib. 1, 1, 269:panem vel aliud quidquam,
Vulg. 2 Reg. 3, 35. utrum hanc actionem habebis an aliam quampiam; Cic. Caecin. 37:quidquid aliud dare,
Vulg. Lev. 22, 25:ALIS NE POTESTO,
Inscr. Orell. 2488:datum Mi esse ab dis aliis,
Plaut. Am. prol. 12:adulescentulo in alio occupato amore,
Ter. And. 5, 1, 10:aut aliae cujus desiderium insideat rei,
Lucr. 3, 918:ne quam aliam quaerat copiam,
Ter. Heaut. 5, 1, 54:nisi quid pater ait aliud,
id. And. 5, 4, 47:si verum est, Q. Fabium Labeonem seu quem alium arbitrum a senatu datum, etc.,
Cic. Off. 1, 10, 33:quodcumque alid auget,
Lucr. 5, 257:Est alius quidam, parasitaster paululus,
Ter. Ad. 5. 2, 4; so Vulg. Luc. 22, 59:tuo (judicio) stabis, si aliud quoddam est tuum,
Cic. Or. 71, 237:L. Aemilius alius vir erat,
Liv. 44, 18:Genus ecce aliud discriminis audi,
Juv. 12, 24:alius, ne condemnaretur, pecuniam dedit,
Cic. Verr. 5, 117; Tac. Agr. 39:nemo alius,
Cic. Pis. 94; Vulg. Joan. 15, 24:alius nemo,
Cic. Quinct. 76:plus alimenti est in pane quam in ullo alio,
Cels. 2, 18:aliud esse causae suspicamur,
Cic. Fl. 39:Anne aliud tunc praefecti?
Juv. 4, 78:estne viris reliqui aliud,
Sall. Fragm. 187, 19:aliud auxilii,
Tac. A. 5, 8:aliud subsidii,
id. ib. 12, 46:alia honorum,
id. ib. 1, 9:alia sumptuum,
id. ib. 15, 15:sunt alia quae magis timeam,
Cic. Phil. 5, 29: Facete is quidem, sicut alia, many other things, id. Fin. 1, 3, 7 Madv.:haec aliaque,
Tac. H. 3, 51 al. —Hence, alio die, t. t. of the soothsayer, when he wished the Comitia postponed to another day, on the pretence of unfavorable omens: quid gravius quam rem susceptam dirimi, si unus augur alio die dixerit?
Cic. Leg. 2, 12, 31; id. Phil. 2, 33, 83 and 84 Wernsd. Perh. there is a reference to the same thing in Plaut. Poen. 2, 52: ita res divina mihi fuit: res serias omnes extollo ex hoc die in alium diem.—With aliquis, quisquam, or ullus implied (cf. aliqui, V. B., and aliquis, II. B.):ut, etiam si aliud melius fuit, tamen legatorum reditum exspectetis,
Cic. Phil. 6, 6:utar post alio, si invenero melius,
something else, id. Tusc. 1, 7, 14; so,si in aliud tempus differetur,
Caes. B C. 1, 86:an alium exspectamus?
Vulg. Matt. 11, 3; ib. Marc. 4, 36:siti magis quam alia re accenditur,
Sall. J. 89, 5:neque sex legiones alia de causa missas in Hispaniam,
Caes. B. C. 1, 85:neque creatura alia poterit nos separare,
Vulg. Rom. 8, 39.alius:B.alius generis bestiae,
Cic. N. D. 2, 48, 123; Varr. L. L. 9, 40, 67 dub.:alius ingenii,
Liv. 1, 56, 7 Madv. by conj.:alius ordinis,
Amm. 30, 5, 10:artificis aliusve,
Front. Controv. Agr. 2, 40, 27:alius coloris,
Non. p. 450:nomine vel ejus pro quo... aut alius qui, etc.,
Dig. 39, 2, 24, § 6; v. aliusmodi.—In comparisons, with atque, ac, or et, more rarely with nisi and quam; with the latter, in good class. authors, only when preceded by a neg. clause, or by an interrog. implying a neg.; cf. Ruhnk. ad Ter. And. 3, 3, 13; instead of quam, the comp. abl. or praeter, and similar words, sometimes appear, other than, different from, etc.(α).With atque, ac, or et:(β).illi sunt alio ingenio atque tu,
Plaut. Ps. 4, 7, 35:alium esse censes nunc me atque olim quom dabam?
Ter. And. 3, 3, 13:potest non solum aliud mihi ac tibi, sed mihi ipsi aliud alias videri,
Cic. Or. 71, 237:longe alia nobis ac tu scripseras nuntiantur,
id. Att. 11, 10:res alio modo est ac putatur,
id. Inv. 2, 6, 21 B. and K.:qui longe alia ratione ac reliqui Galli bellum gerere coeperunt,
Caes. B. G. 3, 28:non alius essem atque nunc sum,
Cic. Fam. 1, 9:longe aliam esse navigationem in concluso mari atque in vastissimo atque apertissimo Oceano perspiciebant,
Caes. B. G. 3, 9: aliud (se) esse facturum ac pronunciasset, Nep. Ages. 3, 4:alia atque antea sentiret,
id. Hann. 2, 2:lux longe alia est solis et lychnorum,
is very different, Cic. Cael. 28.—With nisi or quam (the latter is suspicious in Cic.; cf. Ochsn. Eclog. 252; Orell. ad Cic. Tusc. 1, 31, 75):(γ).amare autem nihil aliud est, nisi eum ipsum diligere, quem ames,
nothing else than, only, Cic. Lael. 27, 100:neque ulla fuit causa intermissionis epistularum nisi quod, etc.,
id. Fam. 7, 13:erat historia nihil aliud nisi annalium confectio,
id. de Or. 2, 12:Quid est aliud tumultus nisi perturbatio tanta, ut, etc.?
id. Phil. 8, 3:nihil aliud agerem, nisi eum, qui accusatus esset, defenderem,
id. Sull. 12; id. Att. 5, 10:quid est aliud Gigantum modo bellare cum dis nisi naturae repugnare?
id. Sen. 2, 5; id. Sex. Rosc. 19, 54; id. Rosc. Am. 5, 13; id. Leg. 1, 8, 25:pinaster nihil aliud est quam pinus silvestris,
Plin. 16, 10; Nep. Arist. 2, 2; id. Paus. 1, 4:Lysander nihil aliud molitus est quam ut omnes civitates in sua teneret potestate,
id. Lys. 1, 4:neque aliud huic defuit quam generosa stirps,
id. Eum. 1, 2:Nullo quippe alio vincis discrimine quam quod Illi marmoreum caput est, etc.,
Juv. 8, 54.—Hence, nihil aliud nisi or quam, = ouden allo ê, followed by finite verb, nothing else than, nothing but, only (after these words, fecit, factum est may be supplied, or the phraseology changed to nulla alia re facta; cf. Matth. Gr. 903; Hoogev. ad Vig. p. 475;Kuhn. Gr. Gr. II. p. 825): tribunatus P. Sestii nihil aliud nisi meum nomen causamque sustinuit,
Cic. Sest. 6, 13:ut nihil aliud nisi de hoste ac de laude cogitet,
id. Imp. Pomp. 22, 64; Liv. 2, 8:et hostes quidem nihil aliud (i. e. nulla alia re facta) quam perfusis vano timore Romanis citato agmine abeunt,
id. 2, 63; 31, 24:sed ab lictore nihil aliud quam prehendere prohibito, cum conversus in Patres impetus esset,
id. 2, 29:ut domo abditus nihil aliud quam per edicta obnuntiaret,
Suet. Caes. 20:mox nihil aliud quam vectabatur et deambulabat,
id. Aug. 83.—So, quid aliud quam? what other thing than? what else than? quibus quid aliud quam admonemus cives nos eorum esse, Liv. 4, 3:quid aliud quam ad bellum vocabantur?
Flor. 3, 23 med.; so,Quid Tullius? Anne aliud quam sidus?
Juv. 7, 199.—In affirmative-clauses rare, and only post-Aug.:te alia omnia, quam quae velis, agere, moleste ferrem,
Plin. Ep. 7, 15, 2:quod alium quam se cooptassent,
Suet. Ner. 2 al. —So, with the simple interrogative, quis alius? quid aliud? Qui, malum, alii? Ter. Eun. 4, 7, 10:Quid te aliud sollicitat?
id. ib. 1, 2, 82:Quid aliud tibi vis?
id. Heaut. 2, 3, 90:Numquid vis aliud?
id. Eun. 1, 2, 111:Sed quis nunc alius audet praeferre? etc.,
Juv. 12, 48:Quid enim est aliud Antonius?
Cic. Phil. 2, 70:Quid est aliud furere?
id. Pis. 47:Quid est alia sinistra liberalitas?
Cat. 29, 15 al. —With comp. abl. (cf. in Gr. alla tôn dikaiôn, Xen. Mem. 4, 4, 25):(δ).qui quaerit alia his, malum videtur quaerere,
other than, Plaut. Poen. prol. 22:quod est aliud melle,
Varr. R. R. 3, 16: nec quidquam aliud libertate communi quaesisse, nothing else but, Brut. et Cass. ap. Cic. Fam. 11, 2:neve putes alium sapiente bonoque beatum,
Hor. Ep. 1, 16, 20:alius Lysippo,
id. ib. 2, 1, 240:accusator alius Sejano,
Phaedr. 3, prol. 41.—With praeter:(ε).nec nobis praeter me alius quisquam est servos Sosia,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 249:nec quidquam aliud est philosophia praeter studium sapientiae,
Cic. Off. 2, 2, 5:non est alius praeter eum,
Vulg. Marc. 12, 32:rogavit numquid aliud ferret praeter arcam?
Cic. de Or. 2, 69:Num quid igitur aliud in illis judiciis versatum est praeter hasce insidias?
id. Clu. 62:nec jam tela alia habebant praeter gladios,
Liv. 38, 21, 5.—With extra (eccl. Lat.):(ζ).neque est alius extra te,
Vulg. 1 Reg. 2. 2; ib. Soph. 2, 15.—With absque (eccl. Lat.):(η).non est alius Deus absque te,
Vulg. 1 Par. 17, 20.—With praeterquam:II.cum aliud, praeterquam de quo retulissent, decemviri dicere prohiberent,
Liv. 3, 40.Esp.A.In distributive-clauses repeated even several times, and also interchanged with non nulli, quidam, ceteri, pars, partim, etc., the one... the other; plur., some... others:B.quid potes dicere cur alia defendas, alia non cures?
Cic. Phil. 2, 111:latera tegentes alios, alios praegredientes amicos,
id. ib. 13, 4: cum alii fossas complerent, alii defensores vallo depellerent, Caes. B. G. 3, 25; id. B. C. 1, 55:alii experimentorum notitiam necessariam esse contendunt, alii non satis potentem usum esse proponunt, Cels. prooem.: quae minus tuta erant, alia fossis, alia vallis, alia turribus muniebat,
Liv. 32, 5; so Vulg. Matt. 13, 5 sqq.; ib. 1 Cor. 12, 10; Cels. 3, 3, enumerating the different kinds of fever, repeats aliae seventeen times:cum aliis Q. Frater legatus, aliis C. Pomptinus legatus, reliquis M. Anneius legatus etc.,
Cic. Fam. 15, 4, 8:proferebant alii purpuram, tus alii, gemmas alii, vina non nulli Graeca,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 56, § 146: alias bestias nantes, alias volucres, serpentes quasdam, quasdam esse gradientes; earum ipsarum partim solivagas, partim congregatas;immanes alias, quasdam autem cicures, non nullas abditas,
id. Tusc. 5, 13, 38:principes partim interfecerant, alios in exsilium ejecerant,
Nep. Pelop. 1, 4:nos alii ibimus Afros, pars Scythiam veniemus,
Verg. E. 1, 65:alii superstantes proeliarentur, pars occulti muros subruerent,
Tac. H. 4, 23.—Sometimes alius is omitted in one clause:Helvetii ea spe dejecti navibus junctis, alii vadis Rhodani, etc.,
Caes. B. G. 1, 8:Veientes ignari in partem praedae suae vocatos deos, alios votis ex urbe sua evocatos, etc.,
Liv. 5, 21; Plin. 2, 43, 44, § 114:castra metari placuit, ut opus et alii proelium inciperent,
Tac. A. 1, 63.—Also with aliquis:alia sunt tamquam sibi nata, ut oculi, ut aures: aliqua etiam ceterorum membrorum usum adjuvant,
Cic. Fin. 3, 19, 63: [putat aliquis esse voluptatem bonum;alius autem pecuniam],
id. Tusc. 5, 28, 60 B. and K.; cf. Goer. ad Cic. Ac. 2, 10, 20.—Sometimes aliud... aliud designate merely a distinction between two objects contrasted, one thing... another:Numquam aliud natura, aliud sapientia dicit,
Juv. 14, 321:Fuit tempus, quo alia adversa, alia secunda principi,
Plin. Pan. 72:aliud est male dicere, aliud accusare,
Cic. Cael. 3; id. Lig. 16; Quint. 10, 1, 53:aliud est servum esse, aliud servire,
id. 5, 10, 60 al.:jam sciunt longe aliud esse virgines rapere, aliud pugnare cum viris,
Liv. 1, 12; cf. infra, e.—Alius repeated in another case, or with its derivatives, aliter, alias, alio, alibi, aliunde, etc. (but never with its derivatives in Tac.), in imitation of the Greek (cf. L. and S. s. v. allos, and Ochsn. Eclog. 110): simul alis alid aliunde rumitant inter se, Naev. ap. Fest. pp. 135 and 225; cf.C.Bothe, Fragm. Comic. p. 25: alius alium percontamur, cuja est navis?
one another, Plaut. Stich. 2, 2, 46:fallacia alia aliam trudit,
Ter. And. 4, 4, 40:fecerunt alii quidem alia quam multa,
Cic. Phil. 3, 20, 6:signa et ornamenta alia alio in loco intuebantur,
some in one place and some in another, id. Verr. 2. 1, 22:alius in alia est re magis utilis,
id. Sex. Rosc. 111:alius ex alia parte,
id. Verr. 1, 66:dies alios alio dedit ordine Luna felicis operum,
Verg. G. 1, 276:ut ipsi inter se alii aliis prodesse possent,
Cic. Off. 1, 7, 22; id. Leg. 1, 12, 33:ideo multa conjecta sunt, aliud alio tempore,
id. Q. Fr. 3, 1, 7:habes Sardos venales, alium alio nequiorem,
one worse than another, id. Fam. 7, 24: quo facto cum alius alii subsidium ferrent, one to another, Fr., l'un al'autre,
Caes. B. G. 2, 26 Herz.:legiones aliae alia in parte resistunt,
id. ib. 2, 22:alius alia causa illata,
id. ib. 1, 39:cum ceteros alii alium alia de causa improbarent,
Suet. Vesp. 6:alius alii subsidium ferunt,
Caes. B. G. 2, 26:alius alio more viventes,
each in a different way, Sall. C. 6, 2:alius alii tanti facinoris conscii,
id. ib. 22, 2; so id. ib. 52, 28; id. J. 53, 8; Curt. 10, 5, 16; Just. 15, 2:alii autem aliud clamabant,
Vulg. Act. 19, 32:illi alias aliud iisdem de rebus sentiunt,
now this, now that, Cic. de Or. 2, 7 fin.:aliter ab aliis digeruntur,
id. ib. 2, 19; Vulg. 3 Reg. 22, 20:equites alii alia dilapsi sunt,
some in this way, some in that, Liv. 44, 43:cum alii alio mitterentur,
id. 7, 39: Alis alibi stantes, omnes tamen adversis volneribus conciderunt, Sall. ap. Charis. 2, p. 133:jussit alios alibi fodere,
Liv. 44, 33; Vulg. Sap. 18, 18.—Alius ex alio, super alium, post alium, one after another; so often of the connection between ideas:D.ut aliud ex alio incidit, occurrit, etc.,
Ter. Heaut. 3, 3, 37:aliud ex alio succurrit mihi,
Cic. Fragm. C. 12:alid ex alio reficit natura,
Lucr. 1, 263; 5, 1305; 5, 1456: sed, [p. 91] ut aliud ex alio, mihi non est dubium, quin, etc., Cic. Att. 16, 14, Plin. Pan. 18, 1:ex alio in aliud vicissitudo atque mutatio,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 24, 69:alias ex aliis nectendo moras,
Liv. 7, 39:aliam ex alia prolem,
Verg. G. 3, 65; id. Cir. 364:nos alia ex aliis in fata vocamur,
id. A. 3, 494:quae impie per biennium alia super alia es ausus,
Liv. 3, 56; 23, 36:aliud super aliud scelus,
id. 30, 26; Plin. Ep. 7, 8; Suet. Ner. 49:deinde ab eo magistratu alium post alium sibi peperit,
Sall. J. 63, 5.—Alius atque alius or alius aliusque, the one and the other; now this, now that; different:E.eadem res saepe aut probatur aut reicitur, alio atque alio elata verbo,
Cic. Or. 22, 72:alio atque alio loco requiescere,
in different places, Sall. J. 72, 2:inchoata res aliis atque aliis de causis dilata erat,
Liv. 8, 23:aliud ejus subinde atque aliud facientes initium,
Sen. Ep. 32, 2:cum alia atque alia appetendo loca munirent,
Liv. 1, 8:milites trans flumen aliis atque aliis locis traiciebant,
id. 2, 2:luna alio atque alio loco exoritur,
Plin. 2, 10:febres aliae aliaeque subinde oriuntur,
Cels. 3, 3:cancer aliis aliisque signis discernitur,
id. 5, 26:aliis atque aliis causis,
Suet. Aug. 97.—In Sall. also alius deinde alius or alius post alius:saepe tentantes agros alia deinde alia loca petiverant, J. 18, 7: alias deinde alias morae causas facere,
id. ib. 36, 2:aliis post aliis minitari,
id. ib. 55, 8.—Of another kind or nature, i. e. different; hence, alium facere, to make different, to change, transform; and alium fleri, to become different, to be wholly changed:F.nunc haec dies aliam vitam affert, alios mores postulat,
Ter. And. 1, 2, 18 (aliam vitam pro diversam, contrariam, Don.):alium nunc censes esse me atque olim cum dabam,
id. ib. 3, 3, 13:Huic aliud mercedis erit,
Verg. E. 6, 26:longe alia mihi mens est,
Sall. C. 52, 2:Vos aliam potatis aquam,
Juv. 5, 52:lectus non alius cuiquam,
id. 8, 178:ensesque recondit mors alia,
Stat. Th. 7, 806:ostensus est in alia effigie,
Vulg. Marc. 16, 12; ib. Rom. 7, 23; ib. Gal. 1, 6; ib. Jac. 2, 25:alium fecisti me, alius ad te veneram,
Plaut. Trin. 1, 2, 123: alius nunc fieri volo, id. Poen. prol. fin.:homines alii facti sunt,
Cic. Fam. 11, 12:mutaberis in virum alium,
Vulg. 1 Reg. 10, 6; cf. supra, II. A. fin. —Hence, in alia omnia ire, transire, or discedere, sc. vota, to differ from the thing proposed; and in gen., to reject or oppose it, to go over to the opposite side: qui hoc censetis, illuc transite;qui alia omnia, in hanc partem: his verbis praeit ominis videlicet causa, ne dicat: qui non censetis,
Fest. p. 221; Plin. Ep. 8, 14, 19:frequens eum senatus reliquit et in alia omnia discessit,
Cic. Fam. 10, 12:de tribus legatis frequentes ierunt in alia omnia,
id. ib. 1, 2 Manut.: cum prima M. Marcelli sententia pronunciata esset, frequens senatus in alia omnia iit, Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 13:discessionem faciente Marcello, senatus frequens in alia omnia transiit,
Hirt. B. G. 8, 53: aliud or alias res agere, v. ago, II. 7.—Of that which remains of a whole, = reliquus, ceteri, the rest, the remainder:G.Divitiaco ex aliis Gallis maximam fidem habebat,
Caes. B. G. 1, 41:inter primos atrox proelium fuit, alia multitudo terga vertit,
Liv. 7, 26:vulgus aliud trucidatum,
id. 7, 19; 2, 23; so id. 24, 1:legiones in testudinem glomerabantur et alii tela incutiebant,
Tac. H. 3, 31; id. A. 1, 30; 3, 42:cum alios incessus hostis clausisset, unum reliquum aestas impediret,
id. ib. 6, 33 al.—Like alter, one of two, the other of two:H.huic fuerunt filii nati duo, alium servus surpuit, etc.,
Plaut. Capt. prol. 8; cf. id. ib. arg. 2 and 9: eis genus, aetas, eloquentia prope aequalia fuere;magnitudo animi par, item gloria, sed alia alii,
Sall. C. 54, 1 Kritz:duo Romani super alium alius corruerunt,
one upon the other, Liv. 1, 25, 5:ita duo deinceps reges, alius alia via, civitatem auxerunt,
each in a different way, id. 1, 21, 6; 24, 27:marique alio Nicopolim ingressus,
Tac. A. 5, 10 ( Ionio, Halm); so,alias partes fovere,
the other side, id. H. 1, 8.—Also in the enumeration of the parts of any thing:Gallia est omnis divisa in partes tres, quarum unam incolunt Belgae, aliam Aquitani, tertiam Celtae,
Caes. B. G. 1, 1 Herz.:classium item duo genera sunt: unum liburnarum, aliud lusoriarum,
Veg. 2, 1 (cf. in Gr. meinantes de tautên tên hêmeran, têi allêi eporeuonto, Xen. Anab. 3, 4, 1; and so the Vulg.: Alia die profecti, the next day, Act. 21, 8).—Hence, alius with a proper name used as an appell. (cf. alter):ne quis alius Ariovistus regno Galliarum potiretur,
a second Ariovistus, Tac. H. 4, 73 fin.:alius Nero,
Suet. Tit. 7.—A peculiar enhancement of the idea is produced by alius with a neg. and the comp.:A.mulier, qua mulier alia nulla est pulchrior,
than whom no other woman is more beautiful, to whom no other woman is equal in beauty, Plaut. Merc. 1, 1, 100:facinus, quo non fortius ausit alis,
Cat. 66, 28:Fama malum qua non aliud velocius ullum,
Verg. A. 4, 174:quo neque melius neque amplius aliud in natura mortalium est,
Sall. J. 2, 4:quo non aliud atrocius visum,
Tac. A. 6, 24:(Sulla) neque consilio neque manu priorem alium pati,
Sall. J. 96, 3:neque majus aliud neque praestabilius invenias,
id. ib. 1, 2; Liv. 1, 24:non alia ante Romana pugna atrocior fuit,
id. 1, 27; 2, 31; Tac. A. 6, 7 al.; cf. under aliter, 2. b. z.—Hence the advv.ălĭō, adv. (an old dat. form, designating direction to a place; cf.: eo, quo), elsewhither (arch.), elsewhere, to another place, person, or thing, allose (class., esp. among poets; but not found in Lucr. or Juv.).1.In gen.a.Of place:b.fortasse tu profectus alio fueras,
Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 49:ut ab Norba alio traducerentur,
Liv. 32, 2:translatos alio maerebis amores,
Hor. Epod. 15, 23:decurrens alio,
id. S. 2, 1, 32:nam frustra vitium vitaveris illud, Si te alio pravum detorseris,
id. ib. 2, 2, 55.—With quo:Arpinumne mihi eundum sit, an quo alio,
to some other place, Cic. Att. 9, 17:si quando Romam aliove quo mitterent legatos,
Liv. 38, 30. —Of persons or things (cf. alias, alibi, alicunde, etc.):c.illi suum animum alio conferunt,
Ter. Heaut. 2, 4, 10 (cf. Plaut. Merc. 2, 2, 62:ne ad illam me animum adjecisse sentiat): ne quando iratus tu alio conferas,
id. Eun. 3, 1, 60 Don.:hi narrata ferunt alio,
Ov. M. 12, 57: tamen vocat me alio ( to another subject) jam dudum tacita vestra exspectatio, Cic. Clu. 23, 63; id. Verr. 2, 1, 53, § 139:sed, si placet, sermonem alio transferamus,
id. de Or. 1, 29, 133:quoniam alio properare tempus monet,
Sall. J. 19, 2; so Tac. A. 1, 18 al.—Of purpose or design:2.appellet haec desideria naturae: cupiditatis nomen servet alio,
for another purpose, Cic. Fin. 2, 9, 27:hoc longe alio spectabat,
looked quite elsewhere, had a far different design, Nep. Them. 6, 3.—a.. Alio... alio, in one way... in another; hither... thither, = huc... illuc:b.hic (i. e. in ea re) alio res familiaris, alio ducit humanitas,
Cic. Off. 3, 23, 89: alio atque alio, in one way and another:nihil alio atque alio spargitur,
Sen. Brev. Vit. 11, 2.—Alius alio, each in a different way, one in one way, another in another:c.et ceteri quidem alius alio,
Cic. Off. 3, 20, 80:aliud alio dissipavit,
id. Div. 1, 34, 76; so Liv. 2, 54, 9; 7, 39.—So, aliunde alio, from one place to another:quassatione terrae aliunde alio (aquae) transferuntur,
Sen. Q. N. 3, 11, 1; cf. aliunde.—Like alius or aliter with a negative and the particles of comparison quam or atque;B.in questions with nisi: plebem nusquam alio natam quam ad serviendum,
for nothing but, Liv. 7, 18, 7: non alio datam summam quam in emptionem, etc., * Suet. Aug. 98 Ruhnk.:quo alio nisi ad nos confugerent?
Liv. 39, 36, 11; cf. Hand, Turs. I. pp. 232-234.—ălĭā, adv. (sc. via), in another way, in a different manner (in the whole ante-class. and class. per. dub.); for in Plaut. Rud. prol. 10, aliuta has been proposed; in Lucr. 6, 986, Lachm. reads alio; in Liv. 21, 56, 2, Weissenb. alibi; and in id. 44, 43, 2, via may be supplied from the preced. context; certain only in Don. ad Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 5; cf. Hand, Turs. I. p. 219.—C.ălĭās, adv. (acc. to Prisc. 1014 P., and Corss. Ausspr. I. p. 769, an acc. form like foras; but acc. to Herz. ad Caes. B. G. 5, 57, and Hab. Syn. 79, old gen. like paterfamili as, Alcmen as, etc. In the ante-class. per. rare; only once in Plaut., twice in Ter., twice in Varro; in the class. per. most freq. in Cic., but only three times in his orations; also in Plin.).1.Of time, at a time other than the present, whether it be in the past or (more freq.) in the future.a.At another time, at other times, on another occasion (alias: temporis adverbium, quod Graeci allote, aliter allôs, Capitol. Orth. 2242 P.; cf.b.Herz. and Hab., as cited above): alias ut uti possim causa hac integra,
Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 4; so id. And. 3, 2, 49 (alias = alio tempore, Don.):sed alias jocabimur,
Cic. Fam. 7, 13, 2:sed plura scribemus alias,
id. ib. 7, 6:et alias et in consulatus petitione vinci,
id. Planc. 18:nil oriturum alias,
Hor. Ep. 2, 1, 17.—In the future, freq. in contrast with nunc, in praesentia, tum, hactenus:recte secusne, alias viderimus,
Cic. Ac. 2, 44, 135:Hactenus haec: alias justum sit necne poema, Nunc, etc.,
Hor. S. 1, 4, 63: sed haec alias pluribus;nunc, etc.,
Cic. Div. 2, 2 fin.; Liv. 44, 36 fin.: quare placeat, alias ostendemus; in praesentia, etc., Auct. ad Her. 3, 16, 28.—In the past:gubernatores alias imperare soliti, tum metu mortis jussa exsequebantur,
Curt. 4, 3, 18:alias bellare inter se solitos, tunc periculi societas junxerat,
id. 9, 4, 15.—Freq. with advv. of time;as numquam, umquam, and the like: si umquam in dicendo fuimus aliquid, aut etiam si numquam alias fuimus, tum profecto, etc.,
Cic. Att. 4, 2, 2:consilio numquam alias dato,
Hor. C. 3, 5, 45:numquam ante alias,
Liv. 2, 22, 7:non umquam alias ante tantus terror senatum invasit,
id. 2, 9, 5; 1, 28, 4:si quando umquam ante alias,
id. 32, 5 (where the four advv. of time are to be taken together):Saturnalibus et si quando alias libuisset, modo munera dividebat,
Suet. Aug. 75.—Alias... alias, as in Gr. allote... allote; allote men... allote de, at one time... at another; once... another time; sometimes... sometimes; now... now:c.Alias me poscit pro illa triginta minas, Alias talentum magnum,
Plaut. Curc. 1, 1, 63; so Varr. L. L. 8, § 76 Mull.; id. R. R. 2, 1, 15; Cic. Verr. 1, 46, 120:nec potest quisquam alias beatus esse, alias miser,
id. Fin. 2, 27, 87:contentius alias, alias summissius,
id. de Or. 3, 55, 212:cum alias bellum inferrent, alias inlatum defenderent,
Caes. B. G. 2, 29; so id. ib. 5, 57 al.; it occurs four times in successive clauses in Cic. Inv. 1, 52, 99.—Sometimes plerumque, saepe, aliquando, interdum stand in corresponding clauses:nec umquam sine usura reddit (terra), quod accepit, sed alias minore, plerumque majore cum foenore,
Cic. Sen. 15, 51:geminatio verborum habet interdum vim, leporem alias,
id. de Or. 3, 54, 206:hoc alias fastidio, alias contumacia, saepius imbecillitate, evenit,
Plin. 16, 32, 58, § 134; 7, 15, 13, § 63.—Sometimes one alias is omitted:illi eruptione tentata alias cuniculis ad aggerem actis, etc.,
Caes. B. G. 3, 21; Plin. 26, 3, 7, § 13.—Alias aliter, alias alius, etc. (cf. alius), at one time in one way... at another in another; now so... now otherwise; now this... now that:d.et alias aliter haec in utramque partem causae solent convenire,
Cic. Inv. 2, 13, 45:alii enim sunt, alias nostrique familiares fere demortui,
id. Att. 16, 11 (Madv. interprets this of time):illi alias aliud iisdem de rebus judicant,
id. de Or. 2, 7, 30; id. Or. 59, 200:(deos) non semper eosdem atque alias alios solemus venerari,
id. Red. in Sen. 30:ut iidem versus alias in aliam rem posse accommodari viderentur,
id. Div. 2, 54, 111.—Saepe alias or alias saepe... nunc, nuper, quondam, etc.;e.also: cum saepe alias... tum, etc. (very common in Cic.): quod cum saepe alias tum nuper, etc.,
Cic. Tusc. 4, 4, 7:fecimus et alias saepe et nuper in Tusculano,
id. ib. 5, 4, 11:quibus de rebus et alias saepe... et quondam in Hortensii villa,
id. Ac. 2, 3, 9:quorum pater et saepe alias et maxime censor saluti rei publicae fuit,
id. de Or. 1, 9, 38:cum saepe alias, tum apud centumviros,
id. Brut. 39, 144:cum saepe alias, tum Pyrrhi bello,
id. Off. 3, 22, 86; 3, 11, 47:neque tum solum, sed saepe alias,
Nep. Hann. 11, 7.—In comparative sentences rare:nunc tamen libentius quam saepe alias,
Symm. Ep. 1, 90.—So,Semper alias, always at other times or in other cases (apparently only post-Aug.): et super cenam autem et semper alias communissimus, multa joco transigebat. Suet. Vesp. 22; id. Tib. 18; Gell. 15, 1.—f.Raro alias, rarely at other times, on other occasions:g.ut raro alias quisquam tanto favore est auditus,
Liv. 45, 20; 3, 69; Tac. H. 1, 89.—Non alias, at no other time, never, = numquam (a choice poet. expression, often imitated by [p. 92] the histt.):2.non alias caelo ceciderunt plura sereno Fulgura,
never at any other time did so much lightning fall from a clear sky, Verg. G. 1, 487:non alias militi familiarior dux fuit,
Liv. 7, 33; 45, 7:non alias majore mole concursum,
Tac. A. 2, 46; 4. 69;11, 31: non sane alias exercitatior Britannia fuit,
id. Agr. 5:haud alias intentior populus plus vocis permisit,
id. A. 3, 11, and 15, 46; Suet. Tit. 8; Flor. 3, 6.—Of place, at another place, elsewhere; or in respect of other things, in other circumstances, otherwise (only post-Aug.; v. Madv. ad Cic. Fin. 1, 3, 7):3.Idaeus rubus appellatus est, quoniam in Ida, non alias, nascitur,
Plin. 24, 14, 75, § 123 (Jan, alius): nusquam alias tam torrens fretum, * Just. 4, 1, 9:sicut vir alias doctissimus Cornutus existimat,
Macr. S. 5, 19.—Alias for alioqui (only post-Aug.), to indicate that something is in a different condition in one instance, not in others, except that, for the rest, otherwise:4.in Silaro non virgulta modo immersa, verum et folia lapidescunt, alias salubri potu ejus aquae,
Plin. 2, 103, 106, § 224; so id. 18, 6, 7, § 37; 19, 8, 48, § 163; 25, 2, 6, § 16 al.—Non alias quam, for no other reason, on no other condition, in no other circumstances than, not other than; and non alias nisi, on no other condition, not otherwise, except (prob. taken from the lang. of common life):5.non alias magis indoluisse Caesarem ferunt quam quod, etc.,
Tac. A. 3, 73:debilitatum vulnere jacuisse non alias quam simulatione mortis tutiorem,
by nothing safer than by feigning death, Curt. 8, 1, 24; 8, 14, 16; Dig. 29, 7, 6, § 2: non alias ( on no other condition) existet heres ex substitutione nisi, etc., ib. 28, 6, 8; 23, 3, 37, 23, 3, 29.—Alias like aliter, in another manner; flrst in the Lat. of the jurists (cf. Suet. Tib. 71 Oud.; Liv. 21, 56, 2 Drak.; Ter. And. 3, 2, 49 Ruhnk.), Dig. 33, 8, 8, § 8; cf. Hand, Turs. I. pp. 219-227. —D. 1.With comparative-clause expressed; constr. both affirm. and neg. without distinction.a.With atque, ac, quam, and rarely ut, otherwise than, different from what, etc., Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 23:b.sed aliter atque ostenderam facio,
Cic. Fam. 2, 3, 4; Ter. Ad. 4, 3, 6:aliter ac nos vellemus,
Cic. Mil. 9, 23:de quo tu aliter sentias atque ego,
id. Fin. 4, 22, 60; id. Att. 6, 3:si aliter nos faciant quam aequum est,
Plaut. Stich. 1, 1, 42:si aliter quippiam coacti faciant quam libere,
Cic. Rab. Post. 11, 29; id. Verr. 2, 1, 19, § 24; id. Inv. 2, 22, 66:Sed si aliter ut dixi accidisset, qui possem queri?
id. Rep. 1, 4, 7.—Non (or haud) aliter, not otherwise (per litoten), = just as; with quam si, ac si, quam cum, quam, exactly, just as if:* c.Non aliter quam si ruat omnis Karthago,
Verg. A. 4, 669:dividor haud aliter quam si mea membra relinquam,
Ov. Tr. 1, 3, 73:nihil in senatu actum aliter quam si, etc.,
Liv. 23, 4; 21, 63, 9:illi negabant se aliter ituros quam si, etc.,
id. 3, 51, 12:nec aliter quam si mihi tradatur, etc., Quint. prooem. 5: ut non aliter ratio constet quam si uni reddatur,
Tac. A. 1, 6; 1, 49:Non aliter quam si fecisset Juno maritum Insanum,
Juv. 6, 619; Suet. Aug. 40:non aliter quam cum, etc.,
Ov. F. 2, 209; so id. M. 2, 623; 4, 348; 6, 516 al.:nec scripsi aliter ac si, etc.,
Cic. Att. 13, 51; Suet. Oth. 6; Col. 2, 14 (15), 8:Non aliter quam qui lembum subigit,
Verg. G. 1, 201:non aliter praeformidat quam qui ferrum medici, priusquam curetur, aspexit,
Quint. 4, 5, 5; so id. 4, 5, 22; 2, 5, 11:neque aliter quam ii, qui traduntur, etc.,
id. 5, 8, 1:patere inde aliquid decrescere, non aliter quam Institor hibernae tegetis,
Juv. 7, 220:successorem non aliter quam indicium mortis accepturum,
Tac. A. 6, 30.—Aliter ab aliquo (analog. to alius with the abl., and alienus with ab), differently from any one:d.cultores regionum multo aliter a ceteris agunt,
Mel. 1, 9, 6.—Non ali ter nisi, by no other means, on no other condition, not otherwise, except:e.qui aliter obsistere fato fatetur se non potuisse, nisi etc.,
Cic. Fat. 20, 48; id. Fam. 1, 9: non pati C. Caesarem consulem aliter fieri, nisi exercitum et provincias tradiderit, Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 14; so Lentulus ap. Cic. Fam. 12, 14, 18; Liv. 35, 39; 45, 11; 38; Tac. Or. 32; Just. 12, 14, 7; Suet. Ner. 36; Dig. 37, 9, 6; 48, 18, 9. —Non aliter quam ut, on no other condition than that:2.neque aliter poterit palos, ad quos perducitur, pertingere, quam ut diffluat,
Col. Arb. 7, 5; so Suet. Tib. 15; 24; id. Galb. 8; Curt. 9, 5, 23.—Without a comparative clause expressed.a.In gen., otherwise, in another manner, in other respects; and in the poets: haud aliter (per litoten), just so:b.vale atque salve, etsi aliter ut dicam meres,
though you deserve that I speak differently, Plaut. Capt. 3, 5, 86 Brix:tu si aliter existimes, nihil errabis,
Cic. Fam. 3, 7, 16:ut eadem ab utrisque dicantur, aliter dicuntur,
in a different sense, Plin. Pan. 72, 7:Si quis aliter docet,
Vulg. 1 Tim. 6, 3:quae aliter se habent,
ib. ib. 5, 25:Quippe aliter tunc vivebant homines,
Juv. 6, 11: quod uterque nostrum his etiam ex studiis notus, quibus aliter ignotus est, otherwise, i. e. personally, unknown, Plin. Ep. 9, 23, 3.—With negatives:non fuit faciendum aliter,
Cic. Att. 6, 9; Tac. A. 15, 68:Ergo non aliter poterit dormire?
Juv. 3, 281:aliter haud facile eos ad tantum negotium impelli posse,
Sall. C. 44, 1; Curt. 8, 10, 27:haud aliter Rutulo muros et castra tuenti Ignescunt irae (the comparison of the wolf precedes),
Verg. A. 9, 65:haud aliter (i. e. like a wild beast) juvenis medios moriturus in hostes Irruit,
id. ib. 9, 554 al.; Ov. M. 8, 473; 9, 642:non aliter (i. e. than I) Samio dicunt arsisse Bathyllo Anacreonta Teium,
Hor. Epod. 14, 10:neque Mordaces aliter (i. e. than by means of wine) diffugiunt sollicitudines,
id. C. 1, 18, 4:neque exercitum Romanum aliter transmissurum,
Tac. H. 5, 19:nec aliter expiari potest,
Vulg. Num. 35, 33. —So, fieri aliter non potest or fieri non potest aliter (not fieri non aliter potest): nihil agis;Fieri aliter non potest,
Ter. Ad. 5, 8, 13: assentior;fieri non potuit aliter,
Cic. Att. 6, 6.—Esp.(α).Pregn., otherwise, in the contrary manner: Pe. Servos Epidicus dixit mihi. Ph. Quid si servo aliter visum est? i. e. if he does not speak the truth? Plaut. Ep. 4, 2, 29:(β).verum aliter evenire multo intellegit,
Ter. And. prol. 4 (aliter autem contra significat, Don.):amplis cornibus et nigris potius quam aliter,
Varr. R. R. 1, 20, 1: ne aliter quid eveniat, providere de cet, otherwise than harmoniously, Sall. J. 10, 7:dis aliter visum,
Verg. A. 2, 428:sin aliter tibi videtur,
Vulg. Num. 11, 15: adversi... saevaque circuitu curvantem bracchia longo Scorpion atque aliter ( in the opposite direction) curvantem bracchia Cancrum, Ov. M. 2, 83: aliterque ( and in the opposite course) secante jam pelagus rostro, Luc. 8, 197.—Hence, qui aliter fecerit, who will not do that:neu quis de his postea ad senatum referat, neve cum populo agat: qui aliter fecerit, etc.,
Sall. C. 51, 43; Just. 6, 6, 1; cf. Brisson. de Form. p. 200, and de Verb. Signif. p. 66.—Aliter esse, to be of a different nature, differently constituted or disposed:(γ).sed longe aliter est amicus atque amator,
Plaut. Truc. 1, 2, 70: ego hunc esse aliter credidi: iste me fefellit;ego isti nihilo sum aliter ac fui,
Ter. Phorm. 3, 2, 44; id. Ad. 3, 4, 46; Cic. Rosc. Am. 47, 137.—For alioqui (q. v. II. C.), otherwise, else, in any other case:(δ).jus enim semper est quaesitum aequabile: neque enim aliter esset jus (and just after: nam aliter justitia non esset),
Cic. Off. 2, 12, 42; 1, 39, 139; id. Lael. 20, 74:si suos legatos recipere vellent, quos Athenas miserant, se remitterent, aliter illos numquam in patriam essent recepturi,
Nep. Them. 7 fin.:aliter sine populi jussu nulli earum rerum consuli jus est,
Sall. C. 29, 3 Kritz:aliter non viribus ullis Vincere poteris,
Verg. A. 6, 147:veniam ostentantes, si praesentia sequerentur: aliter nihil spei,
Tac. H. 4, 59:quoniam aliter non possem,
Vulg. Sap. 8, 21.—Like alius (q. v. II. A.) repeated even several times in a distributive manner, in one way... in another: sed aliter leges, aliter philosophi tollunt astutias. Cic. Off. 3, 17, 68; so id. ib. 1, 12, 38; id. Lael. 24, 89; id. Fam. 15, 21, 6:(ε).aliter utimur propriis, aliter commodatis,
Tac. Or. 32:Aliter catuli longe olent, aliter sues,
Plaut. Ep. 4, 2, 9:aliter Diodoro, aliter Philoni, Chrysippo aliter placet,
id. Ac. 2, 47, 143:idem illud aliter Caesar, aliter Cicero, aliter Cato suadere debebit,
Quint. 3, 8, 49: Et aliter acutis morbis medendum, aliter vetustis; aliter increscentibus, aliter subsistentibus, aliter jam ad sanitatem inclinatis, Cels. prooem. p. 10.—With alius or its derivatives, one in one way, another in another (v. alius, II. B.):(ζ).quoniam aliter ab aliis digeruntur,
Cic. de Or. 2, 19, 79; id. Att. 7, 8; Liv. 2, 21; so id. 39, 53:hoc ex locorum occasione aliter alibi decernitur,
Plin. 18, 5, 6, § 30; so id. 25, 4, 10, § 29.—Non aliter, analog. to non alius (v. alius, II. H.) with a comp. (only in Plin.):non aliter utilius id fieri putare quam, etc.,
Plin. 37, 2, 10, § 28:idque non aliter clarius intellegi potest,
id. 37, 4, 15, § 59; so id. 22, 22, 36, § 78; 24, 11, 50, § 85; 28, 9, 41, § 148; cf. Hand, Turs. I. pp. 267-276. -
20 ὁ
ὁ, [full] ἡ, τό, is, when thus written,A demonstr. Pronoun.B in [dialect] Att., definite or prepositive Article.C in [dialect] Ep., the so-called postpositive Article, = relative Pronoun, ὅς, ἥ, ὅ.—The nom. masc. and fem. sg. and pl., ὁ, ἡ, οἱ, αἱ, have no accent in codd. and most printed books, exc. when used as the relative ; but ὁ, ἡ, οἱ, αἱ differ only in writing from ὃ, ἣ, οἳ, αἳ ; the nom. forms of the article are said by Hdn.Gr.1.474 to be oxytone, and by A.D.Pron.8.7 not to be enclitic. The forms τῶν, τοῖς, ταῖς were barytone (i. e. τὼν, τοὶς, ταὶς ) in [dialect] Aeol. acc. to Aristarch. ap. A.D.Synt.51.26. For οἱ, αἱ some dialects (not Cypr., cf. Inscr.Cypr.135.30H., nor Cret., cf.Leg.Gort. 5.28, nor Lesbian, cf. Alc.81, Sapph.Supp.5.1 ) and Hom. have τοί, ταί (though οἱ, αἱ are also found in Hom.): other Homeric forms are gen. sg. τοῖο, gen. and dat. dualτοῖιν Od.18.34
, al.: gen. pl. fem. τάων [pron. full] [ᾱ], dat. τοῖσι, τῇς and τῇσι, never ταῖσι or ταῖς in Hom.— In [dialect] Dor. and all other dialects exc. [dialect] Att. and [dialect] Ion. the fem. forms preserve the old [pron. full] ᾱ instead of changing it to η, hence [dialect] Dor. etc. ἁ, τάν, τᾶς ; the gen. pl. τάων contracts in many dialects to τᾶν ; the gen. sg. is in many places τῶ, acc. pl. τώς, but Cret., etc., τόνς (Leg.Gort.7.7, al.) or τός (ib.3.50, al.) ; in Lesbian [dialect] Aeol. the acc. pl. forms are τοὶς, ταὶς, IG12(2).645 A13, B62 ; dat. pl. τοῖς, ταῖς (or τοὶς, ταὶς, v. supr.), ib.645 A8, ib.1.6 ; ταῖσι as demonstr., Sapph. 16. The [dialect] Att. Poets also used the [dialect] Ion. and [dialect] Ep. forms τοῖσι, ταῖσι ; and in Trag. we find τοὶ μέν.., τοὶ δέ.., for οἱ μέν.., οἱ δέ.., not only in lyr., as A.Pers. 584, Th. 295, 298 ;οἱ μέν.. τοὶ δ' S.Aj. 1404
(anap.) ; but even in a trimeter, A.Pers. 424. In [dialect] Att. the dual has usu. only one gender, τὼ θεώ (for τὰ θεά) And.1.113 sq. ; τὼ πόλεε Foed. ap. Th.5.23 ;τὼ ἡμέρα X.Cyr.1.2.11
;τὼ χεῖρε Id.Mem.2.3.18
;τοῖν χεροῖν Pl.Tht. 155e
;τοῖν γενεσέοιν Id.Phd. 71e
;τοῖν πολέοιν Isoc.4.75
(τά S.Ant. 769, Ar.Eq. 424, 484,ταῖν Lys.19.17
, Is.5.16, etc. have been corrected) ; in Arc. the form τοῖς functions as gen. dual fem., (Orchom., iv B.C.):—in Elean and [dialect] Boeot. ὁ, ἡ (ἁ), τό, with the addition of -ί, = ὅδε, ἥδε, τόδε, nom.pl. masc. τυΐ the following men, Schwyzer485.14 (Thespiae, iii B.C.), al., cf. infr. VIII. 5. (With ὁ, ἁ, cf. Skt. demonstr. pron. sa, sā, Goth. sa, sō, ONorse sá, sú, Old Lat. acc. sum, sam (Enn.): —with τό [from Τόδ] cf. Skt. tat (tad), Lat. is-tud, Goth. pata: —with τοί cf. Skt. te, Lith. tĩe, OE. pá, etc.:—with τάων cf. Skt. tāsām, Lat. is-tarum:— the origin of the relative ὅς, ἥ, ὅ (q. v.) is different.)A ὁ, ἡ, τό, DEMONSTR. PRONOUN, that, the oldest and in Hom. the commonest sense: freq. also in Hdt. (1.86,5.35,al.), and sts. in Trag. (mostly in lyr., A.Supp. 1047, etc.; in trimeters, Id.Th. 197, Ag.7, Eu. 174 ; τῶν γάρ.., τῆς γάρ.., Id.Supp. 358, S.OT 1082 ; seldom in [dialect] Att. Prose, exc. in special phrases, v. infr. VI, VII):I joined with a Subst., to call attention to it, ὁ Τυδεΐδης he—Tydeus' famous son, Il. 11.660; τὸν Χρύσην that venerable man Chryses, I.II: and so with Appellat., Νέστωρ ὁ γέρων N.— thataged man, 7.324 ; αἰετοῦ.. τοῦ θηρητῆρος the eagle, that which is called hunter, 21.252, al. ; also to define and give emphasis, τιμῆς τῆς Πριάμου for honour, namely that of Priam, 20.181 ; οἴχετ' ἀνὴρ ὤριστος a man is gone, and he the best, 11.288, cf. 13.433, al.: sts. with words between the Pron. and Noun,αὐτὰρ ὁ αὖτε Πέλοψ 2.105
;τὸν Ἕκτορι μῦθον ἐνίσπες 11.186
, cf. 703, al.:—different from this are cases like Il.1.409 αἴ κέν πως ἐθέλῃσιν ἐπὶ Τρώεσσιν ἀρῆξαι, τοὺς δὲ κατὰ πρύμνας τε καὶ ἀμφ' ἅλα ἔλσαι Ἀχαιούς if he would help the Trojans, but drive those back to the ships— I mean the Achaeans, where Ἀχ. is only added to explain τούς, cf. 1.472, 4.20, 329, al.II freq. without a Subst., he, she, it,ὁ γὰρ ἦλθε Il.1.12
, al.III placed after its Noun, before the Relat. Prons., ἐφάμην σὲ περὶ φρένας ἔμμεναι ἄλλων, τῶν ὅσσοι Λυκίην ναιετάουσι far above the rest, above those to wit who, etc., Il.17.172 ; οἷ' οὔ πώ τιν' ἀκούομεν οὐδὲ παλαιῶν, τάων αἳ πάρος ἦσαν.. Ἀχαιαί such as we have not heard tell of yet even among the women of old, those women to wit who.., Od.2.119, cf. Il.5.332 ;θάλαμον τὸν ἀφίκετο, τόν ποτε τέκτων ξέσσεν Od.21.43
, cf. 1.116, 10.74 :—for the [dialect] Att. usage v. infr.IV before a Possessive Pron. its demonstr. force is sts. very manifest, φθίσει σε τὸ σὸν μένος that spirit of thine, Il.6.407, cf. 11.608 ; but in 15.58, 16.40, and elsewh. it is merely the Art.V for cases in which the Homeric usage approaches most nearly to the Attic, v. infr. B. init.VI ὁ μέν.., ὁ δέ.. without a Subst., in all cases, genders, and numbers, Hom., etc.: sts. in Opposition, where ὁ μέν prop. refers to the former, ὁ δέ to the latter ; more rarely ὁ μέν the latter, the former,Pl.
Prt. 359e, Isoc.2.32,34: sts. in Partition, the one.., the other.., etc.—The Noun with it is regularly in gen. pl., being divided by the ὁ μέν.., ὁ δέ.., into parts,ἠΐθεοι καὶ παρθένοι.., τῶν δ' αἱ μὲν λεπτὰς ὀθόνας ἔχον, οἱ δὲ χιτῶνας εἵατο Il.18.595
;τῶν πόλεων αἱ μὲν τυραννοῦνται, αἱ δὲ δημοκρατοῦνται, αἱ δὲ ἀριστοκρατοῦνται Pl.R. 338d
, etc.: but freq. the Noun is in the same case, by a kind of apposition,ἴδον υἷε Δάρητος, τὸν μὲν ἀλευάμενον τὸν δὲ κτάμενον Il.5.28
, cf. Od.12.73, etc.: so in Trag. and [dialect] Att., S.Ant. 22, etc. ;πηγὴ ἡ μὲν εἰς αὐτὸν ἔδυ, ἡ δὲ ἔξω ἀπορρεῖ Pl.Phdr. 255c
; if the Noun be collective, it is in the gen. sg.,ὁ μὲν πεπραμένος ἦν τοῦ σίτου, ὁ δὲ ἔνδον ἀποκείμενος D.42.6
: sts. a Noun is added in apposition with ὁ μέν orὁ δέ, ὁ μὲν οὔτασ' Ἀτύμνιον ὀξέϊ δουρὶ Ἀντίλοχος.., Μάρις δὲ.. Il.16.317
-19, cf. 116 ;τοὺς μὲν τὰ δίκαια ποιεῖν ἠνάγκασα, τοὺς πλουσίους, τοὺς δὲ πένητας κτλ. D.18.102
, cf. Pl.Grg. 501a, etc.2 when a neg. accompanies ὁ δέ, it follows δέ, e.g. ;τὸν φιλόσοφον σοφίας ἐπιθυμητὴν εἶναι, οὐ τῆς μὲν τῆς δ' οὔ, ἀλλὰ πάσης Pl.R. 475b
;οὐ πάσας χρὴ τὰς δόξας τιμᾶν, ἀλλὰ τὰς μὲν τὰς δ' οὔ· οὐδὲ πάντων, ἀλλὰ τῶν μὲν τῶν δ' οὔ Id.Cri. 47a
, etc.3 ὁ μέν τις.., ὁ δέ τις.. is used in Prose, when the Noun to which ὁ refers is left indefinite,ἔλεγον ὁ μέν τις τὴν σοφίαν, ὁ δὲ τὴν καρτερίαν.., ὁ δέ τις καὶ τὸ κάλλος X.Cyr.3.1.41
;νόμους.. τοὺς μὲν ὀρθῶς τιθέασιν τοὺς δέ τινας οὐκ ὀρθῶς Pl.R. 339c
, cf. Phlb. 13c.4 on τὸ μέν.., τὸ δέ.., or τὰ μέν.., τὰ δέ.., v. infr. VIII.4.5 ὁ μέν is freq. used without a correspondingὁ δέ, οἱ μὲν ἄρ' ἐσκίδναντο.., Μυρμιδόνας δ' οὐκ εἴα ἀποσκίδνασθαι Il.23.3
, cf. 24.722, Th.8.12, etc.: also folld. byἀλλά, ἡ μὲν γάρ μ' ἐκέλευε.., ἀλλ' ἐγὼ οὐκ ἔθελον Od.7.304
; by ἄλλος δέ, Il.6.147, etc. ;τὸν μὲν.., ἕτερον δέ Ar.Av. 843
, etc. ;ὁ μέν.., ὃς δέ.. Thgn.205
(v.l. οὐδέ): less freq. ὁ δέ in the latter clause without ὁ μέν preceding, τῇ ῥα παραδραμέτην φεύγων, ὁ δ' ὄπισθε διώκων (for ὁ μὲν φεύγων) Il.22.157 ;σφραγῖδε.. χρυσοῦν ἔχουσα τὸν δακτύλιον, ἡ δ' ἑτέρα ἀργυροῦν IG22.1388.45
, cf.μέν D.
III ;γεωργὸς μὲν εἷς, ὁ δὲ οἰκοδόμος, ἄλλος δέ τις ὑφαντής Pl.R. 369d
, cf. Tht. 181d.6 ὁ δέ following μέν sts. refers to the subject of the preceding clause,τοῦ μὲν ἅμαρθ', ὁ δὲ Λεῦκον.. βεβλήκει Il. 4.491
;τὴν μὲν γενομένην αὐτοῖσι αἰτίην οὐ μάλα ἐξέφαινε, ὁ δὲ ἔλεγέ σφι Hdt.6.3
, cf. 1.66,6.9, 133,7.6 : rare in [dialect] Att. Prose,ἐπεψήφιζεν αὐτὸς ἔφορος ὤν· ὁ δὲ οὐκ ἔφη διαγιγνώσκειν τὴν βοήν Th.1.87
;ἔμενον ὡς κατέχοντες τὸ ἄκρον· οἱ δ' οὐ κατεῖχον X.An.4.2.6
: this is different from ὁ δέ in apodosi, v. infr. 7 ; also from passages in which both clauses have a common verb, v. ὅ γε 11.7 ὁ δέ is freq. used simply in continuing a narrative, Il.1.43, etc.; also used by Hom. in apodosi after a relat., v. ὅδε 111.3.8 the opposition may be expressed otherwise than by μέν andδέ, οὔθ' ὁ.. οὔθ' ὁ Il.15.417
;ἢ τοῖσιν ἢ τοῖς A.Supp. 439
;οὔτε τοῖς οὔτε τοῖς Pl.Lg. 701e
.VII the following usages prevailed in [dialect] Att. Prose,1 in dialogue, after καί, it was usual to say in nom. sg. masc. καὶ ὅς ; in the other cases the usual forms of the Art. were used (v.ὅς A.
II.I and cf. Skt. sas, alternat. form of sa) ; so, in acc.,καὶ τὸν εἰπεῖν Pl.Smp. 174a
, cf. X.Cyr.1.3.9, etc.; also in Hdt.,καὶ τὴν φράσαι 6.61
, al.2 ὁ καὶ ὁ such and such,τῇ καὶ τῇ ἀτιμίᾳ Pl.Lg. 721b
: but mostly in acc.,καί μοι κάλει τὸν καὶ τόν Lys.1.23
, cf. Pl.Lg. 784d ;τὰ καὶ τὰ πεπονθώς D.21.141
, cf. 9.68 ;τὸ καὶ τό Id.18.243
; ἀνάγκη ἄρα τὸ καὶ τό it must then be so and so, Arist.Rh. 1401a4, cf. 1413a22 ; but τὰ καὶ τά now one thing, now another, of good and bad, , cf. Pi.P.5.55,7.20, al.;τῶν τε καὶ τῶν καιρόν Id.O. 2.53
; so πάντα τοῦ μετρίου μεταβαλλόμενα ἐπὶ τὰ καὶ ἐπὶ τά, of excess and defect, Hp.Acut.46 ; cf. A. VI.8.VIII abs. usages of single cases,1 fem. dat. τῇ, of Place, there, on that spot, here, this way, that way, Il.5.752, 858, al.: folld. by ᾗ, 13.52, etc.: also in Prose,τὸ μὲν τῇ, τὸ δὲ τῇ X.Ath.2.12
.b with a notion of motion towards, that way, in that direction, Il.10.531,11.149, 12.124 ;τῇ ἴμεν ᾗ.. 15.46
; :—only poet.c of Manner, in this way, thus,Od.
8.510.d repeated, τῇ μέν.., τῇ δέ.., in one way.., in another.., or partly.., partly.., E.Or. 356, Pl.Smp. 211a, etc.: withoutμέν, τῇ μᾶλλον, τῇ δ' ἧσσον Parm.8.48
.e relat., where, by which way, only [dialect] Ep., as Il.12.118, Od.4.229.2 neut. dat. τῷ, therefore, on this account, freq. in Hom., Il.1.418, 2.254, al. (v. infr.): also in Trag., A.Pr. 239, S.OT 510 (lyr.) ; in Prose,τῷ τοι.. Pl.Tht. 179d
, Sph. 230b.b thus, so, Il.2.373, 13.57, etc.: it may also, esp. when εἰ precedes, be translated, then, if this be so, on this condition, Od.1.239,3.224, 258,al., Theoc.29.11.—In Hom. the true form is prob. τῶ, as in cod. A, or τώ, cf. A.D.Adv.199.2.3 neut. acc. τό, wherefore, Il.3.176, Od.8.332, al., S.Ph. 142(lyr.) ; also τὸ δέ abs., but the fact is.., Pl.Ap. 23a, Men. 97c, Phd. 109d, Tht. 157b, R. 340d, Lg. 967a ; even when the τό refers to what precedes, the contrast may lie not in the thing referred to, but in another part of the sentence (cf. supr. VI. 6),τὸ δ' ἐπὶ κακουργίᾳ.. ἐπετήδευσαν Th.1.37
;τὸ δὲ.. ἡμῖν μᾶλλον περιέσται Id.2.89
; φασὶ δέ τινες αὐτὸν καὶ τῶν ἑπτὰ σοφῶν γεγονέναι· τὸ δὲ οὐκ ἦν but he was not, Nic.Dam.58J.4 τὸ μέν.., τὸ δέ.., partly.., partly.., or on the one hand.., on the other.., Th.7.36, etc., cf.Od.2.46 ; more freq. τὰ μέν.., τὰ δέ.., Hdt.1.173, S.Tr. 534, etc.; alsoτὰ μέν τι.., τὰ δέ τι.. X.An.4.1.14
;τὸ μέν τι.., τὸ δέ τι.. Luc.Macr.14
;τὰ μέν.., τὸ δὲ πλέον.. Th.1.90
: sts. without τὸ μέν.. in the first clause,τὸ δέ τι Id.1.107
,7.48 : rarely of Time, τὰ μὲν πολλὰ.., τέλος δέ several times.. and finally, Hdt.3.85.5 of Time, sts. that time, sts. this (present) time, συνμαχία κ' ἔα ἑκατὸν ϝέτεα, ἄρχοι δέ κα τοΐ (where it is possible, but not necessary, to supply ϝέτος) SIG9.3 (Olympia, vi B.C.): so with Preps., ἐκ τοῦ, [dialect] Ep. τοῖο, from that time, Il.1.493,15.601.b πρὸ τοῦ, sts. written προτοῦ, before this, aforetime, Hdt.1.103, 122,5.55, A.Ag. 1204, Ar.Nu.5, etc.;ἐν τῷ πρὸ τοῦ χρόνῳ Th.1.32
, cf. A.Eu. 462 ;τὸ πρὸ τοῦ D.S.20.59
.c in Thess. Prose, ὑππρὸ τᾶς yesterday, τὰ ψαφίσματα τό τε ὑππρὸ τᾶς γενόμενον καὶ τὸ τᾶμον the decree which was passed yesterday (lit. before this [day]), and to-day's, IG9(2).517.43 (Larissa, iii B.C.).6 ἐν τοῖς is freq. used in Prose with Superlatives, ἐν τοῖσι θειότατον a most marvellous thing, Hdt.7.137 ; ἐν τοῖς πρῶτοι the very first, Th.1.6, etc.; ἐν τοῖσι πρῶτος ( πρώτοις codd.) Pherecr.145.4 ; [Ζεὺς] Ἔρωτά τε καὶ Ἀνάγκην ἐν τοῖς πρῶτα ἐγέννησεν first of all, Aristid. Or.43(1).16, cf. 37(2).2: when used with fem. Nouns, ἐν τοῖς remained without change of gender, ἐν τοῖς πλεῖσται δὴ νῆες the greatest number of ships, Th.3.17; ἐν τοῖς πρώτη ἐγένετο (sc. ἡ στάσις) ib.82 : also with Advbs.,ἐν τοῖς μάλιστα Id.8.90
, Pl.Cri. 52a, Plu.2.74e, 421d, 723e, Brut.6, 11,al., Paus.1.16.3, etc.;ἐν τοῖς χαλεπώτατα Th.7.71
; : in late Prose, also with Positives,ἐν τοῖς παράδοξον Aristid.Or.48(24).47
codd.; withπάνυ, ἐν τοῖς πάνυ D.H.1.19
, cf. 66 ( ἐν ταῖς πάνυ f.l. 4.14,15).B ὁ, ἡ, τό, THE DEFINITE ARTICLE, the, to specify individuals: rare in this signf. in the earliest Gr., becoming commoner later. In Hom. the demonstr. force can generally be traced, v. supr. A. I, but the definite Art. must be recognized in places like Il.1.167,7.412, 9.309, 12.289, Od.19.372 : also when joined to an Adj. to make it a Subst., the hindmost man,Il.
11.178 ;τὸν ἄριστον 17.80
;τὸν δύστηνον 22.59
;τὸν προὔχοντα 23.325
; τῷ πρώτῳ.., τῷ δευτέρῳ.., etc., ib. 265sq. ; also inτῶν ἄλλων 2.674
, al.: with Advs.,τὸ πρίν 24.543
, al.;τὸ πάρος περ 17.720
;τὸ πρόσθεν 23.583
; also τὸ τρίτον ib. 733 ;τὰ πρῶτα 1.6
,al.; τὸ μὲν ἄλλο for the rest, 23.454 ;ἀνδρῶν τῶν τότε 9.559
.—The true Art., however, is first fully established in fifth-cent. [dialect] Att., whilst the demonstr. usage disappears, exc. in a few cases, V. A. VI-VIII.—Chief usages, esp. in [dialect] Att.I not only with common Appellats., Adjs., and Parts., to specify them as present to sense or mind, but also freq. where we use the Possessive Pron.,τὸ κέαρ ηὐφράνθην Ar.Ach.5
; τὴν κεφαλὴν κατεάγην my head was broken, And.1.61, etc. ; τοὺς φίλους ποιούμεθα we make our friends, S.Ant. 190 ; τὰς πόλεις ἔκτιζον they began founding their cities, Th.1.12; .b omitted with pr.nn.and freq. with Appellats. which require no specification, as θεός, βασιλεύς, v. θεός 1.1, βασιλεύς III ; ἐμ πόλει in the Acropolis, IG12.4.1, al.: but added to pr. nn., when attention is to be called to the previous mention of the person, as Th. (3.70 ) speaks first of Πειθίας and then refers to him repeatedly as ὁ Π.; cf. Θράσυλος in Id.8.104, with ὁ Θ. ib. 105 ; or when the person spoken of is to be specially distinguished, Ζεύς, ὅστις ὁ Ζεύς whoever this Zeus is, E.Fr. 480 ; and therefore properly omitted when a special designation follows, as Σωκράτης ὁ φιλόσοφος: seldom in Trag. with pr. nn., save to give pecul. emphasis, like Lat. ille, ὁ Λάϊος, ὁ Φοῖβος, S.OT 729, El.35, etc.: later, however, the usage became very common (the Homeric usage of ὁ with a pr. n. is different, v. A.I).c Aristotle says Σωκράτης meaning the historical Socrates, as in SE183b7, PA642a28, al., but ὁ Σωκράτης when he means the Platonic Socrates, as Pol.1261a6, al.: so with other pr.nn., EN1145a21, 1146a21, al.2 in a generic sense, where the individual is treated as a type,οἷς ὁ γέρων μετέῃσιν.. λεύσσει Il.3.109
;πονηρὸν ὁ συκοφάντης D.18.242
, etc.b freq. with abstract Nouns,ἥ τε ἐλπὶς καὶ ὁ ἔρως Th.3.45
, etc.3 of outstanding members of a class, ὁ γεωγράφος, ὁ κωμικός, ὁ ποιητής, ὁ τεχνικός, v. γεωγράφος, κωμικός, ποιητής, τεχνικός.4 with infs., which thereby become Substs., τὸ εἴργειν prevention, Pl.Grg. 505b ; τὸ φρονεῖν good sense, S.Ant. 1348(anap.), etc.: when the subject is expressed it is put between the Art.and the inf., τὸ θεοὺς εἶναι the existence of gods, Pl.Phd. 62b ; τὸ μηδένα εἶναι ὄλβιον the fact or statement that no one is happy, Hdt.1.86.5 in neut. before any word or expression which itself is made the object of thought, τὸ ἄνθρωπος the word or notion man ; τὸ λέγω the word λέγω ; τὸ μηδὲν ἄγαν the sentiment 'ne quid nimis', E.Hipp. 265(lyr.); τὸ τῇ αὐτῇ the phrase τῇ αὐτῇ, Pl.Men. 72e : and so before whole clauses, ἡ δόξα.. περὶ τοῦ οὕστινας δεῖ ἄρχειν the opinion about the question 'who ought to rule', Id.R. 431e ; τὸ ἐὰν μένητε παρ' ἐμοί, ἀποδώσω the phrase 'I will give back, if.. ', X.Cyr. 5.1.21, cf. Pl.R. 327c, etc.;τοὺς τοῦ τί πρακτέον λογισμούς D.23.148
; τὸ ὀλίγοι the term few, Arist.Pol. 1283b11.6 before relat. clauses, when the Art. serves to combine the whole relat. clause into one notion, τῇ ᾗ φὴς σὺ σκληρότητι the harshness you speak of, Pl.Cra. 435a ; τὸν ἥμερον καρπόν.., καὶ τὸν ὅσος ξύλινος (i.e. καὶ τὸν καρπὸν ὅσος ἂν ᾖ ξύλινος) Id.Criti. 115b ;τῶν ὅσοι ἂν.. ἀγαθοὶ κριθῶσιν Id.R. 469b
;ἐκ γῆς καὶ πυρὸς μείξαντες καὶ τῶν ὅσα πυρὶ καὶ γῇ κεράννυται Id.Prt. 320d
, cf. Hyp.Lyc.2 ;ταύτην τε τὴν αἰτίαν καὶ τὴν ὅθεν ἡ κίνησις Arist.Metaph. 987a8
;τὸν ὃς ἔφη Lys.23.8
: hence the relat., by attraction, freq. follows the case of the Art., τοῖς οἵοις ἡμῖν τε καὶ ὑμῖν, i.e. τοῖς οὖσιν οἷοι ἡμεῖς καὶ ὑμεῖς, X.HG2.3.25, etc.7 before Prons.,a before the pers. Prons., giving them greater emphasis, but only in acc., ,Phlb. 20b ; τὸν.. σὲ καὶ ἐμέ ib. 59b ; ; on ὁ αὐτός, v. αὐτός 111.b before the interrog. Pron. (both τίς and ποῖος), referring to something before, which needs to be more distinctly specified, A.Pr. 251, Ar. Pax 696 ; also τὰ τί; because οἷα went before, ib. 693. Of τίς only the neut. is thus used (v.supr.): ποῖος is thus used not only in neut. pl., τὰ ποῖα; E.Ph. 707 ; but also in the other genders, ὁ ποῖος; ib. 1704 ; τῆς ποίας μερίδος; D.18.64 ; τοῖς ποίοις.. ; Arist.Ph. 227b1.c with τοιοῦτος, τοιόσδε, τηλικοῦτος, etc., the Art. either makes the Pron. into a Subst., that sort of person,X.
Mem.4.2.21, etc.; or subjoins it to a Subst. which already has an Art.,τὴν ἀπολογίαν τὴν τοιαύτην D.41.13
.8 before ἅπας, Pi.N.1.69, Hdt.3.64, 7.153 (s.v.l.), S.OC 1224 (lyr.), D.18.231, etc.; also τὸν ἕνα, τὸν ἕνα τοῦτον, Arist.Pol. 1287b8, 1288a19 : on its usage with ἕκαστος, v. sub voc.; and on οἱ ἄλλοι, οἱ πολλοί, etc., v. ἄλλος 11.6,πολύς 11.3
, etc.II elliptic expressions:1 before the gen. of a pr.<*>., to express descent, son or daughter, Θουκυδίδης ὁ Ὀλόρου (sc. υἱός) Th.4.104 ; Ἑλένη ἡ τοῦ Διός (sc. θυγάτηρ) E.Hel. 470 : also to denote other relationships, e.g. brother, Lys.32.24, Alciphr.2.2.10 ; ἡ Σμικυθίωνος Μελιστίχη M. the wife of S., Ar.Ec.46 ; Κλέαρχος καὶ οἱ ἐκείνου Cl. and his men, X.An.1.2.15 ; ὁ τοῦ Ἀντιγένεος the slave of A., Hp.Hum.20.2 generally, before a gen. it indicates a wider relation, as τὸ τῶν νεῶν, τὸ τῶν Ἑρμῶν, the matter of the ships, the affair of the Hermae, Th.4.23,6.60 ; τὰ τοῦ Ἀρριβαίου πράσσειν to promote the interests of Arrhibaeus, Id.4.83, cf. 6.89, etc.; τὸ τῆς τύχης,=ἡ τύχη, Id.4.18 ; τὰ τῆς τύχης accidents, chance events, ib.55 ; τὰ γὰρ φθιτῶν τοῖς ὁρῶσι κόσμος performance of the rites due to the dead befits the living, E.Supp.78(lyr.); τὰ τῶν θεῶν that which is destined by the gods, S.Tr. 498(lyr.): hence with neut. of Possessive Pron., τὸ ἐμόν, τὸ σόν, what regards me or thee, my or thy business or interests, S.Aj. 124, El. 251, etc.: and with gen. of 3 pers.,τὸ τῆσδε E.Hipp.48
. But τό τινος is freq. also, a man's word or saying, asτὸ τοῦ Σόλωνος Hdt.1.86
; τὸ τοῦ Ὁμήρου as Homer says, Pl.Tht. 183e ; also τά τινος so-and-so's house, Ar.V. 1432, D.54.7, Theoc.2.76, Herod.5.52, Ev.Luc.2.49.3 very freq. with cases governed by Preps.. αἱ ἐκ τῆς Ζακύνθου νῆες the ships from Zacynthus, Th.4.13 ; οἱ ἀμφί τινα, οἱ περί τινα, such an one and his followers, v. ἀμφί c.1.3, περί c.1.2 ; also τὰ ἐπὶ Θρᾴκης the Thrace-ward district, Th.1.59, al.; τὰ ἀπὸ τοῦ καταστρώματος matters on deck, Id.7.70 ; τὰ ἀπ' Ἀλκιβιάδου the proposals of Alcibiades, Id.8.48 ; τὰ ἀπὸ τῆς τύχης the incidents of fortune, Id.2.87, etc.4 on μὰ τόν, μὰ τήν, etc., v. μά IV.5 in elliptical phrases, ἐπορευόμην τὴν ἔξω τείχους (sc. ὁδόν) Pl.Ly. 203a ; ἡ ἐπὶ θανάτῳ (sc. στολή, δέσις), v. θάνατος; κατὰ τὴν ἐμήν (sc. γνώμην), v. ἐμός 11.4 ; ἡ αὔριον (sc. ἡμέρα), v. αὔριον; ἡ Λυδιστί (sc. ἁρμονία) Arist.Pol. 1342b32, etc.: freq. with Advs., which thus take an adj. sense, as ὁ, ἡ, τὸ νῦν;ὁ οἴκαδε πλοῦς Th.1.52
; οἱ τότε, οἱ ἔπειτα (sc. ἄνθρωποι), ib.9,10, etc. ; but τό stands abs. with Advs. of time and place, when one cannot (as in the preceding instances) supply a Subst., asκἀκεῖσε καὶ τὸ δεῦρο E.Ph. 266
, cf.[315] (lyr.);ὁ μὲν τὸ κεῖθεν, ὁ δὲ τὸ κεῖθεν Id.Or. 1412
(lyr.): rarely abs. in gen., ἰέναι τοῦ πρόσω to go forward, X.An.1.3.1 ;τοῦ προσωτάτω δραμεῖν S.Aj. 731
.C as RELATIVE PRONOUN in many dialects ; both in nom. sg. masc. ὅ, asκλῦθί μοι, ὃ χθιζὸς θεὸς ἤλυθες Od.2.262
, cf. 1.300, al. ;Ἔρως, ὃ κατ' ὀμμάτων στάζεις πόθον E.Hipp. 526
(lyr.);Ἄδωνις, ὃ κἠν Ἀχέροντι φιλεῖται Theoc.15.86
; ὃ ἐξορύξη he who banishes him, Schwyzer679.12,25 ([place name] Cyprus) ; and in the forms beginning with τ, esp. in Hom. (Od.4.160, al.), Hdt.1.7, al.: also in [dialect] Ion. Poets,ἐν τῷ κάθημαι Archil.87.3
, cf. Semon.7.3, Anacr.86 (prob.), Herod.2.64, al.: freq. in Trag., , Tr. 381, 728, E.Alc. 883 (anap.);τῷ S.Ph.14
; , Tr.47, El. 1144 ; τό Id.OT 1427 ; τῶν ib. 1379, Ant. 1086.—Never in Com. or [dialect] Att. Prose:—[dialect] Ep. gen. sg.τεῦ Il.18.192
(s.v.l.).D CRASIS OF ARTICLE:a [dialect] Att. ὁ, ἡ, τό, with [pron. full] ᾰ make ᾱ, as ἁνήρ, ἁλήθεια, τἀγαθόν, τᾄτιον; so οἱ, αἱ, τά, as ἅνδρες, τἀγαθά; also τοῦ, τῷ, as τἀγαθοῦ, τἀγαθῷ: ὁ, τό, οἱ, before e gives ου, οὑξ, οὑπί, οὑμός, τοὔργον, οὑπιχώριοι, etc.; also τοῦ, as τοὐμοῦ, τοὐπιόντος; but ἅτερος, θάτερον ([pron. full] ¯ ?ὁX?ὁX), [dialect] Ion. οὕτερος, τοὔτερον (v. ἕτερος), [dialect] Att. fem. ἡτέρα, dat. θητέρᾳ (v. ἕτερος); τῷ loses the iota, τὠμῷ, τὠπιόντι: ὁ, τό, before ο gives ου, as Οὁδυσσεύς, Οὑλύμπιος, τοὔνομα: ὁ, τό, etc., before αυ gives ᾱυ, αὑτός, ταὐτό, ταὐτῷ (freq. written ἁτός, etc. in Inscrr. and Pap.); so τὰ αὐτά=ταὐτά, αἱ αὐταί= αὑταί: ἡ before εὐ gives ηὑ, as ηὑλάβεια: τῇ before ἡ gives θη, as θἠμέρᾳ: τὸ before ὑ gives θου, as θοὔδωρ for τὸ ὕδωρ.
- 1
- 2
См. также в других словарях:
The Real Presence of Christ in the Eucharist — The Real Presence of Christ in the Eucharist † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Real Presence of Christ in the Eucharist In this article we shall consider: ♦ the fact of the Real Presence, which is, indeed, the central dogma; ♦ the … Catholic encyclopedia
The Blessed Virgin Mary — The Blessed Virgin Mary † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Blessed Virgin Mary The Blessed Virgin Mary is the mother of Jesus Christ, the mother of God. In general, the theology and history of Mary the Mother of God follow the… … Catholic encyclopedia
Expression — Ex*pres sion ([e^]ks*pr[e^]sh [u^]n), n. [L. expressio: cf. F. expression.] 1. The act of expressing; the act of forcing out by pressure; as, the expression of juices or oils; also, of extorting or eliciting; as, a forcible expression of truth.… … The Collaborative International Dictionary of English
The Syro-Aramaic Reading of the Koran — … Wikipedia
The Byzantine Empire — The Byzantine Empire † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Byzantine Empire The ancient Roman Empire having been divided into two parts, an Eastern and a Western, the Eastern remained subject to successors of Constantine, whose capital was at … Catholic encyclopedia
The Centre Party — The Centre † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Centre (THE CENTRE PARTY). This name is given to a political party in the German Reichstag and to a number of parties in the diets of the various states of the German Empire. The oldest… … Catholic encyclopedia
The Night Angel Trilogy — The Way of Shadows Shadow s Edge Beyond the Shadows Author Brent Weeks Cover artist Illustrator: Calvin Chu Design: Peter Cotton Country United States … Wikipedia
The 36 tattvas — In Kaśmir Śaivism, the 36 tattvas describe the Absolute, its internal aspects and the creation including living beings, down to the physical reality. The addition of 11 supplemental tattvas compared to the IAST|Sāṃkhya allows for a richer, fuller … Wikipedia
The vector of a quaternion — In the 19th century, the vector of a quaternion written Vq was a well defined mathematical entity in the classical quaternion notation system. This article is written using classical nomenclature. In this article the word vector means the… … Wikipedia
The Lute Player (Caravaggio) — Infobox Painting| title=The Lute Player artist=Caravaggio year=c. 1596 type=Oil on canvas height=100 width=126,5 museum=Wildenstein Collection The Lute Player is a composition by the Italian Baroque master Caravaggio. It exists in three versions … Wikipedia
The Shockwave Rider — infobox Book | name = The Shockwave Rider title orig = translator = image caption = Cover of first edition (hardcover) author = John Brunner illustrator = cover artist = country = United Kingdom language = English series = genre = Science fiction … Wikipedia
